Descripción

 

 

                                                   Alien Mind

 

 

                          

                                The Thought and Behavior 

                                                of Aliens       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    By George LoBuono

 

 

© 2006

     Table of Contents

            Signs of the Times                                                                            3

            A Critical Threshold                                                                         5

            How Aliens View the Universe                                                      11

            When the Cosmic-scale Meets the Micro-scale                              24

            How Aliens View Us                                                                      36

            Interactions Between Aliens                                                           39

            Alien Communities and Hyper-dynamics                                      44

            Large-scale Disagreements                                                             49

            A Universal Standard?                                                                    57

A Mega-Population Problem Case                                                 58

Our Pending Merger with Andromeda                                           67

A More Alien-like Model of Mind                                                 79

Hyperversals: a New Category of Aliens?                                      86

Extending a Universe Cycle                                                         100

How to Locate Aliens and “See” their Electrogravity                  103

Within a Hyperversal Community                                               109

Hyperversal Behaviors                                                                  128

A Most Singular Limitation                                                          131

A More Evolved Humility                                                            136

A Second Depth of Awareness                                                     138

Frustrated Aliens’ Impulses                                                          140

Surviving the New Technologies                                                 143

Further Dangers of Electrogravity                                                146

The Negative Energy Mindscape                                                 150

Mega-Populations                                                                         152

Eliminating the Troublemaker Gene                                             160

Averting an Over-reaction to Aliens                                             165

Crime in Alien Societies                                                               171

The Notion of Physicality                                                             175

A Hyperversal Problem Case                                                        185

An Advanced Alien Case Study                                                     190

A Test of Higher Mind                                                                  203

Do Aliens Sleep?                                                                          204

Are Aliens Religious                                                                    207

Ultimate Implications                                                                   209

*How to Contend with Aliens During Direct Interactions                       212

References                                                                                      228

Signs of the Times

«I can assure you that flying saucers, given that they exist, are not constructed by any power on Earth.»  –President Harry Truman, April 4, 1950 White House press conference.

«For the next two or three days the saucers passed over the base daily. Sometimes they appeared in groups of four, other times as many as sixteen. They could outmaneuver and outflank us seemingly at will. They moved at varying speeds–sometimes very fast, sometimes slow–and other times they would come to a dead stop as we zoomed past underneath.»  –Astronaut Gordon Cooper, describing his first direct encounters with

UFO’s while serving as a military pilot in Germany. (from Leap of Faith, Gordon Cooper’s autobiography, p. 91)

“It was a four-foot human shaped figure with arms, bizarre-looking four-fingered hands… and an oversized incandescent lightbulb-shaped head… pale gray skin…. But the eye sockets themselves were oversized and almond shaped and pointed down to its tiny nose, which didn’t protrude from the skull.” –Eisenhower White House National Security Council staff member Col. Philip J. Corso describing dead aliens he saw in glass containers en route from Roswell, NM to Wright Field in Ohio. From Corso’s 1997 book The Day After Roswell, p. 32.

            «These (gray aliens) were living, breathing creatures, just as mortal as you and I. They had feelings, they had families. They had a cultural society. The one thing they didn’t have was hate, hostility. They had anger, from what I observed–and I don’t know how to explain it better than stating–it was an intellectual anger. They could not… comprehend how a species such as us, that had such great potential to do such wonderful and marvelous things, could do such horrible and nightmarish things to one another.»

–Master Sgt. Clifford Stone, ret., who testified that he encountered «gray» aliens while working in a US Army unit that retrieved crashed extraterrestrial vehicles. (from Stone’s cassette Insider: In His Own Words, Global View Communications 2001).

«I suspect that we have, indeed, been contacted–perhaps even visited–by extraterrestrial beings, and the US government, in collusion with the other national powers of the earth, is determined to keep this information from the general public.»

–former CIA official Victor Marchetti quoted in «How the CIA Views the UFO Phenomenon,» Second Look, vol. 1, no. 7. Washington, D.C. 1979.

 

 

 

Imagine the following. You go to a science museum and proceed to the hall of ancient civilizations. There, you walk among scenes of primitive life: crude shelters, fires, and

handicraft. As you bend close to look at semi-apes with small skulls and big jawbones, a powerful stench overwhelms you. Suddenly, it hits you—this is no ordinary museum. When you approach the displays they turn into life, transporting you to the actual scene of such events: the smoke, the fears and passions of a cruel but beautiful landscape.

How would you feel?

Your experience would be similar to what aliens might feel when visiting the

planet Earth, with one exception. Some aliens could be expected to have advanced

to a level that’s many times beyond the difference between you and the semi-apes

in the museum.

How could aliens be multiply more advanced than laser surgery, semiconductors and jet flight? Wouldn’t they at least sympathize with our literature, our legal institutions and our charity?

They probably would, yet some might be pained to see humans make the same mistakes that they, themselves, made thousands, if not billions of years earlier. They might want to hint at a better way of life. No doubt, some would want to help us evolve more peaceably.

Other less-advanced aliens might try to take advantage of our backwardness in order to expand their sphere of influence and have access to our vicinity’s resources. In some cases that would go against the larger off-world grain, but if the offending aliens were formidable intruders from another galaxy, for example, there might be little that Earth’s neighbors could do to turn them back. The dangers of conflict would be too severe. Instead, neighboring aliens might try to educate us to be more responsible for both ourselves and the larger universe.

They might find us a stubborn breed, prone to superstition and a reluctance to explain Bronze Age religious concepts scientifically. On the other hand, an alien visitor might be impressed by the intellectual movements of our last 30 to 40 years. For example,

1) feminist thinking that distinguishes between biological gender and exaggerated popular ideas about gender, 2) a global movement to recognize both the rights and the human resources of native peoples, 3) a deepening awareness of our finite global ecology; and  4) a delayed but important popularization of the concepts and logic of quantum physics. *Although most people haven’t fully assimilated the fundamental weirdness of quantum physics, we use computers that are based on such phenomena daily.

No doubt, one further trend in human thought would stand out sharply. A large number of the world’s peoples have been exposed to, if not deeply influenced by, portrayals of extraterrestrial life. Unlike the world of fifty years ago, most people now recognize that large-headed figures with almond-shaped eyes represent a certain kind of alien. High tech companies run ad campaigns comparing their innovations to the otherworldly, and the all-time list of top-grossing movies is thick with films about extraterrestrials.

The alien theme runs much deeper. According to recent opinion polls, According to recent opinion polls, 40-80 percent of people in the United States think the government is hiding certain facts about aliens. Forty percent is roughly 100 million people (more than voted in the 2002 US election). About one-third of those polled think that humans have actually made contact with aliens.

Believe it or not, other nations’ news outlets regularly feature footage of UFO’s moving across their skies. For example, millions have seen large formations of non-human objects passing behind clouds on Mexico’s version of “60 Minutes,” anchored by Jaime Maussan. Defense ministry commissions in both France and Britain recently published reports concluding that their governments should prepare for the high «probability» that aliens visit the earth and that downed alien technology has found its way into a black budget structure in the United States. Several years ago Russia’s highest-ranking military officer announced that his government regularly observes alien craft and has possession of downed alien technology. Chinese officials speak openly about the subject, as have officials in numerous other nations. In fact, what were once known as UFO’s are increasingly described by generic type, or as “IFO’s” instead: identified flying objects.

                                   A Critical Threshold

At some point during the last decade, public awareness of the subject reached an important threshold. No longer was it unsafe to talk about publicly. Evidence for the existence of actual, living extraterrestrials is now discussed vigorously, both in print and in major broadcast venues. Prime-time documentaries and daytime talk shows discuss aliens and alien encounters regularly. In the United States, for example, as part of a project run by Citizens for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence (CSETI), nearly 500 former defense, intelligence and federal aviation officials testified on videotape about their direct experiences with UFO’s and, in some cases, live, in-the-flesh aliens. CSETI witnesses volunteered to testify before Congress in order to pressure the US government to disclose its evidence for the existence of, and direct contact with, extraterrestrials.

Hundreds of people who claim to have been abducted by aliens have been interviewed by Harvard psychiatry professor Dr. John Mack and other researchers. Although skeptical at first, Mack and others found that abductee reports from all over the world seemed genuine and deeply felt. They featured closely corroborating details: thin, large headed, large eyed aliens who immobilize abductees in order to examine them and take sperm and egg samples. Mack and others realized that it was statistically impossible for people who didn’t know each other to report the same exact details over and over again—the nature of alien communications, aliens’ stated concerns and their technology—years before scientific research of abduction reports was published globally.

As journalist Jim Marrs wrote in his book, Alien Agenda: «Most telling is the established fact that the (US) government has denied the existence of UFO’s and any interest in the issue, while internal documents made public through the years show that a very real and serious interest has–and continues–to exist.» Apollo astronaut Dr. Edgar Mitchell told journalist John Earls in 1978, «Make no mistake, Roswell happened. I’ve seen secret files which show the government knew about it, but decided not to tell the public.»

CEO’s of top-ranking US corporations now make public admissions about the subject. Jack Schulman, former president and founder of the American Computer Corporation, maintained a web site for years on which he wrote that the «transfer capacitor,» a high-speed computer device made by his company, was modeled on plans given to him by an Army general who told Schulman they were based on recovered alien devices. Several years ago, Joe Firmage, co-founder and part owner of US Web corporation, wrote that the computer industry’s debt to reverse-engineered alien technology is «an open secret» among Silicon Valley executives.

What do US media have to say about the subject? On March 18-19, 1995, Disney Executive Michael Eisner and Lucas Arts test-marketed a non-fiction TV special announcing that UFO’s are real, not fantasy. The program aired in five states: Connecticut, Florida, Alabama, Tennessee and California. Featuring Disney CEO Michael Eisner, the documentary made the following assertions: «Mankind is in the midst of the most profound event in history: actual contact with intelligent life from other planets.» And, «Intelligent life from distant galaxies is now attempting to make open contact with the human race, and tonight we’ll show you the evidence.»

Times have clearly changed. On the children’s shelf at your local library are a variety of books about aliens, UFO’s, and the Roswell case. Unlike baby boomers, more recent generations have seen considerable evidence regarding UFO’s and aliens. As a result, they are more open-minded about such subjects.

The examples above provide but a glimpse of a larger body of evidence, some of which is listed in the bibliography that follows. For those yet skeptical about human interaction with aliens, I can only suggest further reading. Sample the best videos and talk to friends about the subject. Test new information for scientific consistency. Readers will find that out of the many thousands of reports about alien encounters, there’s widespread agreement about alien manner and character. People in disparate places report strikingly similar experiences, over and over again. Their descriptions of alien craft and technology agree with a growing number of government whistleblowers who say they saw or worked on recovered alien technology in secret defense installations.

Given the quantity and quality of corroborating sources on the subject, even the most

die-hard skeptics must ask: why would direct witness astronauts and former White House officials lie in a way that could only harm their careers if their stories weren’t true? Scores of military officers have risked their pensions for speaking out on the subject. Few can expect material gain by doing so.

Unlike other reports, this book is not about UFO’s and secret military bases. It was written to provide clear and detailed characterization of alien mind in its various forms. Based on years of research and direct interactions with aliens, the following chapters describe the thought and behavior of aliens from planets that vary in their range of technological advancement beyond that of humans. This primer should help fill in some of the gaps in public knowledge, many of which are due to a US black budget structure’s inexplicably compulsive compartmentalization of information. Trapped within a hive of dead ends and death threats, most black budget employees, themselves, must search on their own for a broad overview of the subject.

For those who await fair and honest government disclosure about aliens, I must advise caution. Due to the undue influence of certain private estates, the US government is limited to ambiguous leaks and propaganda portraying most aliens as the enemy. It’s difficult to imagine that the current regime would admit that it lied to the public for decades. If the truth were told, it would risk the secrecy of those relatively few families who’ve profited by various crimes against humanity.

To assist the reader in making sense of statements by actual, living extraterrestrials,

some of which are reported here for the first time, I include a brief discussion of alien thought regarding science and a larger, off-world political and ecological backdrop reported by various aliens in ongoing human-alien interactions. Also, for the first time in print, this book features detailed reports about the distribution of certain large-scale populations beyond our local group of galaxies, some larger supercluster implications of the inter-galactic ecology, and discussion about social forms on a universal scale. Several extraterrestrial sources have reported on both the size and disposition of multi-planetary mega-populations, societies that long ago expanded to inhabit thousands of planets, a feat that’s reportedly discouraged and often impossible to repeat, at present, due to the strain on resources in this galaxy and in a physically finite universe. Other alien sources have reported on hyper-advanced populations whose historical time frame would stretch the human imagination.

Given the fact that we’re now decades past first contact, an understanding of our off-world neighbors is no longer merely an option; it’s a necessity. We should assume

that in military and intelligence circles, the study of aliens may be far more advanced than the public generally knows. For example, at the Navy’s Groom Dry Lake facility north of Las Vegas and the US Space Command near Colorado Springs we can expect to find defense university extensions that teach advanced classes about aliens. After decades of direct experience with aliens and alien technology, they should, by now, feature courses in alien psychology, alien technology (i.e. an energy phenomenon called

electrogravity/magnetogravity plus what Apollo scientist David Adair calls «electromagnetic fusion”), alien history, and more.

For those who’ve never read reports based on alien sources and extensive, ongoing

alien-human communications, please keep the following in mind. At present, the US government’s Unacknowledged Special Access Projects have voluminous data about life off-world. Black budget analysis of aliens advances with time, while that of the public lags far behind. For decades there has been an unchecked concentration of power in black budget circles, which has bred a sense of impunity among the worst black budget offenders, a sense of desperation among others. Lacking basic legal controls and public oversight, the most murderous black budget criminals tend to thrive unabated. Narcotics moneys are reportedly laundered through intelligence structures to keep such programs away from public scrutiny and to give those who profit by such secrecy a free hand to do as they choose. Given their penchant for secrecy and compartmentalization, the uniformed services have become convenient tools for a new kind of oppression that has little or nothing to do with the US Constitution. The danger to this planet increases with time.

In the same manner that other researchers quote qualified sources on important topics, this book quotes a variety of aliens. Given the importance of the subject and the critical nature of our circumstance at a delicate yet momentous time, aliens are opening up to humans in ways that were once thought improbable. This is but one of many books that was made possible due to such interactions.

Most of the alien sources who offered information and quotes featured in this book remain anonymous, due to the political complexities of the situation here on earth and a larger legal-ecological context in which various alien groups seek to interact with humans. Suffice it to say, there is some disagreement off-world about doing so. By giving out information, certain alien sources took risks–due to the contrary efforts of at least one highly intrusive off-world regime: the so-called IFSP, which was first reported by Los Angeles Times journalist Phillip Krapf in 1997. There have also been contrary gestures by corrupt elements of yet another, more advanced structure, which appears to view the IFSP in terms of basic efficacy re: the clean-up, if not elimination, of undesirable elements. Although most off-world sources referred to in this book go unnamed, they can be characterized by type (i.e. the nature of their interaction with humans) and by disposition.

Specific sources featured in this book range from aliens from a planet called Haven, to another, much larger population reportedly native to the Milky Way. In addition, information has been offered by aliens who reportedly represent native Milky Way populations that currently monitor the human situation, aliens from a larger community of hyper-advanced, ecologically-minded populations, some of whom offer specific information yet prefer to remain ambiguous. Finally, some material comes from a variety of three-and-a-half to four feet tall «gray» aliens (anonymous for reasons that will be made clear later), while considerably less information comes from taller 5 feet 7 inches + aliens who look like grays but have more sharply slanted eyes. Like others reporting on the subject, I’ve observed that some among the shorter gray contingent seem to resent the taller kind, who appear to have been genetically engineered by an entirely different population (numerous sources say it was a population that LA Times journalist Phillip Krapf calls «Verdants») to tend to the shorter grays after their home planet’s demise. Michael Salla, PhD, notes that former Navy Intelligence Advisor William Cooper said he saw government documents about the tall grays. In addition, film producers Robert Emenegger and Allan Sandler claim to have witnessed actual Air force film footage of a meeting between humans and tall grays at Holloman Air force base in 1971. Numerous human abductees report that tall grays appear to lead the shorter grays during abduction examination procedures.

Given that the sources for this book are inherently limited, further effort has been made to non-intrusively probe various aliens’ understandings of the larger, inhabited universe. Sixty years after Roswell, it’s obvious that alien culture has, by now, seeded our planet with ideas and technology in a way that’s analogous to the influence of one human culture on others throughout history. Aliens take pains to emphasize that they think of «civilization» in generic, universal terms due to widespread sharing of ideas and ecological concerns, plus an inter-dimensioning of various alien societies, over time. However, such thinking tends to obscure discrete separations between hyper-advanced beings and more recently developed societies. Apparently, some more advanced beings tend to rationalize the manipulation of lesser aliens in terms of reducing potential threats to the larger ecology.

All of the aliens studied in this book are highly intelligent. As will be noted later, many exhibit a deep appreciation of art and music. Some display a literally multi-dimensional sense of humor. They read voluminously and tend to have studied diverse subjects, making them the equivalent of humans with multiple academic degrees. Starting at a relatively early age, aliens study other alien populations and reportedly progress into complex mathematics, plus the hyper-dimensional implications of «negative energy» (the basis for a phenomenon known as electrogravity—which is sometimes called “zero point energy” or “scalar electromagnestim” by human writers), and more. In many ways, by beginning from a more complex, multi-dimensional framework, such lessons are easier for alien children to learn, rather than harder, as some humans might think. Aliens piece the universe together in a way that’s more logical and consistent than humans do.

Nonetheless, failures can occur—with epic consequences. Even among hyper-advanced alien societies that seem to defy the human notions of time and possibility, the smugness of technological refuge can corrupt the thinking and the behavior of certain individuals. Such aliens fear the reckless, undisciplined impulses of the current human population. Unless we do more to correct our ecologically irresponsible leadership, hard-liners among hyper-advanced off-world populations will become increasingly disaffected, which could compromise Earth’s chances for long-term survival.

When aliens begin to interact with an individual, he or she may be overwhelmed by the breadth and character of the experience. For abductees, the experience can be traumatic. To be immobilized and used like a guinea pig for unknown genetic purposes can be terrifying, which is why abducting “gray” aliens try to soothe abductees with ambiguous explanations. During the course of abductions, grays have spoken about a larger universal purpose and impending ecological dangers on earth, even as they remove sperm or egg samples, sometimes a fetus, from an abductee. Some gray aliens evince urgency mixed with subtle pleas for human sympathy, possibly due to fateful ironies in previous gray history and their current role in a large and impersonal alien hierarchy.

Contacts of the sort can disorient a human. In basic legal terms, they are a violation, a use of humans for an off-world agenda that may not be entirely well-intended. Abductees report that «screen memories» are technologically effected in order to hide the abduction event. Other means are used to gain abductee sympathy. As a result, abductees feel confused yet deeply impressed by the technology and communications skills of alien abductors. An abductee who remembers an abduction is often made to feel special, as though granted unique insights that may be important to all of humankind. This is important because such persons gain a more cosmic awareness that can be held over their heads, later, in order to stifle criticism and unwanted exposure of the abductors.

In a more legally correct encounter, i.e. telepathic communication and direct face-to-face meetings, a human may be perplexed by the science and methods of off-world parties. Beginning from a relatively backward set of assumptions, the human is at a stark disadvantage. Some contactees say they gain insight on extra-dimensional physics and off-world relations during their encounters. During interactions that broach on a kind of diplomacy or a cultural exchange of sorts, humans are cultivated and introduced to challenging new concepts that aliens explicitly demonstrate, in various ways.

Having communicated with aliens in various ways for thousands of hours since explicit interactions began in 1995, in my case, I should add another caution. Irrespective of what any author says, the reader should maintain a healthy skepticism of unsubstantiated reports, especially those with internal inconsistencies or glaring scientific errors. Until you’ve seen extensive proof for the existence of aliens, you may want to consider primers like this in parallel to what you already know. When, at some future time, you feel satisfied that what you’ve read is plausible, you may want to return to the subject—it is important. Over time, insights gained through interactions with aliens will re-define our science, history, and more.

Finally, for those who are new to discussions about off-world dynamics, I should note that some humans have been in contact with aliens for at least half a century, probably more. Apparently, in my case the precursors to having been contacted are my penchant for investigative research, my study of the underside of US history, my interest in new developments in astrophysics and cosmology, plus my interest in deepening the larger human commonality. For years I’ve interacted with aliens in a way that’s semi-public, in that most of the process (ongoing at this date) has been monitored by a larger community of like-minded humans. This demonstrates an alien willingness to come out from behind the curtain and semi-publicly help humans understand subjects that, in the long term, are of vital global concern. As such, I don’t consider the interactions as having been directed on a personal level, given that they are of common concern.

This book introduces a number of concepts: an alternative model of mind that’s useful in understanding alien psychology; new methods for testing alien (and human) sources for the accuracy of their information; methods for nearly instantly mapping the alien presence on earth; plus methods for locating culprits and details of any criminal violation of the human ecology. Based on recent research into what aliens describe as an important «negative cycle» in physics, this can be accomplished by non-intrusively checking a large part of the space-time continuum for its «memory» of the violator’s doings, a non-local kind of information capacity that’s smeared out and around in space; not just in one place at one time. Aliens do this on a daily basis.

                                      How Aliens View the Universe

As astronomers often note, there’s probably great diversity of life in the universe.

For example, in one of the Milky Way’s globular clusters of stars, scientists recently discovered a planet that appears to be 11-12 billion years old. The planet appears to have wandered into its current location due to the gravitational pull of a passing star or some other disturbance. Since Earth is only 4.5 billion years old, if we subtract the difference, we can see that the newly discovered planet is 6.5 to 7.5 billion years older than Earth. Assuming that ancient planets of the sort may lack some of the heavier elements needed for life, we should probably allow another billion years or so for supernovae to have seeded the earliest planets’ with enough oxygen and other vital elements. As such, we see a scenario in which life could easily have formed on other planets as much as 6 billion years before life began on Earth. In more recent “re-cycling universe” models of cosmology, the origins of life could go yet further back in time.

How would such beings appear to us today? If we assume, as some reports suggest, that the so-called «gray aliens» are about 60,000 years more advanced than we are, we can calculate that aliens who evolved on the earliest planets of the visible universe would be about 100,000 times more advanced than is the difference between humans and so-called “gray” aliens. My estimate of gray history may be slightly off, but the basic implications are clear.

Not all aliens will be alike. Some will be significantly more advanced than others. They will think differently and will be categorically more capable than aliens like the grays and populations commonly associated with the grays. In short, we shouldn’t loosely generalize when speaking about all aliens in the universe. We need to be more specific.

Although the most physically advanced aliens of the current universe will probably hyper-dimension much of what they do beyond our relatively primitive viewpoint, they should nonetheless be mortal, liquid-based life forms. Given what we know about the weirdness of quantum physics (i.e. that all quantum particles and energy packets are thing-less, non-concrete, and actively prone to larger universal fluctuations), we can assume that the most advanced aliens’ sense of themselves won’t be concrete in the old 19th-20th century human sense of physics. After years of interactions with aliens, we’ve learned that the primary concern of advanced aliens is the larger, universal ecology. Why the larger ecology? The answer is simple yet requires a little background about aliens who are closer, on the evolutionary scale, to humans.

In their interactions with humans, aliens are good observers. To some extent, all are studied scientists. More importantly, all aliens who visit this planet are skilled in telepathy, the ability to not only read another’s thoughts, but to communicate complex, diagrammatic information in ways that often astound the human initiate. As such, they can see through humans with a kind of extra-dimensional insight. To do so is the norm, not the exception among alien societies. They’re able to do so for a variety of reasons.

To begin with, telepathy is possible via a brain’s propagation of extremely low frequency waves (e.l.f.’s). *Low frequency means there’s a relatively long distance between any two wave crests. When we’re in a quiet, resting state our brain wave frequencies are e.l.f.

For more on the subject, we turn to Eisenhower White House National Security Council staff member Col. Phillip Corso, who wrote a book about how he helped the Army distribute downed alien technology from the 1947 crash of an alien craft near Roswell, New Mexico. Corso’s book is required reading for anyone who wants to understand US officials’ attitudes regarding aliens. Corso wrote that the Pentagon realized how a thought-reading alien headband from the Roswell crash worked after the Pentagon did research on long brain waves (like e.l.f.’s).

Corso wrote, «The medical examiner wrote that measurements of brain activity taken from the EBE (extraterrestrial biological entity) who was still barely alive at Roswell showed that its electronic signature, at least what they were able to measure with equipment back in 1947, displayed a signal similar to what we would call long, low-frequency waves. And the examiner referred to a description by one of the Roswell Army Air Field doctors that the creature’s brain lobes seem to have been not just physiologically and neurologically integrated but integrated by an electromagnetic current as well.» In other words, extremely long waves not only occur in the human brain; they are found in alien brains, as well. Extremely low frequency waves, or e.l.f.’s, are also used in alien mind-activated technology (p. 192, The Day After Roswell).

As a University of Chicago physicist is famous for proving, long, low frequency waves can pass straight through the body of a human (or alien) and through other dense structures. Why? Because an atom is mostly just a void of seemingly empty space. The nucleus of an atom can be compared to a small, bizarrely fluctuating pea situated at mid-field in a large football stadium, while the electron is but a tiny micro-dot located way out in the furthest bleachers. So, energy waves can pass through an atom easily.

Energy waves can pass through the internal and external structure of your head,

as well as the seemingly solid objects around you. As was documented in a series of experiments done under carefully controlled conditions at the Stanford Research Institute in Palo Alto during the 1970’s, people can sensitize themselves to certain energy waves in order to remotely view a distant person’s perceptions, effectively reading another person’s thoughts.

How can they do so? Human brain wave frequencies normally range from about 5 hertz (cycles per second) to 30 hertz, although they can spike beyond that range, which allows for some unusual phenomenon, to say the least. A resting human’s brain waves range from 5 to 11 hertz—those “extremely low frequency” wavelengths (e.l.f.’s). They’re part of the basis for telepathy.

The Army’s discovery in Roswell implies that we, too, can cause thoughts to stream out and away from, or at angles to our brain synapses (connections between nerve cells) via e.l.f.’s. In addition, we may be able to leap beyond our brain nerve structure via what some physicists call “scalar electromagnetic” frequencies in order to nearly instantaneously communicate across great distances (more about this later).

In short, Corso suggested that way back in 1947, the Army had evidence that aliens could reach out beyond their brains to interact via mind-activated/mind-sensing “psychotronic” technology. Evidence suggested that even without advanced technology, the Roswell aliens’ brains were able to communicate with each other. In later pages, we’ll see how humans can do so, also.

How does a brain focus energy waves in order to do telepathy and remote sensing? Your brain has about 10 billion brain cells in it, each of which has gentle curvatures in it that can focus your attention in every direction without even turning your head to face one way, or another. Better yet, each one of those brain cells has from 10,000 to 20,000 tiny string-like dendrites reaching out to communicate with other brain cells, and there’s abundant curvature there, also. Given that there are 3 trillion smaller atoms contained in the last section of your index finger, alone, your brain contains more than 100 trillion atoms in it! Each atom has different varieties of curvature in it, and that too, is conducive to complex focusing (via nearly instantaneous communication across energy plasma). Better still, within each atom are an even greater number of quanta (atomic particles and packets of energy) that can focus energy in various ways. Although it isn’t easy to control one single quantum, your thoughts are a larger, aggregate manipulation (cohering and decohering) of many quanta. As a recent feature film noted, the variety of possible combinations of signals between brain cells in your head is greater than the total number of atoms in this universe! So, there are fantastic capabilities in your mind, and there are even more between a number of minds. As some people say, there’s a universe within.

Some researchers confuse alien telepathy with “channeling.” David Jacobs, PhD,

who’s skeptical of channeling, defines it as when “a person in a self-altered state of consciousness believes he/she is receiving communication from an unseen spirit or entity who answers questions or imparts wisdom.” Some channelers speak of contacting ghosts or spirits from another time. Meanwhile, telepathy is starkly different—it happens in real-time and always involves at least some remotely visual aspects. Basic telepathy allows an individual to neatly identify the other individual(s) with whom he/she is communicating. Telepathy is a nearly immediate exchange in which the mind’s vocal and other physical characteristics (of all participants) are clearly manifest, due to intricate mind-body networking. Although advanced technology may be used to try to secure an alien telepath from unwanted probing, the alien is always identifiable to those who are practiced in telepathy.

Some, like Jacobs, are cautious about telepathy because it isn’t private or because it can apparently navigate faster-than-light fluctuations in space-time. Much of Jacobs’ abduction research is premised on alien statements communicated telepathically to abductees. In some cases, however, telepathy may be abused by aliens in the same way that propagandists use neuro-linguistic programming for manipulative control.

The best defense? An educated awareness.

So, how can we tell the difference between human and alien telepathy? To begin with, we must be able to distinguish our own thoughts from those of another human. In telepathic interactions, the initiate must first become sensitized to the difference between his or her own active thought processes and his/her more quiet states of mind. As Russell Targ, PhD in physics, writes, in order to recognize messages from an external source, you must be able to make your mind essentially blank. Targ likens this state of mind to stilled water, or a dark black screen. As such, we can discern the thoughts of others, which are unlike our own. They are out of character. They have a different internal tenor and may contain information and images entirely new to the receiver. If the initiate can’t still his or her mind, he/she may not be able to make such distinctions. *Targ trained hundreds of remote viewers for the US government, by the way.

You must first become skilled at noting the difference between your subtly and gently inter-dimensioned thoughts, versus your thoughts that have a nearly audio-like verbal character. Some of your thoughts are framed in terms of how they might later be spoken, while others are more complex and may converge from a number of different internal perspectives. Once you see the difference between the two, you will know your own internal tenor. Thoughts communicated by an external source may have a more audio-like, verbal character. They may diverge from your accustomed way of thinking, hence they are out of character. They stand out.

When we mull an idea over, we tend to examine it from a variety of perspectives, which have a soft and familiar precision in our minds. A kind of internal dialogue may go on, yet we’re in complete control of it. A telepathically communicated message will diverge from the receiver’s precise internal configuration. It will seem different in a number of ways. More skilled telepathic communicators can carefully monitor a receiver’s thoughts in order to pose certain ideas at fairly natural-seeming junctures, yet, once the receiver is able to still his or her own mind, he or she will note that the external source communicates in a way that’s unlike the receiver.

Over time, one gets a feel for how other humans think. This is important because when an alien comes into the mix, the alien’s thoughts will be strikingly different from those of the receiver. The alien will begin from a more scientifically and telepathically advanced frame of reference. To the human receiver, the complexity and the insights conveyed by the alien will seem unusually intelligent, highly profound and different. Focused alien telepathy tends to arrive in imagery that is subtler and more complex, with softer outlines than the thought of a typical human. To the human initiate, such thoughts may seem like surpassing genius, which they are, in a sense. Telepathically communicated alien thoughts may involve a variety of new ideas and artistic-seeming details, an astounding inventiveness–sometimes even a complex kind of humor. Compared to a human, aliens thoughts seem relatively abbreviated, finely textured yet multiply-packed with information–words, graphics, a geometric kind of modeling, and a resonance with the nature surrounding you/them–all at the same time.

As abduction researcher David Jacobs puts it, “The aliens communicate telepathically with humans and with each other. When abductees describe the communication process, they say they receive an impression in their minds that they automatically convert into their own words for comprehension.” (The Threat, p. 95). Abductee “Karin” told Harvard abduction researcher Dr. John Mack about alien telepathy: “Do you know what telepathy is? People say it’s the ability to hear somebody’s thoughts, like you can hear inside their heads. But that’s not (merely) what telepathy is. It’s a resonation… We’re so telepathic on a normal everyday basis.” (Passport to the Cosmos, p. 71)

Writing about the Roswell crash, Col. Phillip Corso cited military documents about the alien(s) who briefly survived the Roswell crash in 1947. Corso wrote that on approaching an injured alien, “witnesses said they heard no ‘words’ in their mind, only the resonance of a shared or projected impression much simpler than a sentence but far more complex because they were able to share with the creature a sense not only of suffering but of profound sadness, as if it were in mourning for the others who perished on board the craft.” (The Day After Roswell, p. 97) In other words, telepathy conveys more than mere words. Sgt. Clifford Stone, former Army telepathic interfacer with aliens says, “you can hear, either verbally or mentally, what they are saying, but as an interfacer you feel what they feel (i.e. saddest, happiness, fear, anger, hate, love, sorrow).” (ATS posting, Je ’08)

If telepathy of a possibly alien sort occurs in your life, you may want to inquire as to who it is and why they’re communicating with you. If you receive answers that are definitely not you, not your way of thinking and you’re sure of it, you may engage in a kind of dialogue. Chances are it won’t be entirely verbal. Why? Because aliens think in terms of a highly complex, if not multi-dimensional geometry. Mathematicians call such geometry «topology.» Topology is the geometry of elastic, flowing form (and extra-dimensional connectedness). Aliens model their thoughts to both mirror, and dimension through, the elastic, ever-flowing forms of the quantum continuum. Aliens think in terms of multiple thresholds lying in between every single quantum particle (energy packet)—unlike most humans, who tend to think that an electron is an electron, a distinct thing, of sorts. Within those multiple thresholds lying between, if not virtually connecting all atomic particles, aliens look for information content that’s often non-local in character (smeared out and around in space). Apparently, aliens can feel into such a space (an extra dimension fluctuating within such intervals) and can discern information content.

You don’t need an alien’s brain physiology to be able to do so. The human brain is already capable of complex telepathy, remote sensing, and extra dimensional awareness. Indeed, as math professor Barbara Shipman at the University of Rochester notes, honey bees do a pollen-locating dance for other bees that corresponds to what mathematicians call “the flag manifold,” an extra dimensional configuration. Lacking cognitive filters for such ideas, animals may already use extra sensory perception. For example, just before the tsunami devastated Southeast Asia in December of 2004, dogs tugged their owners uphill and elephants picked people up and carried them to higher ground—before the tsunami was even visible. Researchers have found that when humans simply think about the possibility of extra senses, new dendrites grow between their brain cells. In other words, the simple awareness of extra senses, or dimensions, may allow us to grow brain connections to actually accommodate such an awareness.

Now, here’s a critical bit of information for you to consider, a tested and important check that you can do if you ever interact with an alien. Dimensioned within those same multiple thresholds between all quanta (and between thoughts—in any space whatsoever) are trace aspects of a larger, sentient awareness (i.e. the origin of an idea, the previously encountered thought interactions surrounding it). Aliens are aware that to a certain extent, their internal «view» into or across such thresholds involves a more deeply dimensioned kind of scrutiny in return. It has to do with the non-local character of time, the ability of more advanced minds to sample such thresholds and be aware in much larger terms. Any good alien knows that in some vague way, their reach into and across such a thought threshold is either known, or can be known in return. There may be more extra intelligence looking back inward than there is in the alien (or human) looking outward. A good alien knows this and will behave accordingly, as though he or she must remain open and aware that he/she can be seen through, as such, in much larger terms. A bad or misguided alien may not acknowledge the larger scrutiny (beyond the given alien) in return. Worse yet, a bad alien may assume that humans are too backward and unaware for the larger, more universal terms of interaction to even be valid, in the first place.

The result can be literally criminal. An alien from a relatively primitive society

may excuse his misdeeds or low-order thoughts (i.e. the alien suggests destructive thoughts to a human) because the alien thinks the human’s way of thinking is invalid. In what is nearly the worst case, a colonizing alignment of aliens may treat humans as though we’re little better than cattle. In the worst case, a more advanced group of aliens would use the colonizing offenders as an advance guard and would offer them material incentives for doing so, i.e. excessive planet grabs and resource-taking. Such offenders would ignore the more universal terms of non-violation in order to take advantage of unsuspecting humans. It would be a dangerously unbalanced equation, so to speak.

In short, humans must be responsible for their own future potentials in such cases and must argue the larger, more peaceful universal terms–sometimes in advance of

human society having achieved a global legal and ecological order that can compete in a larger, off-world context. Experience has shown that although aliens can communicate and see through a human telepathically, they usually won’t trust a human with information for which the human isn’t responsible. Responsibility of the sort relates to all of humankind, and more.

In later chapters, more will be said about how to distinguish an alien’s thought from your own. First, we must characterize alien thought in order be able to recognize it. As was suggested above, in addition to electromagnetism (light waves), mind is characterized by other energy relationships that aliens say provide a fundamental basis for telepathy. For example, fluctuations of «negative energy» in the space around us are the basis for what is known as «electrogravity,» a strange, new energy phenomenon that has extraordinary data and communications potential. Again, some researchers refer to electrogravity as “zero point energy,” while others call it “scalar electromagnetism.”

As Dr. Steven Greer of CSETI and others have noted, negative energy fluctuations can penetrate the densest of objects and can connect to communicate over great distances in ways that appear to exceed the speed of light. This is important. Time and time again, aliens have indicated that negative energy fluctuations, in conjunction with everyday light waves, are the part of the basis for both alien telepathy and alien «psychotronic» technology (devices remotely activated by thought).

Negative energy will be explained in clear and easy detail in the next chapter. Suffice it to say, aliens generally assume that most humans are relatively naive, in part because they don’t know about negative energy and how it can connect across the universe. From an alien perspective, humans who don’t know about negative energy are easy to take advantage of. They can be abducted and deceived, using fairly simple alien technology.

For example, Dr. John Mack noted that in order to comfort the humans they abduct, abducting aliens may suggest that the aliens came to Earth from another dimension or the future, as though it were a magical realm the abductee can’t understand. Meanwhile, aliens of the sort are physical, biological forms who use fairly basic technology.

So, what in the world is “negative energy” and where do we find it?

Human scientists say that normal energy (like light) curves and bends outward into space—it radiates outward in waves and we can track its movement in a positive sort of way.

Negative energy (i.e. in gravity or an atom’s nucleus) pulls and cycles inwardly—so it’s negative, in a sense. Since it moves and connects inwardly, it’s negative. *We aren’t talking about electrical charges, by the way—that’s a different subject.

Like gravity, “negative” energy pulls down into a dense, inner space like what we see in atomic nuclei, while normal energy flows and spreads outward into space. Weirder still, aliens hint about a kind of inner space in the universe that allows them to take shortcuts when they travel, faster-than-light, from one location to another.

To give you an idea about how aliens think about this new, “negative” energy used in their technology and faster-than-light travels, here are some human abductees’ quotes about alien use of energy. Each abductee talks about how alien energy somehow folds into itself and takes a shortcut through a kind of inner space while, at the same time, it expands far, far outward.

When speaking about her passage into alien realms, abductee Julie told Dr. John Mack,

“I expanded outward…” On that plane, “reality folds into itself.” (p. 55, Passport to the Cosmos). Ironically, former Eisenhower White House National Security Council staff member Col. Philip Corso wrote that military researchers determined that when the downed Roswell craft shifted magnetic poles around the craft, “it was as if gravity was being folded around the outside so that the wave enveloped the craft.” In other words, a gravity-like energy folded inward, while, at the same time, the craft rode a kind of wave outward. (p. 101, The Day After Roswell)

Abductee Paul told Dr. Mack about how he and aliens moved through space with alien technology: “It’s like hopping… Energy, like folds into itself, and you’re just somewhere else… everything folds, inverts into, and folds inside itself…. People aren’t supposed to know this yet.” (p. 224, Abduction).

Andrea, another abductee interviewed by Dr. Mack, talked about how she was transported to an alien ship via the new energy: “Everything’s moving all around…. Like it’s rolling back, and rolling back, and going forward. I’m like expanding…. It’s like waves of energy…. I’m flying.” (p. 65, Passport to the Cosmos) Again, we hear about energy essentially rolling back or folding into itself, while at the same time, it expands outward like a wave.

Finally, abductee Eva told Mack about how she and aliens moved through hyperspace: “You need to speed up the energy, and then you go into another dimension where the reality is different…. You feel like you’re contracting and expanding at the same time… It’s like you become on the one hand, part of everything, and everything becomes part of you,” but “at the same time you contract into an infinitesimal point.” (p. 250, Abduction)

Speaking more generally, Eva said she exceeded her old physical sense of being during experiences with aliens: “Linear time/space is contained within the greater perspective, but not vice-versa.” Abductee Karin told Mack that in alien space, “the fourth dimension”—“everything is always present,” and “three dimensional reality is included within it.” She said an “altered state of consciousness” surrounds her alien experiences, “a finer, higher vibration” within which she perceives details she normally wouldn’t. Over time, the higher dimensional vibration lets her be “very aware of your soul. You’re very aware of your higher consciousness…” (p. 56, 216, Passport to the Cosmos)

So, let’s summarize what abductees said. When aliens float them out into space using alien technology, the abductees actually feel the flow of energy around them. In some cases, aliens even comment on what’s happening. Somehow, energy folds into itself—it drops into a kind of inner space while, at the same time, it expands far and quickly

outward. Later, we’ll see how various aliens talk about this kind of energy, or energy

relationship, and then we’ll see how it agrees with new human ideas about science.

How important is this seemingly extra-dimensional “negative energy” in an alien’s education? On a gray alien’s planet, for example, a five year-old alien child who hasn’t begun to grasp the fundamentals of negative energy and electrogravity would be considered mentally handicapped (electrogravity is a kind of energy streaming that occurs when negative energy fluctuations are connected). By the age of ten or eleven, a relatively advanced understanding of electrogravity is expected. Readers should remember that, here on earth, any middle school child who can learn the basics about light waves and atoms can easily comprehend electrogravity. Easily. *You may not realize it, but you already think in terms of extra-dimensions, i.e. the past, the future, the universe, and more. By the time you finish the next chapter, negative energy and electrogravity should be easy for you to understand.

Many of the alien sources for this book have hinted at such science. Grays have hinted indirectly, while Haven aliens, described in Alex Newald’s book Coevolution, and other aliens have described it in more detail: negative energy and related phenomena are used to manipulate computer data, to achieve faster-than-light deep space travel, and to effect faster-than-light communications. Some Milky Way aliens and other, hyper-advanced aliens (of yet-unspecified historical duration) have resonated on such themes, hinting, for example, that the larger universal ecology depends on preventing the overuse of such energy by greedy, oversized populations. The two latter-noted groups of aliens have gone so far as to suggest that we, humans, need to reduce our population numbers if we want to develop a larger, global system that uses such energy, lest we shorten the life of the sun due to electrogravity’s effect on the surrounding space-time continuum.

How could that happen? The answer is so simple that a middle school student can understand it. But first, here’s some background on the “weirdness” of the new physics you may have read about in your local newspaper.

For years, humans have wrestled with the difference between Einstein’s famous relativity theory and “quantum physics,” a more precise model that arose 23 years after Einstein first announced his theory. As physicist Michio Kaku says, relativity is an idealized theory «of marble,» while quantum physics is a downright weird, yet precise model that’s more like grainy wood, in comparison. Aliens have hinted repeatedly at how the two theories can be reconciled. To do so, we need merely borrow a leaf from Edward Witten, Princeton’s leading light of what is called «string theory,» a multi-dimensional model of the universe.

Witten says that, in order to understand the deeper complexities of the world around us, including the atomic quanta (energy packets) of thoughts in our heads, we need to think in terms of multiple mathematics—not just the old, linear version of coordinate planes, right angles and triangulations. Witten’s favored version is called «topology.» Again, topology is the geometry of elastic, flowing form. If you’ve read but one single article about quantum physics, you probably know that quanta (discrete units of energy like photons, electrons, etc.) never sit still. Quanta are always moving, sometimes

disappearing in one place, then almost magically reappearing in another nearly

instantaneously.

So, why do we need multiple mathematics (multi-maths)? The answer is easy. We need maths that flow in parallel to our current math, maths that twist and dimension right through our old linear math in both smaller, and, at the same time, larger universal terms.  In short, we need alternative maths that converge from various perspectives simultaneously, not just the one, linear arrow of time that flattens all that we see like a pancake. Aliens suggest that our old 20th century math is a good start but is incomplete because it supposes that our tiny corner of the universe is definitive, which could cause us to think that we can model the entire universe solely in terms of the visible phenomena around us. We can’t.

Aliens suggest that humans tend to forget that in order to even observe atomic details within the universe, some of the universe must remain invisible in order to facilitate the act of observation, itself. So, what remains invisible? Time, space, gravity and more–including other, essentially condensed versions of such phenomena. Various aliens hint at a gravity-like connectedness that keeps all the little quanta of the universe active with energy, yet strangely non-local (smeared out and around in space) at the same time. Tiny atomic particles can disappear and do weird tricks when we try to watch them. They just won’t sit still for us, no matter what we do. Physicist Werner Heisenberg summed this all up in what we call «the uncertainty principle.»

To make multi-maths easy for you to understand, here’s an alternative math that a highly advanced and most helpful alien (possibly of this galaxy) suggested to me several years ago–along with oblique reference to Witten and the human need to exceed certain restrictions that a competing group of aliens (colonizers from another galaxy) is trying to impose on humans. *More about such later.

Our first alternative math is a simple thought exercise: Let’s assume that in the actual observed physics of the universe there are no whole numbers. Why no whole numbers? Because the only whole number in the actual physics of this universe would be the number 1 representing the entire universe–from the very beginning(s) to the very end(s) of time. Everything else would be fractions or decimals, tied together with inherently fluctuating, alternative values. So, all that we see now is but a fraction of a much greater universal whole. The larger universal whole would be something like the number 1 or 0 (probably both at the same time), depending on our frame of view. Easy isn’t it?

There’s one small catch. If we model the universe from its weird beginning(s) to its

equally weird ending(s), we begin to notice that the universe does a strange, quantum-like trick whenever we try to sum it all up–as the whole number 1, for example. Like an anxious child, the universe simply won’t sit still. Instead, as we sum it all up (as the whole number one) it does strange tricks at both ends of time. It tucks back into itself—it turns itself inside out with smeared out, non-local qualities.

This poses a strange paradox. Whenever we try to sum the universe up as a whole number quantity, it effectively disappears at both ends of time. It also disappears into black holes for much of the intervening time. So, how do we make sense of this strange dilemma? The answer is easy. We simply remember that the universe can never be observed as a whole because neither the observer, nor the process of the observation are allowed outside of the universe (to see the whole). Instead, when we try to sum up the entirety, the universe can only approach a whole number quantity (i.e. the number 1 or 0) but can never quite reach one. When «seen» as a complete whole, the universe either disappears altogether, or it cycles into itself and appears everywhere fractionally, in weirdly non-local ways.

In short, our first alternative math is simple, but precise. It suggests that, on a more basic level–way down within the tiniest depths of all quanta, so tiny that such depths make the smallest intervals between light waves seem gargantuan, all quanta (particles and energy packets) connect in a way that is actively fractional, i.e. what physicists Richard Feynman and John Archibald Wheeler called «fractional wave form.» They don’t proceed in just one linear direction. Instead, they’re smeared out into space-time; they’re non-local.

The active, fractional nature of all that we observe points toward a new model of the universe. Hawking and Hartle call it a «no-boundary condition,» meaning that the universe has no edge. Instead, it appears to cycle back, or fold into itself through active, non-local fluctuations–like the “negative energy” that Hawking describes as being present in gravity.

Remember, normal energy like light and other energy released from atomic particles curves and bends outward, while the negative energy of gravity pulls inward, hence it’s negative, in a sense (it pulls inward).

Where else might we see evidence of a no-boundary condition? In the fact that, due to the nature of time, every place in the universe seems as though it is the present, the apparent center of the universe because light that arrives there was emitted in the past. We also see that the universe is about 27.5 billion light years across (its diameter), not 13.7 billion years (its radius from here to one seeming edge) as is the current scientific estimate of its age. This is called the «horizon problem.» Obviously, the visible universe has expanded in all directions, but, consider the following:

The distant past can be seen all around us at those far fringes of the universe where we see those early stars and galaxies from more than 13 billion years ago (whose light is only now reaching us). Meanwhile, due to inflation and other strange early-universe physics, that same past is all connected to itself in momentary, faster than light ways (according to the theory of inflation). In other words, our entire present-day universe fills but one gap of nearly instantaneous, faster-than-light connectedness between those distant, past parts way out there on the almost-visible fringes. Weird, isn’t it?

Better yet, we see a no-boundary condition kind of «duality» in the irony that all quanta (discrete packets of energy) are smeared out and non-local in character, coupled with the fact that such quanta (like photons and electrons) cohere such that they don’t just release all of their energy outward at any given moment. Why not? Because, in part, all quanta appear to cycle, or fold, inwardly—they’re held together, somehow.

All of this points to a new, more definitive model of the universe, which aliens hint at regularly. In this new view of the universe, the definitive perspective isn’t solely the current, visible contours of the cosmos. Instead, it’s a multi-mathematical sum of perspectives connecting tiny, sub-quantum phenomena to much larger phenomena on a cosmic scale. As such, black holes wouldn’t be universes within themselves but would be a new category in science–a bizarre and massive kind of quantum, of sorts. Aliens state that such thinking allowed them to re-define the nature of space-time marginally beyond the Einstein limit (the speed of light).

More specifically, in 1997 one Haven alien hinted as follows (in a context remotely monitored and jointly communicated by a yet more advanced alien): At that time, I was attempting to develop a topological model of mind (elastic, ever moving), a model that included more complex universal parameters. In order to do so, I, too, wrestled with the contradictions of relativity vs. quantum weirdness, i.e. the fact that, as physicists suggest, quantum weirdness points toward a higher-dimensional simplicity in the universe. As I sat thinking the given alien(s) who had previously offered helpful hints communicated an image of a wooden box with its top off. Inside the box was the entire universe, dark but lit with intertwining galaxy superclusters. To make the hint explicit (along with some verbal content) the given alien(s) then showed a whitish wave of sorts cresting across the top of the universe-in-the-box, the whitish wave crests resembling those in the famous painting The Great Wave, by Japanese savant Katsushika Hokusai. The message? The physics that confounds us has a quantum cosmological explanation. “Quantum cosmology” models the entire universe (and conceivably other universe cycles) in terms of quantum wave function (waves and particles appearing and disappearing, a weird non-locality, etc). It models time in terms of volume and dimension, not lines.

Quantum cosmology ties tiny, quantum-scale fluctuations to larger, cosmic-scale phenomena. They are tightly, precisely inter-related in ways that are easy to understand, although it requires some thinking. The same alien(s) later suggested that part of an explanation for alien physics lies not within a solely faster-than-light perspective, but within a plus or minus the speed of light complexity:  higher dimensions that inter-connect through a negative cycle, over time. Again, you’ll want to take time to think about this. In the next chapter, some easy-to-grasp visual metaphors will help you understand this weird new idea.

Another of the same alien(s)’ helpful hints was as follows. One day, while I pondered the

fact that cosmology implies that there was a pre-condition prior to the first moment(s) of this universe, the same alien conveyed an image of quantum fuzz before the first moment(s). Such fuzz has been hinted at in cosmology articles—it looks like an aggregation of dark, fuzzy spots representing deep quantum fluctuations scattered around in a bizarre, singularity-like condition “before” the first moment(s) of this universe. The alien’s hint? There, connecting two of the fuzzy spots, was a transparent tunnel of sorts curving around behind the cluster of fuzzy spots—representing a kind of quantum tunneling between them, also representing nearly instantaneous relationships between such fluctuations. *The hint further suggests that, rather than the old explosive metaphor of a Big Bang birth of the universe, the universe may be characterized by an epic kind of re-cycling, a “multi-versal” schema that allows for an interconnected succession of universe cycles. *More about this, later.

The actively inter-connected, fractional nature of all that we see further defines the alien outlook because aliens see themselves as inter-dimensioned fractions of larger social wholes. When gray aliens say they see themselves as «containers,» they’re hinting at such a relationship (although in subdued, fatalistic terms). When Haven aliens told Alec Newald that they don’t think in terms of «personal» relationships, they were hinting at the same. And when humans talk of spiritual transcendence, they define themselves in more enduring social terms, also. *Aliens talk less of spirituality in the human sense, more about a larger shared ecology for which there are social obligations (helping others, sharing rather than wasting; personal transparency).

The most advanced aliens that I’ve encountered (within what is called «community of mind») see this entire universe as a bizarre yet intricate social near-whole. They inter-dimension within it—in extraordinarily intelligent, beautiful ways. Various aliens hold out the possibility that the best of this universe can hope to cycle into a further extension of a universe. This has been stated explicitly, in precisely such terms. For those who can’t comprehend evolution into a further extension of a universe cycle, there’s one starkly graphic analogy in every person’s life. When we die, we lose our familiar physical basis for individuality, yet, if aliens are correct, a deeper dimensional basis retains a nearly complete record of our existence. I don’t mean to sound contrite, but just imagine how it would be if, instead of the physical notion of death, there were no escape from this universe. Some of us would assimilate within a higher-order collective without individual pretensions, while others would fail to cohere in recognizable form.

Draw your own conclusions.

Not only do aliens think, or at least parallel their thoughts, in mathematical terms,

they try to see in complex geometric terms. They do more than merely «see» as such;

they try to psychically merge and blend within the complex, ever-flowing topology of the universe. Many try to literally «be» the most intelligent form-within-other-forms that they can conceive of in the universe. This isn’t a leech-like mechanical act. Instead, it’s a deeply sentient yearning for belonging, a hope for encouragement and understanding in the search to better themselves and correct their lives. This is not to suggest that there aren’t corrupt aliens who take others for granted, aliens who’ve been de-sensitized by both time and a presumed superiority. Advanced knowledge is a responsibility that never ends. Aliens, too, must always be vigilant.

While I was writing this book, certain aliens criticized me for exposing too much, for possibly allowing other humans to take vital, sensitive information out of context.

There have even been threats–i.e. by the most aggressive and intrusive alien contingent visiting Earth (the above-noted colonizers not native to this galaxy). My reply? As is required of the best of aliens, I place all such knowledge in the regenerative social context in which it was offered. The mathematical implications of the «new» energy universe aren’t solely numerical;  they have shared social and ecological meaning.

For example, when we talk about “electrogravity” (where negative energy fluctuations connect), much of the human future is called into question. Aliens explicitly ask whether humans can rise up and overcome a corrupt human elite that wants to privately own and militarize recovered alien technology, a narrow and often fatuous group of wealthy lawbreakers who want to leave the rest of humankind in ignorance. Aliens say that humans will either get it right and learn to use electrogravity non-destructively, or humankind may perish by its own greedy hands–before we become a threat to other worlds. Not all planets survive such selfishness, apparently.

                           When the Cosmic-scale Meets the Micro-scale

So, what is this new «electrogravity» that can either make or break the future of an entire planet? First off, it isn’t new. It’s part of the fundamental basis for many phenomena in our daily lives. Secondly, it frames many alien thought processes in much the same way that light and electricity frame human thought processes. One note of caution: some hyper-advanced aliens may have exceeded the notion of electrogravity by defining their existence in terms of deeper alternative cycles, not just the negative cycle that defines electrogravity. By doing so, they will have made their minds and technology sensitive to multiversal dynamics–which most humans wouldn’t understand, at this point.

For a more basic understanding of electrogravity, we turn to retired Navy Col. Tom Bearden. Tom Bearden is an engineer, a friendly, bearded older gentleman who has written about his encounters with electrogravity technology during his career. Here’s Bearden’s quick summary of electrogravity:  When light waves converge along each of three different axes so that opposing light waves (along each axis) cancel each other out, they bleed into electrogravity. Simple isn’t it?

Let’s re-state the idea, just to be clear. Remember the x, y, and z axes of those point-coordinate graphs you did in high school? Bearden says that when two different light waves snake toward each other from opposite directions along each of three axes so that the rolling hump in each light wave exactly mirrors and cancels out the opposing light wave along each axis, the energy «bleeds into electrogravity.» All you have to do, says Bearden, is ultra-gently pulse and condition the energy flow in such a convergence to produce electrogravity. *Author’s note: you would have to capture the energy with another device and would have to condition the environment to prevent unsafe environmental consequences.

Remember how your high school science teacher said that when light waves cancel

each other out, they disappear? It’s called «destructive interference.» That’s what

Bearden is talking about. Bearden says that if we do it right, the energy bleeds into

an extra dimension (as electrogravity). It folds inward, in a sense, while it also expands outward. Bearden isn’t the only one who says this. In the Jan. 2000 issue of Scientific American is an article on «negative energy» by physicists Lawrence H. Ford and Thomas A. Roman. Both are physics PhD’s: Ford was taught by John Archibald Wheeler, and Roman was taught by a co-author/contemporary of Einstein. In the article, Ford and Roman write that scientists now converge lasers in an airless vacuum, which causes «squeezed-state fluctuations in the vacuum of space-time» (places where light waves cancel out and squeeze, or compress, space-time). Such fluctuations create «negative energy,» places where the energy level is actually «less than zero.» So, how can energy be less than zero? Easy, says Bearden: it bleeds into extra dimension.

But that’s not all. Bearden says the converse is also true: Destructive interference of electrogravity bleeds back into electromagnetism (light waves). Bearden says that the relationship between electromagnetism (light) and electrogravity is reciprocal, like two fractions that are upside-down reciprocals of each other.

If all of this sounds confusing, try to visualize light waves snaking toward each other, then read the last four paragraphs above again. Electrogravity tucks the converging energy down into rapidly fluctuating, multiple places, in a sense. It folds in and goes deeper, while also expanding outward.

Aliens suggest that when we produce electrogravity it bleeds into the larger space-time, where it does a neat little trick. As Bearden says, electrogravity can actually speed the flow of time in precise, measured amounts throughout that same section of space-time. Bearden goes so far as to re-state Einstein’s famous equation as E=Δt c²  Scientists

use the Greek symbol Δ (pronounced “delta”) in equations to signify change.

In other words, Bearden says that mass is equivalent to Δt (delta t), a change in time. Sounds relatively innocuous, doesn’t it?

Think again. What Bearden is saying, and what aliens have repeatedly confirmed in explicit communications, is that electrogravity can speed the flow of time, perhaps even allowing for a kind of fluctuation into past time (not concretely, we presume). So, what does that mean? It means that electrogravity isn’t «free.» It comes at a cost because it speeds the flow of time, ever so slightly shortening the life of the surrounding continuum. This means that a reckless overuse of electrogravity could conceivably shorten the life of our sun, for example.  Some of those «gray» aliens that you may have read about have suggested that their original planet was rendered uninhabitable by a large-scale misuse of electrogravity. They should have gone more slowly; they should have been more careful.

So, there are both risks and a larger kind of ecology surrounding the use of electrogravity. It must be globally regulated. As Clinton’s Secretary of Defense William Cohen reported, there are international agreements on the subject, and, as physicist Mark Comings found out in 1984 after he tested a scalar electromagnetism/electrogravity device in a Lawrence Berkeley lab, there has been a network of so-called “scalar” energy (electrogravity) detectors on Earth since the 1980’s, if not earlier. *If you’re new to the word “scalar,”

it simply means a relationship that scales all the way across a broader spectrum,

in a sense—it ranges across an entire category on a larger scale. Scalar energy detectors can be used to find and avert unsafe uses of electrogravity, but we need to do so within a finer framework of international law like the World Court, and more. Aliens often point out that the finer relationships of alien science also course more largely. In other words, finer connects more largely and subtly, not more crudely.

Physicist Mark Comings’ experience and that of his colleagues who report the same, shows that official disclosure about aliens and their technology can be done safely because there’s a network of scalar/electrogravity detectors already in place. Given that Bearden and others say Russia and other nations have had such technology for decades, it’s logical to assume that a network can be configured to quickly detect dangerous misuses of electrogravity, then counter-stream such energy into a scalar offender’s circuitry to de-activate it, if necessary. Aliens do this–and they talk about it at intervals.

Aliens further suggest that Δt effects of electrogravity must be moderated by countervailing negative energy dynamics. In other words, to prevent uncontrolled damage to the environment, electrogravity must be used sparingly. The most advanced aliens suggest that it only be used where necessary, in conjunction with conventional, long-term energy technologies such as solar and other alternatives. Apparently, the least harmful uses of electrogravity are microgravitic—tiny quantum scale uses of a limited sort, i.e. for medical and research purposes (maybe some limited travel in space). It’s best when such uses are finely interconnected and balanced. To aliens, crude human use of electrogravity is analogous to a cavemen licking a live, high-voltage wire, when, instead, we need to use it more like we use micro-electronics (finely interconnected systems that need not disturb the global ecology). Failure to achieve a more peaceful, sharing world order with global energy agreements could be our doom because highly capable aliens go out of their way to condemn aggressive use of electrogravity for weapons purposes.

For those who are new to the study of aliens, it helps to remember that alien ideas about negative energy (includes electrogravity and “magnetogravity,” which is destructive interference of both light and magnetism) aren’t confusingly counter-intuitive, as is some of Einstein’s theory of relativity. Instead, the new dynamics (actually hyper-dynamics) are easy to comprehend because they pose a more logical continuity, an interconnectedness that both allows for, and encourages, the finer sensitivities of mind.

Some readers are probably thinking, Now, wait a minute:  if you use electrogravity to speed up the flow of time in one place, wouldn’t it slow time down somewhere else? This appears to be the case. Within the focus of electrogravity, time appears to slow down, although at a sum total cost to the universe’s energy lifetime. On the other hand, if we can speed the flow of time, we could use electrogravity to speed the clock on radioactive wastes in order to make them harmless. An advanced use of electrogravity could speed the clock on dangerous radioactive isotopes or clear them from the environment and the human body. *Again, a more advanced kind of electrogravity also converges and cancels out the magnetism that exists in parallel to electrical pulses, hence the alien version of electrogravity is a kind of electrogravity/magnetogravity. More about this later.

 

If you’re still confused, let me offer some easy, visual ways of thinking about negative

energy and electrogravity. Much as you learned in high school, there’s a larger conservation within the universe. You just can’t get something for nothing. Although the universe has expanded ever since the beginning (and continues to do so), some of the universe is either slowly condensing together (fusion) in stars, or disappearing inward–into black holes. In other words, as outer space expands, part of the universe is cycling into denser and denser forms–which provide a fundamental underlying basis for all “condensed-state” or squeezed-together physics, i.e. electrogravity. The new condensed-state physics (lasers, Bose Einstein condensates, dark states, dark energy and black holes) are at the cutting edge of 21^st century science. They’ll likely lead to the most important scientific refinements of our time, and they all relate to the “new” alien kinds of energy.

As Steven Hawking writes, the sum total positive energy of this universe (seen in matter and the outward movement of energy) is exactly equal to the sum total negative energy, the inward pull of gravity. In short, the very existence of outward-flowing energy in seemingly empty space is somehow premised on the simultaneous inward pull of negative energy like gravity. For example, almost all of the light that we see is due to the inward pull of gravity in stars that fuse matter into denser and denser elements. It’s happening all the time, and it’s all premised on the negative energy of a star’s gravity.

*It can’t be modeled solely in terms of what we see now, but must be modeled in terms of the entire «lifetime» of the universe, some of which remains hidden from us, of course.

Now, let’s pretend we’re aliens for a moment. If we were to produce electrogravity in order to literally pull two distant points (or circles/spheres) of space-time together for faster-than-light space travel–as government whistle-blower Bob Lazar says aliens do, we would borrow so incredibly much energy from the surrounding space-time that we would ever-so-slightly speed the flow of time there. And, if you speed the flow of time anywhere, you ever-so-slightly shorten the energy lifetime of the universe cycle, which could be cause for concern off-world.

                                   If you still don’t get the idea…

Here’s another easy way to visualize electrogravity: Light waves are like the waves in a small pond. Throw a stone into the pond, and, long before the waves begin to move outward in concentric circles, the determining change of energy (the hurled stone) has hit the water. As it sinks, due to gravity, waves spread on the water’s surface. Negative energy and deeper-dimensional fluctuations are like the stone. They happen on a deeper level (in a kind of inner space) due to a kind of gravity, but we see only the waves on the surface. (If you «see» in negative energy terms, you see in the dark, so to speak—in one most ironic sense it’s like the darkened inner vision of your mind). As physicists Kaluza and Klein first suggested, like the stone sinking into the pond, deeper dimensional events accompany every light wave. Energy tucks, or folds down into a kind of inner space at the same time that light radiates outward. Deeper fluctuations of the sort connect to a larger, universal quantity because each change of energy runs the universal clock toward some end(s), due to a universal conservation of sorts.

If you actually watch the stone go into the pond, you hear the sound of the splash,

and in a larger configuration space (an orb-like space surrounding the whole pond and

its environs) a nearly instant change of energy occurs when the stone is attracted by gravity. That inward pull of gravity, countered by outward wave reverberations, is

like the larger universe’s energy condition. The universe cycles into black holes and constantly cycles into heavier, denser elements in stars (a kind of “negative energy” in each case). Meanwhile, those deeper cycles reverberate in the empty space all around us. So, in order to see the event as it truly is, you need to model gravity in universal terms (the stone goes into the pond, running the universal clock ever so slightly), plus you see the event by the sun’s light (caused by a fusion-cycling of matter into denser states) and you hear the sound, then see the surface waves on the water.

In a sense, light waves are like the waves on the pond’s surface. Meanwhile greater, cosmic quantities affect the scene in such a big way, overall, that they’re nearly instantaneous: universal gravity, negative energy fluctuations in empty space all around plus in a universal clock-of-sorts that allows us to even see in the first place–due to a kind of energy condition throughout the universe.

Here’s another visual metaphor that demonstrates electrogravity. Imagine the universe as being a balloon. Blow the balloon up, then use a brown felt-tipped pen to draw spots on opposite ends of the balloon. Now, squeeze the center of the balloon together between two fingers. In a sense, all atoms and quanta are like the balloon: when you converge light waves (and magnetism) together to bounce electrogravity out of atoms-and-space, you also “squeeze” the universe together inside the atoms’ nuclei, which causes time to flow faster in the rest of the universe (the brown spots on the balloon that speed away from each other).

Better yet, try inflating a latex glove like a balloon. If you press two of the glove fingers deep into the inflated glove-balloon, you see a good metaphor for electrogravity. Tucked down into the inflated glove, each fingertip is like a “negative energy” fluctuation. As you press it inward, the larger glove inflates outward (like the universe). And if you wanted to travel or communicate between the two inserted fingertips, which would be easier: to go all the way around the outside of the balloon, or to take a shortcut through the inner space of the glove? Obviously, the inner space route is faster. To connect your fingers through that inner space is like electrogravity.

If you think it through carefully, electrogravity is easy to understand. Alien children are introduced to the basics early because, if they don’t think in universal terms, they will neither comprehend the nature of their technology, nor the effect that their technology has on the larger universe. If they don’t understand how big-connects-to-small via alternative “cycles” like negative energy, they won’t understand that selfish misuse of electrogravity

violates the larger universal ecology.

Here’s another easy metaphor reportedly suggested by a crew of «gray» aliens:  Imagine that in the empty space under every light wave is a negative energy fluctuation, like a tiny inward-folding black hole–a dark spot tucked under the snaking crest of every light wave. That’s negative energy, but remember: it both tucks into, and cycles faster-than-light through both the beginning point where the light wave begins and a sometimes distant endpoint where the light is later absorbed into another atom. How can it do that?

It can do so if gravity can be slightly ± faster-than-light because the negative energy of gravity is coming and going from so many directions all around–inside the nucleus of every single atom plus in deeply condensed “squeezed-state” conditions on a larger universal scale. Gravity folds into and through tiny nucleus spaces yet cycles far and out around more volume, at the same time. We live in a universe that fluctuates between a kind of black hole condition (black holes determine the shape of every galaxy) and a white hole condition where energy radiates outward. On the one hand, as with black holes (and probably with so-called “dark” energy) there’s an inward pull in every nucleus tied to hyper-tight fluctuations that can be made to leap out, hyper-quickly, across empty space. On the other hand, there are so many black holes that, overall, there can be energy-event horizons (thresholds) welling out from every atom of the universe. It’s as though gravity is determined by an entire universal sum of both old, and future, inner-space depths (all of which tie into and determine the shape of the universe)—as though gravity points to a seemingly backward direction in time, which isn’t really backward, but is, instead, a summed-up variety of larger, long-term relationships (time cycling back into itself). Those long-term relationships are always there, everywhere you go, but are multiply looped down into and ± across the structure of space-time.

So, in a sense, light waves would be like small ripples on the surface of a vast ocean when compared to the nearly instant fold of gravity and negative energy into (or non-locally through) the nucleus of every atom—which is instantaneous in one basic respect: the sum total mass and gravity/negative energy is measured only on a universal scale, i.e. how much of it fuses together in stars or goes into black holes and is thus lost to our view for the rest of (our notion of) time. It literally clocks the universe.

And just what is that dark spot we imagine under the snaking crest of every light wave? Think of it as empty space that’s teeming with bizarre, wormhole-like fluctuations that don’t noticeably connect in a weird, far-away manner unless you do what Bearden says—you converge and cancel out light waves (alt. magnetic waves also) then gently pulse and condition the energy flow, which bleeds into electrogravity (extra dimension) and then you focus the electrogravity/magnetogravity on distant coordinates in space. To do so creates an effect that’s like going through a wormhole because you pull two seemingly distant locations in space-time together so fast that it’s as though all the empty space in between was left standing still, in comparison (really it’s just stretching and speeding the clock a little). Bob Lazar and others say this is how aliens travel faster than light. You move beyond the intervening space-time by folding into a denser yet more universally timed and hugely non-local inner space. It’s as though you partly cycle through a

black hole faster-than-light—you take a shortcut through deeper, inner-space dimensions.

Remember, Bearden says mass is Δt (change of time)—they’re the same. In other words, you check most of your body mass at the door when you translocate faster than light, then when you arrive at your destination, you re-acquire your mass again. *You simply manipulate time, instead of mass when you travel, hence you aren’t fighting with Einstein’s idea about infinite mass at the speed of light. Instead, what happens is that a seemingly infinite mass IS the very gravity that pulls you to a distant place. If you think about it, infinite mass would suck the entire universe down into a black hole and it would be gone—but that doesn’t happen, of course, because black holes already exist in stable relationship to each other. So, instead of fighting Einstein’s idea of infinite mass when you travel (which is impossible), you fold into a kind of hyperspace while, at the same time, you expand out and focus gravity on a distant location. In order to do so, the flow of time speeds slightly in the space surrounding your journey, then when you let go, you’re in that distant location. You manipulate gravity in order to relocate elsewhere. And what is gravity? It’s all about mass (which is Δ t, or change in time). By manipulating gravity, you ever-so-slightly manipulate time, also.

Aliens further suggest that there’s a critical irony in doing so. Believe it or not, some aliens suggest that you don’t actually «go» as such. Instead, you simply re-dimension within a different sum of perspectives. By doing so, you will have changed yourself and your awareness. Thereafter, if you think about it, you will live within a different kind of universe. Your mind’s concepts and your interactions will be different, considerably more intelligent (we all hope). As such, you’ll be transitioning into a universe of hyper-condensed, collective identities–a higher, more expanded kind of mindedness. Act accordingly, say various aliens: you’re merging into a greater, yet finer kind of existence. There are (usually polite) controls.

Here’s an easier visual metaphor for electrogravity. Light waves are normally modeled as if whole-numbered (one light wave here, another one there, each distinct–as if a whole number 1 here, another 1 there…). The truth is, they aren’t whole quantities. Each wave is a bizarre kind of trick that shoots out of an atom’s inner depths (where, ironically, we find a deeper canceling out of energy waves). Think of the atom as being frozen in time for an almost unbelievably brief moment when a photon is emitted. At that moment, the atom exists in a weird, otherworldly context alongside black holes–the weirdest of «quanta.» (*In a sense, the singularity in a black hole is like a tiny particle with extra-dimensional tricks up its sleeve.) When our atom is seen in that brief moment, with the black hole in the not-so-distant background (not so distant because the moment is so brief–which effectively shortens all distances), the atom has fractional waveform/multiple connectedness to black hole(s) singularity.

What’s “fractional waveform?” The answer is easy. Fractional waveform is a wave that goes partly backward in time. For example, the model that physicists use is that of a light wave or photon that goes to its destination (a future “black-body” absorber of light) then runs backward in time as a “half-wave” and interferes with itself at its point of origin, causing the electron that originally emitted the photon to recoil. In other words, an electron that emits a photon seems to recoil like a gun after a bullet fires, but in the electron’s case the recoil is caused by a fractional “half-wave” returning from a future quantum absorber and interfering with its own past. Weird, isn’t it? Prize-winning physicists Feynman and Wheeler were famous for fractional wave ideas (which they first came up with from 1945-49, circa the Roswell crash). The light wave is also conditioned by the original singularity/singularities from which the universe emerged, and the light wave is further defined by the seemingly-singular time intervals posed by any and every journey that light takes. Somehow, light seems to know, beforehand, the number of intervals (wavecrests) it must divide into in order to be absorbed by a future atom. Light does a similar trick in what are called two-slit experiments. *In an alternative sense, that backward-streaming “half-wave” can be modeled as not going backward at all, but simply re-orienting within a deeper inner space condition in a weird new kind of time (as relates to the light wave and an electron it later sends into a higher atomic orbital).

*If all this physics talk sounds tricky, don’t worry—I’ll summarize it all shortly. It gets easier as you read further.

Here’s another visual metaphor for electrogravity: Those multiply-connected «fractional waveforms» discussed above all relate to greater, cosmic quantities. With our eyes, we can see light waves (actually not the waves, but the general glow–one irony of being the big, gooey bodies of liquid that we are), but if we could see incredibly much faster, we would see fractional waveforms emerging from nowhere in empty space and causing weirdly stormy fluctuations in all of the empty space around us—tiny, tiny goings on, with black hole singularities just over there in the background (again due to the fact that the fast moment is so incredibly brief that the distances aren’t as important… the faster the moment, the smaller is the universe.) This agrees with Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, which says that high energy particles can appear out of nowhere in empty space because they can “borrow” increasingly large amounts of energy from empty space, provided that they then disappear that much more rapidly. *Remember, as Michio Kaku writes in Parallel Worlds, relativity theory shows that as you approach the speed of light; all distances shrink to zero. So, due to the deep, hyper-quick connectedness of negative energy fluctuations, a ± light-speed translocation makes the distance to black holes

seem like zero. In part, this is due to the highly elastic character of Δt (or “alt t,” as one hyper-advanced alien put it). In truth, if you translocate faster-than-light, part of the distance between your starting point and your destination is “less than zero” (it fluctuates into a negative, inner space condition) while you’re in hyperspace.

In short, our new negative energy model provides a nice explanation for how empty space can even exist, in the first place–as an irony of our negative cycle. The potentially hyper-elastic energy fluctuations of seemingly empty space (and the very existence of space) are but one elusive result of the universe discretely cycling into itself everywhere, through gravity–over great periods of time.

Without being a physicist, one can easily get a feel for it all. Here’s another visual metaphor. Negative energy and electrogravity are all like something that’s inside of you, but you never notice it because your awareness is mostly framed in terms of longer intervals of time. If you could «see» in terms of those tiny, tiny intervals of time (multiply-connected fractional waveform / negative energy cycles) in which black holes and all atoms’ nuclei interact, you’d literally feel electrogravity–like some abductees say they actually do. You’d probably think that electrogravity framed the only valid outlook, not that weirdly distant, slower-moving «light» stuff. And if you didn’t have eyes, you wouldn’t frame all of your understandings in terms of the speed of light. Your billions of nerves and trillions of nerve’s atoms would cohere, then de-cohere to feel into tiny time intervals that nearly instantly communicate across and within a kind of smeared-out energy plasma in your head, which also communicates far outward. Remember, there’s evidence that animals actually do this without thinking about it. *They don’t have conceptual barriers to such awareness.

Here’s a fun-filled mental exercise to help you get a better intuitive feel for negative energy. Forget about tabletop objects and concretes like your hand or a rock, and forget about outwardly moving waves–for a day or two. Instead, think only in terms of deep down inner space, a place where the distances between an atom’s nucleus and its electrons and photons is huge–like the distance between the sun and its relatively tiny planets. Now, while you’re thinking like that, remember—all of the universe is that

way: vast, seemingly empty spaces between atoms traversed by weird fluctuations and strange interactions. Black holes can act on that tiny micro-level where we define gravity. Stranger still, there’s an even deeper kind of inner space that’s important in all that we see around us. Some theorists think that, long ago, when the universe first emerged from the bizarrely convoluted black hole(s) that seem to have existed just before the «big bang» (or whatever we call the original event from which we currently speed away), there was an event called “inflation.”

Inflation would have been a bizarre process. According to the inflation model, in less than a fraction of a second, the universe expanded so far and so fast that both the speed and the distance are difficult to comprehend. Why so difficult to comprehend? Because in that tiny fraction of a second the universe went from an almost immeasurably deep kind of inner space, and grew to the size of a basketball. Again, an incredibly deep kind of inner space—a great inner distance, which would relate in active, fractional ways to all that we see around us.

If that sounds weird (it’s one of the leading theories at present), then consider this: according to inflation theory, before inflation even space–as we know it–was tucked inside of, or behind, the original singularity (alt singularities)…

How could that be? It had to have been fluctuating in bizarrely non-local ways, like our so-called «quantum cosmology,» coincidentally. Clearly, empty space is more complex and enigmatic than humans once thought it to be. To complete the picture, scientists are now certain that seemingly «empty» space isn’t really empty. Instead, it teems with particles and negative energy fluctuations that appear, then disappear–faster than we can measure them, individually. Nonetheless, some of the negative energy of those elusive «virtual particles,» as they’re called, has been measured in physics laboratories.

In short, we live in a universe that was originally premised upon, and is now deeply integrated by, a newly discovered «negative energy» dynamic (a relationship between

a kind of inner space and the leap of energy outward). The science of negative energy further suggests that despite the fact that black holes swallow all visible light,

black holes do, in fact communicate with each other. Black hole singularities interact as both gravity and time barriers.

Physicist Mark Comings notes that the Schwarzchild model of a black hole’s energy density is the same as that of a proton, which suggests that protons could be alternate cycle artifacts of black holes. Comings also notes that physicist John Wheeler estimated

that 10^-94 grams/cm³ (or ergs) is the amount energy that exists within seemingly empty space. That amount exceeds the energy contained within all the matter and energy of the larger universe, so Comings suggests that energy fluctuations in empty space may relate to a multiversal dynamic (i.e. multiple universes or multiple cycles of the universe).

Meanwhile, within black holes the distances between former atoms is almost nil, which, albeit cold and tiny, suggests alternative dimensions of destructive interference. So, in the new «negative energy» universe, black holes could conceivably act like wormholes—if you were to approach them faster-than-light (you’d be composed of strangely distributed fractional waveform, not our visible light waves, because you’d be going so darned fast). Of course, we now know that black holes both are, and behave like, fractions of the universal whole. If we «look» at them on a tiny quantum level only, as in our «inner space» thought exercise, they probably make more sense.

So, please, try thinking in terms of physics’ weirdly tiny phenomena only–for a few days, not the familiar terms of relatively big light waves and concretes. It will help you see how our old idea of flatland life (locally-sensed concretes, a brief 78 year lifespan) is neither as big nor definitive as it once seemed to be.

*In one alternative to inflation theory, the universe wouldn’t have emerged from a tiny singularity but would have emerged from a fuzzy multiplicity of singular conditions (black holes) that could have communicated with each other via faster-than-light physics. So, if there was a sudden inflation process, it could have emerged from a variety of locations, overall. Alternatively, as Stanford theorist Andre Linde postulates, inflation(s) may yet be occurring on a micro scale to this very day. If true, this might allow for a universe that continually re-cycles within a kind of multiverse that can regenerate, over time, through higher order processes. Indeed, every bit of energy, every movement of atomic quanta may be due to a kind of inflation that smears out and is shared by all quanta. In other words, an ongoing inflation would underly all energy in the universe and would be premised on a black hole–white hole dynamic that ties large scale cosmic phenomenon to small-scale quantum horizons (as does quantum cosmology).

Recently, science has moved in the direction of Bearden’s model of destructive interference. For example, in Nobel Prize winning experiments on what are called «Bose-Einstein condensates” scientists converged and canceled out laser light waves to cool photons and other particles down to a temperature mere billionths of a degree above absolute 0º Celsius, and, voila, the atoms did something weird. They lost their separate identities and merged into a single super-atom. In January 2004 scientists at the National Institute of Standards in Boulder, CO announced that they did the same with fermions, which are normal atoms (potassium in this case) containing protons and neutrons.

In addition, by destructively interfering light waves, researchers like Lene Hau at Harvard have produced “dark states,” which can make light freeze to a stop–even when one of the interfering beams is turned off!

It sounds like Δt when light and time are slowed, doesn’t it? Research of the sort may provide an explanation for what’s known as “dark energy” and “dark matter,” which cosmologists say comprise more than 95 percent of the universe. So, scientists can see that Bearden is definitely onto something re: converging and canceling out light waves.

Supercomputers made of supercooled, condensed atoms may soon revolutionize information density and efficiency. Moreover, scientists recently slammed gold atoms together at nearly the speed of light (extremely high energy–roughly 1 trillion degrees), which caused the nuclei of the atoms to do something weird. They merged into a kind of pudding, a plasma in which the protons, neutrons (and the quarks and gluons inside such particles) lost their individual identity and merged into a mysterious new form of matter. This could easily involve destructive interference of high-energy waveform, a kind of inward reverberation. More recently, experiments of the sort have shown that a plasma can communicate changes across itself, almost instantaneously!

For decades now, quantum physics has shown that an individual’s very act of observation of a phenomenon has an effect on that phenomenon (at the quantum level). Athough minute, the effect is more pronounced when we model the phenomenon in terms of electrogravity. Through a logical extension of such principles we can assume that the couch potato anonymity of the 20th century, the illusion of externality to any observation (or suffering people), is no longer valid. It has no basis in science. This doesn’t mean we can’t do experiments without being drawn into the test tube. It simply means that as the uncertainly principle and physics «two-slit experiments» suggest, part of the universal basis is both drawn into, and marginally re-defined within any observation. Bearden’s Δt is but one example of how this can occur.

The observer’s terms of observation, the way in which an observation is defined, are analogous to what, in mathematics, is known as Gödel’s incompleteness theorem. The depth and breadth of an observation are limited by the observer’s terms of observation, the framework within which he/she measures and defines them. For example, a relativistic model will look for relativistic solutions, a quantum (and negative energy) model will look for quantum and negatively-cycled solutions. A multiversal model will look for multiversal solutions. In the end, the best model combines all such models and inter-dimensions/inter-cycles them accordingly.

Author’s note: The fact that we affect every act of observation also implies that long-term solutions to Earth’s problems are being defeated by the displacement of the economically disadvantaged from public awareness and political involvement, i.e. through the destruction of long-term common resources for short-term elite indulgence. In other words, the schlump who thinks he can simply leech onto the underside of anonymous investments irrespective of their ecological implications can’t hide from the ultimate consequences. Negative energy dynamics loop all such doings back in upon the offender, in some cases almost immediately. Those who might think otherwise simply suffer a diminished kind of awareness, consequently. Aliens have suggested as much repeatedly, in some cases out of frustration with their own governments.

So, how does this new paradigm affect me, for instance? Every thought in my mind is a kind of observation–of my own past and of various larger phenomena. Stranger still, the weirdness of quantum and condensed-state physics (like electrogravity) suggests that we need to question which is more valid:  the individual’s observation of order in the universe, or the larger universe’s «observation» of the individual’s idea of order, in the first place? Which terms are more valid?

                                           If you don’t get physics…

If the physics jargon above sounds confusing to you, don’t worry… Just remember this: aliens see the universe as being strangely elastic on a bizarrely deep down, inward sub-atomic level. That same elasticity can be connected to form electrogravity, which literally changes the flow of time. It allows for faster-than-light space travel and other new dimensions in physics. So, if aliens are correct, an inner space kind of «negative cycle» allows for strange new connections throughout the known universe. Other dimensions can exist within your very head (or your head inside of them), in ways that humans once thought impossible.

To help put some of this into perspective, here’s a quote from Coevolution, a remarkably astute New Zealander’s book about being taken away, fully awake, for a ten-day journey to Haven, a distant planet inhabited by three-and-a-half to four foot tall aliens with large, dark eyes and wrinkled skin under their chins. In the quotes below, a female Haven alien explains their physics to the author, Alec Newald:

«Suffice it to say that your very make-up, and the make-up of everything you can see for that matter, is split into two cycles. The negative or alternate one of these cycles is not known on Earth except by a few, and most of them work for the military. This negative cycle can defeat all the laws of physics as you know and understand them, and this includes time travel….

«This concerns the cycle of the atom; the part that is still little understood by your people, or, should I say, not yet fully understood by them. When this is understood, a whole new dimension, or dimensions, will open up for you–for in this instant of time between the pulses of atoms lies a world within worlds. They are in fact parallel dimensions to your own–at least to the one where most of you live ‘now.’ These dimensions are so close to your real ‘now’ that you can slip in and out of them without even knowing you have done so…

«You are very close to a major dimension-leap, the like of which you have never before experienced… You see, you are not always where you think you are. The trick is to be fully conscious when you make these mini-leaps and be aware of where you have gone. You will be very surprised, I think…

«Our (Haven) ancestors wanted to change from what you currently understand as a three-dimensional hard-interface reality into the fourth, or next higher dimension. The next reality is, in fact, only slightly different from your own, but it is a softer, airier plane

where objects can intermix more easily. There is not so much of your world’s hard-line

boundaries, especially as far as body form is concerned. Also, time can be stretched more

easily in this domain.» (from Coevolution p. 20-22, 42-43, 56. Nexus Press)

                                                How Aliens View Us

If you get nothing else out of this book, please, remember the following.

To extraterrestrials, who comprise the vast majority of intelligent life in this universe,

you are an alien. Humans are but one kind in a huge catalogue of others. Some alien populations may have compiled catalogues of millions of intelligent species, conceivably more. If and when aliens began to electronically/electrogravitically copy other aliens’ catalogues of the sort, the number of entries would have increased exponentially. Depending on the nature of the overlap between galaxies, there could easily be catalogues of trillions of species, or more. In more advanced circles, there could be a shared kind of Universal Report, a complex news briefing that spans incredible distances and puts our national broadcasts to shame. Rather than dwell on the affairs of one’s own small planet, such aliens can check on the science and doings of other systems, ranging freely and diversely.

Aliens have stated that faster-than-light communications are a given among advanced societies. Nearly instantaneous capacities may be possible, as one group of hyper-advanced aliens said, i.e. once electrogravity towers have been installed and correlated

to form a widespread, inter-stellar network (p. 468, Alien Agenda). Towers use the

iron core of a planet as a capacitor, Tesla-style, which stores up and releases charge

(or electrogravity) without need for wires. There may also be non-tower alternatives. *Thus far, no aliens have reported the ability to «physically» travel great distances, i.e. hundreds of light years, instantaneously. The fastest published report on the subject was logged by Los Angeles Times journalist Phillip Krapf, who says that the Verdants, a group of aliens with whom he has interacted, can travel at a rate that is one million times the speed of light, using what they call «flicker drive» (a kind of electrogravity and magnetogravity, apparently). Readers may be encouraged to note that the aliens Krapf describes say that they’re only 229 million years more advanced, technologically, than are humans. Older, more advanced alien populations may be much more capable.

Although most of the aliens reportedly catalogued by human authorities stand upright and walk on two feet, some look very different than a human. Brain appears to have triumphed over brawn in every case. Cranial capacity has been expanded and body mass reduced, for ecological reasons. So, generally speaking, technologically advanced aliens will likely have large heads and relatively efficient bodies. Such an appearance, along with different skin colors and body heights, can be startling to a human, initially. On bigger planets with stronger gravity, aliens’ bodies may be more stocky, i.e. Stefan Denaerde’s remarkable report about Iarga–just 10 light years from Earth.

http://www.galactic-server.com/rune/iarga.html

It helps to remember that we probably look as weird to them as they do to us—with one

minor exception. When they visit here, they know that our kind exists. They’ve studied

humans and human history. So we’re an open book, as far as they’re concerned. Most of our data, all of our books going to press and all of our electronic communications can be lifted, using electrogravity/magnetogravity, and recorded. Think in terms of Moore’s law (new computers double their capacity every 18-24 months). By now, aliens are able to store the sum total of human electronic data, then file and correlate it compactly.

As other authors have suggested, we should be careful not to generalize about all aliens.

There’s a great diversity of off-world life forms. Some may be more advanced than others, yet humans (and aliens) must forever be studied and vigilant in our assessment of any given world, or combination of worlds. Aliens, too, can make mistakes.

As one might expect, time and time again, aliens have proven vulnerable to psychological error. They make very human-seeming errors. Humans will be disappointed to learn about some off-world regimes that control their populations through fear and subtle intimidation. In some cases, specious impulses have been cultivated rather than corrected within a limited number of large alien populations, one of which (“Verdants”–from another galaxy) literally describe themselves as «colonizers.» However, in each case of the sort, finer-minded independent civilizations grow up in surrounding systems and offer a critique of the offenders.

It helps to remember that in some multi-galaxy neighborhoods there may be a kind of bully, a population that’s both feared and organized against–due to the given population’s excess. Some populations of the sort may have developed in relative isolation or amid a heated galactic competition, a competition that, in the bully’s case, results in a repressive bureaucracy–for defensive reasons. Sadly enough, some bureaucracies of the sort have reportedly lingered, long after the perceived threat abated. According to various aliens’ reports the end result can be a subtly disguised bias against other species, a presumption of superiority; an epic kind of wastefulness. What begins as a defensive mobilization ends up a self-serving apparatus intended to boost a given population’s lifestyle above and beyond that of local competitors.

Sound familiar?

This puts the burden of correction on surrounding populations, who, in turn, must waste precious resources in a concerted effort to ward off or correct the burgeoning offender. Ultimately, inter-galactic agreements must arise in galaxy superclusters containing thousands of galaxies. Even then, there can be obstacles: hyper-advanced regimes on a larger scale that sometimes try to repress individual sensitivities and seek to control populations of lesser duration. Among elderly aliens in such regimes’ security services (some of whom can be thousands of years old or more, hence extremely de-sensitized) the need to control others can be rigidly compulsive, if not destructive in character. We must be careful with regimes that tend to run on autopilot due to advanced, albeit subtly-mechanized idealization of thought. Sometimes, due to age and mind-numbing experience, they seem to run out of creative impulses then lapse into defensiveness,

coupled with reflexive observation.

Based upon what we now know, we can expect to see neighborhoods that, at times, are stressed in ways that tax the human imagination. For example, the Milky Way lies just along the outer fringe of the Virgo supercluster of galaxies. Virgo contains about 2000 galaxies, compared to the 3 spiral galaxies (plus 14 smaller irregulars and 17 yet smaller ellipticals) in the Milky Way’s local group of galaxies. Smack in the middle of the Virgo supercluster (not a large supercluster–as superclusters go) is the galaxy M-87, a giant elliptical galaxy containing about 1.3 trillion suns worth of mass. The Milky Way is less than one-fifth as big, in comparison. Over time, M-87 gobbled up smaller galaxies, causing a bizarrely destructive «hyper-nova» explosion whenever M-87’s massive central black hole swallowed a smaller galaxy’s central black hole.

So, in the center of Virgo is a giant galaxy (M-87) that is too hot and dangerous to support all of the populations of the galaxies that M-87 ate, so to speak. Surrounding galaxies would be expected to accommodate refugees in order to share the burden more widely. Imagine the complications that arise. Also in Virgo, running along what is called the Markarian Chain of galaxies are other large ellipticals that would, by now, have required similar cooperation. As a result, we can predict that galaxy superclusters are either intense war zones, which would be dangerous and ecologically unsustainable–hence less likely over time, or galaxy superclusters begin to organize into a greater kind of commonality, which, although stressed at times, more accurately reflects the larger universal ecology for one obvious reason:  most of the galaxies in our universe are found in galaxy superclusters.

Alien sources say that large-scale cooperation is the norm and that superclusters are carefully monitored as to ecological outcomes. Given the prohibitive energy and environmental costs of war involving advanced alien technologies, unrestrained conflict is reportedly rare. However, disputes can arise, which presumably deepens the movement toward larger, collective alternatives and legal/trade conventions.

In the end, the social prism through which we view ourselves will affect how we judge and prepare to interact with off-world populations. But what about the more capable alien judgement of humans, in return? If humans try to weaponize interstellar space in order leap out and grab planets of neighboring star systems, humans can expect to either suffer their own internal contradictions, or possibly  perish prematurely due to elite-driven environmental failures, some of which could involve misuse of electrogravity. In such a scenario, aliens might be less likely to advise on how to use electrogravity correctly.

There is further danger in the secrecy of the US black budget regime. By pretending that it can play both good cop (by interacting with aliens in exclusively military-industrial fashion) and bad cop (by shooting down numerous alien craft in order to scavenge them) it could endanger our survival as a planet. When a relatively backward human structure of the sort gets its hands on technology that alien neighbors cannot trust will be used safely, a basic judgement is in order:  should the planet be gently revolutionized or should it be “allowed” to perish–before it becomes too dangerous? In later pages, the topic will be discussed in detail, including direct quotes by various aliens.

The main point to be conveyed at this juncture is that aliens are fallible; they make mistakes. The fact will be denied by those who insist that every interaction with off-world visitors is a spiritual awakening, a kind of cosmic homecoming. I’ve argued with otherwise intelligent adults who insist that those seemingly good «gray» aliens don’t do harmful abductions, they don’t collude with black budget elements in the USA, they aren’t part of an attempt to play both sides of the human fence off of each other for their alignment’s political and resource purposes. I’ve debated one well-educated researcher (R.B.) who, despite noting missing time after which he found nasal implants and newly formed scoop marks in his flesh (the result of abduction), insists that gray-related «federation» aliens have nothing to do with «harmful» abductions and cattle mutilations. *He said that such aliens manipulated our genes in the past, so we “belong to” them and they have a right to manipulate us.

Meanwhile, a growing number of qualified researchers, including the late Dr. John Mack, professor of psychiatry at Harvard University, concluded that such aliens appear to be engaged in some sort of breeding program, an attempt to develop human-alien hybrids for yet-unspecified reasons.

*The statements above aren’t intended to demonize grays. Personally, I feel sympathy for them. The death of their original home planet may have occurred under circumstances that offer a vital lesson in off-world political ecology.

                                          Interactions Between Aliens

In order to understand how aliens think about other aliens, we need to bump up the human model of physics and move it beyond old, pre-quantum notions of locally-defined «things» of a concrete sort. In part, this requires a suspension of some posited (but not proven) assumptions such as Einstein’s speed of light limitation on propagation. Aliens have communicated and have demonstrated that their equations don’t agree with the Einstein limit. One explicit example is the pre-noted alien’s suggestion that we should think in terms of thresholds that marginally ± (plus or minus) exceed the speed of light, negative energy fluctuations that are part of a «negative cycle» described by aliens and touched upon in Ford and Roman’s Jan. 2000 Scientific American article on negative energy. Other aliens have suggested that hyper-dynamics of the sort are the basis for faster-than-light communications and large-scale conventions regarding interactions between alien populations. So, for now, Bearden’s writings about electrogravity and Δt (how electrogravity changes the flow of time) provide a window on alien science but are certainly aren’t the last word on the subject.

Since this book is primarily about alien thought, the reader should bear in mind that the education of young aliens is different from that of a human. Cloned alien young can be grown in liquid-filled containers until they reach birth size. While suspended in such containers they can be influenced with psychotronic technology that communicates ideas and imagery directly into the brain. Later, concepts like negative energy cycles and social identity (which views the individual as but a fraction of a larger social whole) are taught to young aliens. There’s an obvious, healthy logic in doing so. Given the depth of character and the refined sensitivities of most aliens that I, along with others, have interacted with, I’m certain aliens don’t literally see themselves as mere enumerated fractions. Humans tend to err more in the externalized numerical direction, i.e. in terms of what social scientists call «masturbatory» notions of elite economy (demeaning behavior that both praises and clears the way for a narrow elite’s economic/sexual opportunity). Humans still propagate the gospel of self-interest (separate, whole-numbered identity), a Darwinian detachment that superficially mirrors «the logic» of the animal world.

Aliens often ask how humans can do so without realizing that it risks the survival of our only planet. Through greater experience, aliens appear to have learned that a failure to plan and control population and resource use can be oppressive, if not fatal to a planet. Who has ever read or heard about alien poor–in the human sense, aliens who lack medical care and access to a good education (functionally, although not necessarily politically)? Of course, some aliens are poor in resources, especially biological resources, given that some planets reportedly “die” due to reckless regimes, depletion, and interventions like those of the gray alignment.

Please remember that aliens come from a variety of planets, some of which are second or later generation—the place where aliens moved after their old world or star became too dangerous. Some aliens reportedly moved to «terra-formed» extra planets in order to accommodate their expanded numbers. Others now live on relatively dry «rocks,” small planets of brief habitability near dangerously unstable stars. In some cases, aliens reportedly use electrogravity/magnetogravity to create a magnetic field and contain an atmosphere on what would otherwise be a lifeless planet. Preliminary alien reports to humans who write on the subject indicate that we’re lucky to live on a biologically mature planet with lush plant and (currently diminishing) animal life.

Again, aliens question why we don’t organize global conventions to protect the remaining species that live here and preserve our planet for «the longest possible» term, to quote one advanced alien. If we fail do so, we’ll disappoint aliens who would like to visit and study our ecosystem. Worse yet, there’s a fear among aliens that if we do too much damage to Earth, humans may become a traveling basket case, a homeless population that encroaches on other aliens’ future plans. Along with other humans, I hear such statements at intervals. The character and context of such remarks vary, i.e. Verdant-gray alignment aliens from a distant galaxy, abductors (reported by Phillip Krapf and others) who tend to justify their manipulation of humankind in such terms, while more ecologically-correct aliens ostensibly native to the Milky Way and its surroundings tend to remark with less presumption.

One basic reminder before we discuss inter-alien relations further:  For humans who interact with aliens, discovery of a vast off-world dynamic and new technology can be humbling, if not confusing. Sometimes the discovery comes after subtle, seemingly inexplicable hints appear. Then, when it finally becomes clear that extraterrestrials exist (they’re right in front of the person’s nose), the implications pose a major challenge. Aliens are exquisitely aware of this and some, i.e. the colonials noted above, will try to take advantage of human neophytes by playing on religious themes or the specter of some crazy human reaction to an alien presence.

Researcher David Jacobs notes that “during visualization procedures, such aliens might show an abductee a multitude of images: atomic explosions, meteorites striking the Earth, the world cracking in half, environmental degradation, ecological disaster, dead people bathed in blood strewn about the landscape, and survivors begging for help. Or the aliens might show abductees images of Jesus, Mary or other religious figures. These images have the effect of being so vivid that abductees think the events ‘really happened’ or they ‘really saw’ the religious figure.” (The Threat, p. 45) Such experiences arouse great fear, if not passive obedience to the abductors’ agenda. Other messages seek to limit reports to other humans in order to buy the given aliens more time to work the larger human-alien interaction in their favor.

Generally speaking, reports about first contact with aliens are vivid and breathtaking. Interaction with aliens tends to revolutionize a person’s thinking. Fantastic, otherworldly possibilities come to mind, along with the awareness that humans aren’t alone. Contactees say we can learn to live more intelligently and peaceably, like aliens do. Strange new ideas about extra dimensions and faster-than-light physics are communicated, along with stories about alien worlds and non-human social norms. In almost every case, it becomes obvious that alien telepathy is a faster, better way of communicating.

Here’s why:  In our minds, language is a detailed information structure that branches out and interconnects like an entire tree of meanings. A typical sentence or statement would normally be like a single line on a leaf. Meanwhile, telepathy conveys a larger and finer, albeit shaded awareness of the entire tree, replete with complex images relating to both past and future implications.

Better yet, telepathy can reach down into the hyper-dimensional structure of time

and convey a much broader sense of a subject. This is typically done in flash-like bursts of information, although not in the sense of visual bursts. Instead, aliens seem to have refined their slightly darkened sense of inner vision, the extra dimensions of mind that humans tend to ignore in favor of brighter visual imagery.

Abductee Jim Sparks told Dr. John Mack about telepathy with an alien. Mack introduces the subject, then quotes Sparks directly: “One time an older-appearing, wrinkled being with a large head ‘looked into my eyes and communicated what seemed like over a hundred thoughts… This was done in a split second, which included a separate emotional reaction on my part. I responded in like speed after each transferred statement. This was strange. The speed with which the information was transmitted back and forth overloaded my mind and body.’” (Passport to the Cosmos, p. 90).

Alien telepathy folds meaning (and imagery) back into, and through itself nearly instantly so that many ideas are conveyed: words, graphics, a geometric kind of modeling, and a resonance with the nature surrounding you and them–all at the same time. Aliens say that the extra dimensions of negative energy (and electrogravity/magnetogravity) allow this to occur. It’s a finer, more vivid kind of thought process that’s actually easier than our old way of thinking.

In other words, through “negative energy” cycling, deeper condensed (black hole-related) information capacities can fluctuate into atomic and other depths that are “right there,” next to or inside of you. How are they “black hole-related?” Structurally, right smack in the middle of, and shaping our entire galaxy plus at “both” ends of time are black holes, the most non-local of non-local phenomena. Of course, a skeptic will say, “Whoa, wait a minute! Black holes aren’t non-local! We see where they are, contained and discrete.” But black holes go beyond the Einstein limit. Hawking’s discussions of negative energy hinted that black holes are bizarrely non-local. Along with dark energy and dark matter, they interact to shape the universe. Indeed, one of Einstein’s mistakes may have been to assume that there was but one, single kind of gravity. Meanwhile, aliens directly state that there are different kinds of gravity and that black holes define a vital part of the “negative cycle” discussed in previous pages. (Remember: normal energy curves and moves out from atoms, but “negative” energy—like gravity—pulls inward, and, at the same time, skips out across deep space multi-directionally.)

So, in hyperspace, your past never really leaves;  it cycles back through you to be fadedly accessed as you choose. In the case of criminal offenders, the past can cycle back through them whether they will it or not, owing to larger social conditioning and extra sentience. They can be seen through in precise detail by people working for the common good, a higher kind of transparency. Telepathy and remote sensing are sensitivities that human contactees begin to learn right from the start, often without realizing it. To help illustrate the practice, let’s discuss a closely related human subject.

The new physics of mind is characterized by a kind of transparency, a deeper connectedness within the quantum and negative-energy vacuum. Russel Targ, a PhD in physics, tells audiences that during the Cold War he and Hal Puthoff trained hundreds of CIA employees how to do remote viewing (seeing distant objects, seeing through solid containers, etc. using the mind, not the eyes). Common sense suggests that the US government wouldn’t pay two PhD’s to train so many were there no scientific basis to the procedure. Remote viewing has a demonstrable basis in the weird physics of seemingly “empty” space.

Some of the remote viewing basics that Targ discusses have been known for centuries. Again, Targ says that in order to do remote viewing you need to be able to clear your mind, to make it blank–like a dark, black screen. If you can’t do so, the objects and  images (or info) that you try to view remotely will not appear correctly. Targ tells his audiences to be patient and take time. Don’t use your rational, deliberate thought processes to deduce, or guess; don’t analyze by process of elimination. Just allow the image to come into your mind. It may be the first you “see;” it may be a surprise to you.

There are other methods for remote sensing. Using the centuries-old practice of

toh shi, Japanese people see through closed containers to describe exactly what they contain. With practice, we, too, can do so by using the electromagnetic (and presumably electrogravitic) ability of the brain to essentially «taste» or read the atomic signatures of any material that is hidden from view. This is a basic, telepathy-like ability of any human, probably of many animals also. Our rational editing process has obscured it, however. To begin on toh shi, simply close your eyes and selectively «feel» an array of different materials before you, one at a time, with the electromagnetic focus/focii of your brain (the many brain contours that can sculpt or focus different kinds of light waves, which are common in your brain). The more relaxed, extremely low frequencies (e.l.f) of the human brain can penetrate solid objects, hence they probably form part of the basis for toh shi.

You needn’t be born with the talent. You need merely sensitize yourself to the process. You can start right now, if you wish, by scanning materials (keeping your eyes closed) to practice your brain’s feel of different materials. Each will have a signature that’s something like a «taste,» so to speak, to your nerve structure (a first impression). Plastic «feels» different than does wood or metal, for example. The first time you do it you may not notice how different each is, but on later tries you may begin to get the knack.

In 1989, I had a summer job as a rice inspector for the state of California. Having read about extra-sensory capacities previously, I remember standing above a screen-like tray used to sift out certain sizes of rice and thinking, «What if I close my eyes when the screen is almost completely empty? Will I be able to sense, with my brain, if a single rice kernel remains?» So, I tried–and was able to do so repeatedly. I could tell exactly where the single remaining kernel was.

Little did I know what I was onto, at the time. Later, after years of interactions with aliens and after reading about related phenomena, I happened upon a description about the ability. I inquired of a Japanese professor and got a brief paragraph defining it as «toh shi,» a widely-known traditional Japanese practice.

Later, I practiced with eyes closed–testing plastic, wood, glass and metal for their different «feels» to my nerve structure (not touching them physically). Within a day or

two, I was easily identifying different materials with my eyes shut. The simple electromagnetic differences of different elements could easily explain toh shi. The fact that extremely low frequency brain waves (part of every human brain) can penetrate solids further allows for the precise imaging of toh shi. In order to do so correctly, you need to separate from your visual aspect—use only your brain structure, the darkened inner, non-visual basics of your brain/thought.

I knew I was getting the knack when I stopped by the night table drawer of my mother-in-law, who was visiting us in San Francisco, and tried to «read» what was in it. I sensed the exact objects in the exact order they were arrayed, which I verified upon opening the drawer. I took it all in stride–so much more was going on in my life at the time. I’m certain that my brain is nothing special. You can probably do this, but only if you try. Think in terms of electromagnetism (light waves), if you prefer. The marginally faster-than-light aspects of electrogravity are only an option, should you progress to that stage. And, don’t worry, toh shi isn’t going to allow Bin Laden to get his hands on nukes, nor will it allow humans to copy any alien technology that they choose. A complex education is necessary to understand nukes, and alien technologies are so advanced that they involve millennia, if not millions of years of various shifts in scientific thought and materials sciences that humans haven’t even dreamed of yet. Entire lives are spent in the study of mere aspects of such technologies. Toh shi and remote viewing aren’t going to upset the apple cart. If anything, they will help humans become more honest so we can integrate within a larger context more safely.

There are subtle ironies, of course. As Targ says, «The big secret is that there are no secrets.» Aliens know this and further suggest that this simple, basic fact helps to keep the entire universe honest (with some limited exceptions). It allows for checks on the schemes and intentions of any offender. Aliens’ methods and explanations for remote sensing are slightly different than the human version.

So, humans who try to tell you that remote sensing capacities are a threat to human security may have questionable motives for doing so. Remember, they aren’t worried about remote viewers like you lifting weapons designs, which largely remain indecipherable. The truth is, there are two basic groups who most fear the use of remote sensing to “see” through walls and over large distances. First, the most corrupt, repeat offenders among us fear that remote sensing will expose their crimes. It will turn up the heat and betray them. And, secondly, remote sensing allows us to greatly advance our awareness of aliens. So, the (minority) alien contingent that abducts humans in order to hijack control of the human agenda fears remote sensing because it will expose their crimes, also.

Finally, above all else we should remember that there’s already a huge and highly refined cosmic (and earthly) community practicing remote sensing. Entry into such awareness involves an ecology of non-violent, non-invasive considerations. Think in terms of a library or a museum, for example, where peoples of all kinds mix without incident every single day. It’s a given that we can do so, if we simply remember not to violate others in the process. Ask any child:  it should be fairly easy, shouldn’t it?

                   Alien Communities and Hyper-dynamics

The new science of negative energy (and electrogravity) points to a greatly increased,

extra-dimensional information capacity in the physics of everyday life. As a Haven alien reportedly told Alec Newald in his book Coevolution, an extra dimension can be defined as “an oscillatory realm that is out of phase with your own (that is, in another dimension).” Given that aliens report that the brain can both manipulate and be sensitive to negative energy dynamics and electrogravity, alien telepathy involves a fundamental shift into the extra dimensions of mind. This is but one irony of negative energy hyper-dynamics, and it allows for new kinds of hyper-communities involving different varieties of awareness and interactions. There’s great diversity off-world yet it’s all subtly dimensioned within a finite universal ecology.

In short, aliens have conveyed that there are reasonable limits on everyone and every kind in the universe. The message must be important because aliens have stated it over and over again. The way it’s stated helps to illustrate different outlooks and strategies in different galactic neighborhoods. In our case, the Milky Way, presumably a fairly normal galaxy, has been described by aliens as densely inhabited. This doesn’t mean that aliens are camping on the asteroids in our system due to overflow in the nearest star systems. Instead, it suggests that many planets that are suitable for life now hold advanced civilizations, some of which have spread to other planets for reasons outlined in previous pages (the death of a star or planet, overpopulation, shared planet projects involving different alien species, etc).

To put it bluntly, there are no unknown frontiers, in the old human sense of the word. All of our galaxy has been surveyed scientifically and some of it has been left undisturbed for evolving life forms and the future needs of responsible populations. This last bit of info has been communicated by what are ostensibly Milky Way aliens and by “hyperversal” aliens (older, more advanced populations). One such alien said that the largest single population in the Milky Way numbers roughly «38 trillion» individuals. If that seems large, wait until you read about the so-called Verdants from a competing galaxy group, plus hyperversal aliens who reportedly exist in greater, yet more disperse number. In a more universal sense, when we speak of alien hyper-community and alien mindform, we should remember that human «discovery» of the extra dimensions of mind isn’t actually a discovery, at all. Such phenomena pre-date humankind. Better yet, human awareness of such has been cultivated and deftly steered by aliens who’ve long wanted to help us, in part to prevent our becoming a problem case.

I would be remiss if I didn’t describe the general flavor, the tenor of alien remarks on the subject. When we speak of a universe of hyper-condensed collective identities–a higher kind of mindedness, it should be obvious that there are highly refined cultural contexts for such interactions all over the universe. One useful metaphor is that of an opera house. For humans to dunder into hyper-community crudely would be like a drunken hermit’s entrance into a large, urban opera house during a performance. To stumble in and fire a pistol into the roof would be offensive, of course.

The analogy holds true for both travel and weapons in interstellar space. We’re lucky, in a sense. The universe and our galactic neighborhood are now highly civilized. Most of us will be relieved to know that orderly processes and highly advanced minds have already prepared a context into which we currently emerge. Non-violence and ecology are the main themes, apparently. Although we are, in some ways, being prepared to prevent unwanted, unecological entries into our star system, no one «out there» wants to dangerously weaponize the context. At present, humans are a problem case, in that we’re trapped within a kind of nationalism, an idealization of commerce that allows rampant poverty plus ecological and other crimes against humanity, when, instead, we could easily convene global agreements to prevent such disasters, in the first place.

To aliens, this is so obvious as to be mathematically explicit. The nature of the problem suggests its solution. However, a new kind of humility is called for (albeit not «new» in a universal sense). Official disclosure about the alien presence will cause the public to question whether other worlds learned to moderate in order to survive. With some exceptions to be discussed later, aliens have learned to see beyond their specious pretensions in order to make their societies more equal. Aliens who fail to do so sometimes render their planets uninhabitable. Both the grays and Haven aliens describe such an outcome in their histories. *The death of the gray world is a lesson in population ecology, given that some aliens say it involved an aggressive colonial intervention (LA Times journalist Phillip Krapf calls the colonizers Verdants–a bizarrely oversized population reportedly from a galaxy 14 million light years away).

Six decades after Roswell, we need to know more about our alien neighbors. Cosmic citizenship will test old human notions because universal citizenship poses a higher standard. It is all-inclusive. Some may point their fingers and ask which aliens, where, and how? Meanwhile, we must think through the long-term implications of human-alien interactions. Aliens have suggested that we’re independently responsible to both investigate and help plan out a larger social context. We’ll be helped in the process.

From the alien perspective, humans make violent, wasteful mistakes that are avoidable. Alien observers have suggested that the only way we’ll survive is to commit to a more global citizenship of laws and decent principle. This doesn’t mean that nations are irrelevant, or that basic freedoms need be compromised. According to aliens, simple common sense should prevail–with some doing.

To humans who say that we should simply point our classist arrow in a different direction and do a military-industrial disclosure featuring aliens as the enemy, aliens say we need to be more honest about life in a civilized universe. In a mathematical sense, there are phenomenal capacities in honesty that simply don’t exist otherwise. Honesty expands and connects within the extra dimensions of mind and community, while corrupted minds tend to collapse within themselves due to singular defect of character. They don’t connect, in a larger sense, because they’re too self-absorbed and predatory. This can be proven, in a mathematical sense, as will be demonstrated with a “topological” model of mind in a later chapter. As it is, human disparities and bad ecology seem unfair. Would nature actually allow a self-indulgent human elite to spoil an entire planet’s future?

It certainly would.

Part of the problem, of course, is that nature is often rationalized in terms of animal impulses, when instead, we need to understand the nature of nature, the finer, extra-dimensional implications of more advanced science and survival strategies.

To argue the case for honesty in a living topological sense isn’t naïve. Epic extremes of corruption in alien-related parts of the US black budget structure were presaged in Eisenhower’s warning about the «the military-industrial complex.» As both Eisenhower and Einstein suggested, our greatest vulnerability is a multi-national corporate regime in which anti-social lifestyles are handed down from father to son, an arrangement that encourages the destruction of natural resources. If left unchecked, such a regime will ruin irreplaceable resources, then perhaps try to cut a deal with the abducting gray alignment, which could spell the end of basic human freedoms.

Generally speaking, humans who interact with aliens sometimes feel burdened by immersion in a mixed human-alien context. They may feel put down when aliens mention subjects like genetic engineering (aliens’ enlarged brains and their resistance to high energy fields), higher intelligence, advanced technologies, new notions of mind in the universe, and more. After years of interactions of the sort, however, I recall relatively few direct alien attempts to demean humans in such terms. Nonetheless, differences between human and alien societies can make both parties feel uncomfortable, at times.

Among alien societies, genetic engineering is standard fare, for obvious reasons. It results in longer lives, higher intelligence and an ability to withstand high-energy fields during faster-than-light electrogravity/magnetogravity travel. Factions of the US black budget structure know this, of course. Greg Ventner, former head of Celera, the company that published a preliminary human genetic code, spent some $13 million investigating a pink bacteria that can withstand 1300 times more radiation exposure than humans can. Black budget profiteers may want to insert the gene into humans, much as a gene for greenish fluorescence was inserted into a monkey that glowed in the dark, afterward.

Different alien populations have reportedly experimented with hybridization of the human gene structure. Hundreds, if not thousands of humans have reported an aggressive gray (and affiliated alien) program of the sort. A human-gray hybrid may have bigger muscles and joints, a smaller head and eyes than does a gray alien. When such hybrids are bred with humans into a second or third generation, the “late-stage hybrid” can often pass for a normal human yet still have gray capabilities. David Jacobs’ book The Threat discusses this in detail.

Other, non-colonizing aliens can be expected to have engineered human-alien hybrids, plus mixed versions of both themselves and other aliens. This is done to explore human gene expression and to create filter populations for use as intermediaries during interaction with humans. In some cases, hybrids are used to deceive humans into

thinking the hybrids are controlled by a third population in order to obscure political manipulations by the first alien population. In other cases, human-alien hybrids are used to make a human think he or she is telepathically communicating with a human (because hybrid telepathy can seem more rough-edged than that of a normal alien).

In a larger sense, hybrids appear to be test cases for interactions between different alien populations. In expansion strategies like that of the Verdant alignment, hybrids are reportedly used to infiltrate and gain control over a lesser population.

The story of the Verdant-gray alignment is controversial. Some humans, known as “the positives,” see the Verdant-gray intervention here as a benign coming-of-age process that introduces us to alien civilization. Other observers suggest that there are negative aspects to Verdant-gray designs on this planet. For example, native Milky Way and affiliated aliens have warned about the incursion, here, of Verdants and their lesser gray conscripts from a distant galaxy. Such reports are corroborated, in part, by numerous human abductees. In Jim Marrs’ book, Alien Agenda, a group of professionally-trained remote viewers quote aliens from a Milky Way coalition saying that the current (Verdant-gray) intervention violates larger norms by scheming to directly “use Earth… and rule it,” presumably through a breeding and infiltration program. (p. 515)

According to lengthy, corroborating reports by humans who claim to have interacted with aliens, collective constraints of different sorts exist among alien populations. In the only report of its kind, Marshall Vian Summers quotes an independent alliance of aliens who talk about the political and economic context of the 5000 star systems nearest our planet. Since it’s the first-ever report on the subject, excerpts are noted below. If accurate, it may be our first political synopsis of this region of our galaxy. Aliens quoted by Summers below say their worlds were taken over by distant trading collectives, which cost them their basic freedom. Freedom was regained by expelling the occupiers.

“The region in which you live, which encompasses, by your reckoning, a very vast area, contains approximately five thousand stars…. In this region, there are some important rules of conduct. You have small empires, some of which you would call dictatorships and some of which are more democratic in nature. You have collectives, which are quite powerful but limited in certain areas of their influence. Yet within this region, all areas that are connected by main thoroughfares of trade are ruled by codes and councils. This is to provide safety and security and to assure that violence does not erupt and grow into all-out warfare. Disputes occur frequently and are handled either through negotiations or through legal procedures.” Summers’ source said codes and councils in our region of the Milky Way pertain to trade routes, for the most part, yet where there is resource and other competition, the codes are enforced “quite seriously.”

“In the region in which your world exists, Collectives are not allowed to have armies or military forces. They are allowed to have security forces, however, for their own defense…. Collectives, which we would like to take time to describe now, are not military powers. They are economic powers. Their focus is on trade, resource acquisition and building their alliance among worlds such as your own.” Summers’ alien source said some collectives may include hundreds of worlds.

“There are many Collectives functioning in the region in which your world exists. Some of these Collectives are centered within this region. Some have centers elsewhere and have major satellite establishments here…. Because we are talking about many (governments) within a region, many of which have their own military establishments, the Collectives must abide by certain rules of conduct or face very grave consequences. Being without significant weaponry of their own, they must utilize negotiations, diplomacy and influence as their primary means of accomplishment. Those who really control the Collectives…. are biological entities, (but) their biological codes, their training, their upbringing and their genetic focus have given them very little individuality and individual abilities of reasoning and discernment….” Summers’ source said “Collectives are inherently weak because they are not built upon what we call ‘Knowledge’…. This means that their defenses can be penetrated, their secrets can be

uncovered, their activities can be revealed and their deceptions can be comprehended…”

Summers’ source said that unlike an empire, a collective has no central home planet. Collectives are strict hierarchies that humans would find “totally oppressive,” and are usually assembled “through conquest and persuasion.” Summers’ source said no single empire or collective dominates the universe and warned that humans don’t yet understand the manipulative commerce of aggressive aliens. Summers’ source said humans are abducted and treated as “specimens” (some die in the process) then are “used” as a biological resource by the gray alignment, which illegally sells biological materials on a “‘black market’ in the Universe.”

Summers’ alien source said human discovery of nuclear technology doesn’t mean the gray alignment is here to save us; instead, the gray alignment fears that should we “become stronger and have greater technological power, then the Intervention would be more difficult to achieve….” So, “for those individuals who become aware of the Intervention, the focus of the visitors then will be to demoralize and to discourage them, to make them feel weak, helpless and impotent in its face…” (p. 17, 47-56, The Allies of Humanity, book 2).

*Note: the discussion of trading collectives above doesn’t say that independent worlds and interactions haven’t evolved beyond extremes of rich vs. poor. In that regard, planet Earth appears to be most backward.

Summers’ two books on the subject are unusually direct, yet they discuss aspects of human-alien relations found in no other public report, to date. Whether or not one agrees with the authors’ conclusions, Summers’ books raise important issues that will likely be discussed on this planet for centuries.

So, which aliens do most of the abductions, here, on this planet? As Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Phillip Krapf reports, the so-called “Verdants” appear to dominate the gray aliens, who are the most well known abductors. Krapf’s story may be important.

                              Large-scale Disagreements

Phillip Krapf worked as Metro Editor for the Los Angeles Times, until retiring in the mid-1990’s. According to Krapf, less than two years later in 1997 he was unexpectedly taken up for a three day visit on a large, disk-shaped craft owned by «the Verdants»–thin, slightly bulge-eyed aliens with large heads; roughly 5′ 6″ inches tall. Krapf says the Verdants’ skin is either white or tan with greenish tints and that they have slightly peaked eartips. An earnest, well-regarded journalist who speaks with no outward sign of dishonesty, Krapf suggests that he may have been selected for the encounter because he’s a reputable professional who had previously been skeptical about aliens and UFO’s. Krapf won a Pulitzer Prize as editor of what was then one of the best newspapers in the country. He did fact checking and was responsible for steering reporters and removing inaccuracies in their stories. Given his conservative, mainstream stature, he may be the most well-regarded witness of his sort, to date.

 In two recent books Krapf writes that in fully conscious encounters with Verdants, a sexually-reproducing population of 500 trillion individuals, Verdants told Krapf that Verdants live for thousands of years and that Verdants currently inhabit 246,000 different planets. Krapf was told that Verdants are from a galaxy that’s 14 million light years away. Krapf was told their original home planet is 2 ½ times the size of Earth and was named Verdant for the lushness of its plant life. Krapf’s writing is internally consistent and includes specifics that seem beyond the imagination of a man like Krapf. Overall, his account matches reports by hundreds of people who claim to have encountered gray aliens. See the writings of Dr. John Mack, Budd Hopkins and David Jacobs PhD for further details. Dan Sheehan, the lawyer who argued the Pentagon Papers case for the New York Times and the Silkwood case, writes, “I ask that people regard the revelation in Phillip Krapf’s book with the same attention they directed to the Pentagon Papers in 1971. I personally view The Challenge of Contact (Krapf’s 2^nd book) in the same vein.”

If true, Krapf’s story would be the second full-length, minute-by-minute account about an open alien attempt at diplomatic interaction with fully conscious humans. The first was Alec Newald’s book, Coevolution, about a ten-day journey to Haven, the planet of a competing alien group. There have been other books about interactions that some readers might consider diplomatic, yet they were neither as prolonged and explicit nor as recent as Krapf’s and Newald’s books, in which aliens appear to have gone out of their way to accommodate the writers by providing psychotronically effected, near-total recall. Apparently, this was done to facilitate publication of both stories. Given the frequency of recent contacts and sightings paralleled by a cryptic dribble of human officials’ disclosures, these three books stand out in a fast-developing, new context. Krapf writes that he was taken for a second visit with Verdants three years later in 2000.

Verdant physiology is reportedly fairly typical of aliens. Originally, Verdants would probably have been more stout than humans because a planet 2 ½ times larger than Earth would also have stronger gravity. So, a fall from 3 feet would be equivalent to a fall from 6 or 7 feet on Earth. That requires a sturdy frame and fast reflexes for survival. Krapf notes that Verdants are slim after living on many other planets, but they still have quick nerve impulses. Krapf writes that Verdants are capable of quick, almost cat-like movements, as are most aliens we read about. More importantly, Verdants’ and other aliens’ thought processes do fast, nearly instantaneous shifts that are typical of negative and alternate cycle energy. *Watch how small birds move and study their impulses—that’s more akin to how aliens’ mind impulses shift quickly yet subtly.

As is noted in human accounts about telepathy with aliens, aliens partly think and define their minds in terms of such energies, which are marginally ± faster and more capable than light. Alien minds course more deeply inward (in a physics sense), while also expanding outward on a larger scale–often beyond their bodies. Their psychotronic technology does fast-burst, nearly instantaneous communication in finely networked ways that allow for variation of mood and disposition. To a human initiate, aliens’ thoughts seem to flow at great speed and in fine detail, which is due to the greater, more condensed nature of negative and alt-cycle energy. Humans are capable of faster, more largely encompassing mind impulses, also. All you have to do is divide your awareness, rather than pretend to multiply it (fractional integration in a larger context). *As far as we know, aliens don’t drink alcohol because it kills brain cells and reduces memory.

Krapf reports that, so far, Verdants have persuaded 27,000 other non-Verdant planets to join under their umbrella, adding yet another 150 trillion aliens to their empire, which touts itself as a collective. Each of the additional 27,000 planets is reportedly inhabited by a different alien species. Given that a large galaxy like ours contains roughly 150 billion stars, there should be many habitable planets in a typical galaxy. So, we shouldn’t conclude that Verdant numbers mean they control a number of large galaxies. A single large spiral galaxy could contain most of the Verdant alignment. For example, if all Verdant planets were in a single large spiral galaxy like ours, Verdants would live in but one of every 600,000 to 1,000,000 star systems.

Krapf says his Verdant contacts informed him that they were the only colonizers they knew of in the universe. If true, that would mean they’re probably more manipulative than non-colonizing aliens. Krapf says Verdants call their umbrella the Intergalactic Federation of Sovereign Planets, or the IFSP. So, if Krapf is correct we live within reach

of a galaxy 14 million light years away inhabited by colonizing Verdants who speak in terms of a federated structure, which implies a central, over-riding authority. Verdant incursions here, some of which reportedly involve gray alien abductions of humans, may have accelerated our awareness of off-world dynamics. Krapf writes that in a series of meetings on a 1 ½ mile diameter, disk-shaped craft with many windows and entry ports, Verdants admitted that they have orchestrated years of human abductions for scientific and breeding purposes prior to attempting a diplomatic opening to humankind. Electro-gravity/magnetogravity was apparently used to slow certain brain processes and render abductees semi-conscious so that they wouldn’t remember such events. Krapf’s story is the first that presents an integrated overview of such abductions. It may be important.

Krapf says Verdants have contacted roughly 800 human «ambassadors,» people chosen by the Verdants, not by humans, to help initiate relations with the Verdant contingent aboard ship. Krapf further says that while onboard he saw at least one US citizen of  national stature being led on a tour of the disk. Krapf felt intimidated in the man’s presence. While in the disk, Krapf learned that a Times Mirror executive (LA Times) was part of the program. Krapf later spoke with the man, who fearfully admitted involvement. Krapf saw a list and photos of hundreds of other human contacts for the Verdant diplomatic initiative. For yet unspecified reasons, the projected Verdant opening was delayed several years past its planned date. Krapf says the Verdants he met seemed reticent yet certain that Verdants would succeed in setting the agenda here, which seems ironic because Verdants proposed that they be allotted 600 square miles of empty land in the US Southwest to build a center for interaction with humans.

Of course, it’s difficult to imagine that the people of this planet would want an alien colonizer to occupy our system. Verdants should have known better, given their reported study of human affairs. So, in a sense, if Krapf’s story is correct, the delay in an opening by the Verdants isn’t simply a delay. Instead, it may be due to the fact that Verdants have little chance here yet due to wishful thinking in their bureaucracy and their abduction and breeding infiltration of human sectors, they must go through the motions of an opening,

if not some bitter, last-minute attempts at manipulating us toward such ends. Apparently, further delays diminish Verdant chances here because humans become more informed and technologically capable with time.

Note: in December of 2004 one highly advanced, non-IFSP alien who is critical of the Verdants reported that the Verdants have successfully planted “between 3000 and 4000” of their “direct operatives” in human societies. Of course, this number doesn’t include common abductees and casual contactees. Instead, it refers to individuals who, unknown to other humans, work directly for the Verdant IFSP to bend human events in favor of IFSP control here. Such humans may have genetic and other IFSP contributions that go unnoticed. The alien source for this report and his colleagues have provided breakthrough information at various junctures. Leery of damages done by IFSP manipulators, they seem to want to help humans.

We can probably assume that the IFSP would prefer to steer its operatives toward high-level positions. In later chapters, this book outlines methods for distinguishing between a normal human and an IFSP “direct operative.” Based upon simple negative energy aspects of remote sensing, the methods can be practiced by most humans. First, you must practice remote sensing, which uses the human nerve structure to feel around those sites or events that involve IFSP aliens, and look for their signature kind of electrogravity streaming. Such energy streams stand out starkly, compared to the ambient background, and usually trace back to an IFSP technology site instantaneously. What makes this easy is that fact the different kinds of electrogravity used by different populations have different energy signatures (especially the psychotronic component). Given that such energy streams are full of detailed information content, sorting them out is fairly easy, once a person has learned to: a) recognize and be sensitive to them, and b) to practice sensing them by concentrating on a given site or by paying careful attention to electrogravity streams during interactions with aliens. Although a less common option, the latter method is quite effective. Almost anyone can do it—with practice. Advanced remote sensing can even detect past IFSP interactions with a “direct operative” in question. This is possible because electrogravity (and negative energy) can span and connect both outwardly (and inwardly) more extensively than is immediately apparent.

There are variations on the theme, of course. Some humans may be unusually talented in identifying “direct operative” IFSP individuals. *Author’s note: no direct harm is intended to any individual, and readers should know that those who sympathize with or are more generally entranced by new alien encounters are not considered “direct operatives.” Direct operatives would have no compunction about doing harm to this planet and its inhabitants in order to serve the IFSP agenda, while a mere aficionado would recoil at the thought. (Krapf isn’t a direct operative.)  It’s a tricky situation because Verdant resources would have allowed them to give material and other advantages to their direct operatives over many years time. Given the Verdant record elsewhere, Verdant designs on our energy environment and other resources could be cause for concern.

For example, as Phillip Krapf notes in his first book, in the past Verdants have assigned IFSP parties to monitor some reluctant conscript planets (considered hostile) in order “to maintain the (IFSP) program of sabotage in the event future generations might once again try” to go into space. Verdants told Krapf they were referring to warlike populations that Verdants had encountered, but the same attitude may apply to all who reject a Verdant incursion. Verdants told Krapf that, in some past cases, Verdant sabotage has led to manipulated warfare on some planets, the destruction of others. One Verdant told Krapf that Verdants infiltrated some 10,000 of their operatives onto one planet, allowing them to become “heads of military units, key scientists, government leaders, and chief executives of industrial complexes, including armament manufacturers. Through sabotage, subterfuge, misdirection, persuasion over great masses of the host populations, and careful manipulation of government policy,” Verdants achieved their ends on the given planet. (The Challenge of Contact, p. 76-77)  Please remember, that is first-hand reporting by a clear-headed, Pulitzer-winning journalist. His report is corroborated by hundreds of others, including military brass who served in the White House.

Krapf writes that on his first three-day visit to the Verdants’ disk-shaped cruiser

he was “shown a roster of many of the important people who had been recruited as Ambassadors, which was a virtual Who’s Who of the World.” Ambassadors are humans reportedly taken to the Verdant ship to be indoctrinated, then used in a Verdant plan

to absorb Earth into the IFSP. (The Challenge of Contact, p. 13)  The matter is mentioned here because it relates to Verdant thinking and behavior in our vicinity. Given the diversity and independence of human societies, Verdant prospects here would seem dim. If such is the case, then Earth would be a foreign policy failure. Bad feelings and resentful, last-minute gestures could be expected. Expansionist designs of the sort seldom abate pleasantly.

What do US officials have to say about aliens visiting Earth? Perhaps the most famous commentary was written by Col. Phillip Corso, an Army specialist who served in Eisenhower’s White House and in the Pentagon. In his 1998 book, The Day After Roswell, Corso claimed that he worked on a Pentagon project to distribute and reverse-engineer technology gathered from the alien craft that was downed in Roswell, NM. Corso’s book was the first full-length, high-level disclosure of the sort. Senator John Stennis wrote a glowingly favorable preface for the book but then tried to retract it later. Writing with co-author and UFO magazine publisher William Birnes, PhD, Corso suggested that beginning with Harry Truman and climaxing with the Eisenhower administration, US defense and intelligence officials privy to an alien crash at Roswell began to fear that grays and affiliated aliens posed a threat. Part of the fear is attributed to frustration in the military, the inability to either explain or compete with such aliens.

Despite the fact that Corso says he worked on an Army project to distribute recovered alien technology so that it could be copied by US corporations without always indicating the technology’s origin, Corso’s experience occurred quite early in the history of human-alien interactions. Corso wrote that military colleagues suspected that grays were alive, yet robotic in some strange, implanted way. Decades later, however, there’s evidence that grays are sentient beings capable of very human-like error.

More will be said about Verdants and grays later, but for now the case provides an explicit example of a large alien empire, or collective. Readers should bear in mind that in all probability, Verdants represent little more than the dominant population of one large spiral galaxy 14 million light years distant from our own. Due to their trading prowess, they may be influential in other galaxies that they’ve fingered into as minority occupiers. Verdants reportedly told Krapf they’re from a galaxy group that, like our own galaxy group, is located out on the fringes of the Virgo supercluster of galaxies. The Virgo supercluster contains some 2000 galaxies. In short, Verdants would represent but one galaxy out of a vastly larger 50 billion to 100 billion galaxies within the larger, visible universe. Alien competitors of the Verdants go out of their way to emphasize this fact with specific reference to the Verdants, by the way. Further reports have partly corroborated Krapf’s story about the Verdants. For example, hundreds, if not thousands of witnesses say they’ve encountered gray aliens working on a breeding program, which is further evidence of a Verdant-IFSP presence in our system. Because abductee and contactee reports from all over the globe often agree in precise detail, we should give Krapf’s reports their due consideration.

The Verdant case helps to illustrate the fact that there are noisome disagreements on an inter-galactic scale. Along with others in the human telepathic community (an open commonality), I’ve interacted and have disputed with Verdants, as strange as that may sound to some readers. Disputes arise because, like many humans, I’m actively critical of Verdant-gray intentions. Prior to reading Krapf’s book I had no clearly defined context in which to identify Verdants (who were extant at the time) because Verdants normally try to obscure themselves behind lesser, dependent aliens of their group, i.e. grays and human-gray hybrids. It’s a matter of pride and official priority that they do so. After Krapf’s book was published, specific details about some of my own, ongoing interactions were brought into sharp focus. Although I disagree with aspects of Krapf’s story, i.e. Verdant remarks about an «angelic» intermediary for their contacts with humans (a sop that smacks of Verdant propaganda), it is earnest and informative.

At present, Verdants can be remotely discerned, easily. As noted above, they can be investigated using techniques to be described in later chapters. *Caution is advised, however.

The Verdant story is outlined in a way that brings together important, previously unspecified pieces of a very large puzzle. One coalition of Milky Way and other aliens has r issued repeated warnings about the Verdant-gray abduction and breeding scheme, which is described as a violation, an illegal intervention by an oversized abuser here along the fringes of the Virgo supercluster. Verdants are cited for provoking militarization and the infiltrated sabotage of other worlds’ ecologies.

Before delving into the subject further, I should note that the history of alien political disputes in our small part of the universe is mentioned here for one specific reason. It figures high in the minds of neighboring aliens and is intrinsic to an inter-alien dynamic that humans are just beginning to discern. It is of epochal significance to the human population yet may be seen as a kind of garden variety item in larger cosmic news reports. In a larger context, there are much greater considerations.

Few aliens would deny that major issues are at stake in a human struggle against an intervention that features a breeding program and manipulation of religious and economic conflicts. Some readers may disagree with the assertion, yet it’s based on numerous reports by black budget whistle-blowers, abductees and other contactees, plus aliens who can easily be identified. There’s an urgent tone in such messages. *In a larger sense, one can imagine an alien sitting in a neighboring galaxy supercluster and reading about the situation here, then wincing because it reminds him/her of a similar situation there.

By the way, for readers who wonder where we live in the universe, I recommend the following website: www.atlasoftheuniverse.com/galgrps.html  For those who

don’t know how our local galaxy group looks, it’s a great help. If you haven’t already

done so, please, before you read the rest of this book, link to the site, then go to the link at the bottom, where you can zoom in and out on our galaxy’s neighborhood, plus the rest of the universe. Within a few minutes you’ll get a vivid sense of where we live. You may begin to extrapolate the inter-galaxy politics that we’re being introduced to.

Incidentally, the galaxy M-83 matches the size and location that Phillip Krapf describes as the Verdant home. M-83 is a spiral galaxy located in the Centaurus A galaxy group. A few alien sources have suggested that M-83 is, in fact, the Verdant home. In addition, one highly detailed map was communicated to indicate Verdant outposts in other galaxies. In the map, communicated by an alien more evolved than Verdants who monitors the situation here closely, Verdant IFSP outposts are concentrated in the Centaurus A galaxy group, primarily centering on the galaxy M-83 but fingering into other galaxies of Centaurus A. If I’m not mistaken, Verdants aren’t the most numerous population in the other two large spirals of their home galaxy group. Instead, other native populations are more numerous. Verdant outposts also finger lightly into galaxies of the five galaxy groups nearest to Centaurus A:  Sculptor, Maffei, M-81, our own Andromeda-Milky Way group, and Canes I, which broadens out into the Virgo supercluster of galaxies. Apparently, the native populations of those five galaxy groups are dominant there, not the Verdants. All five galaxy groups are small groups containing 3-7 large galaxies and a few dozen smaller irregular or elliptical galaxies.

Although some new to alien studies would like to think that aliens are all about electrogravity, interstellar travel and community of mind, they aren’t. The main concern communicated by aliens, at present, is the universal ecology. Why the ecology? Because there are no unlimited quantities in the known universe. Rather than assume that unoccupied territory is simply open for the taking, humans have been advised to remember that all large galaxies are already inhabited by advanced civilizations. In other words, the most important task for humans, now, is to be self-sufficient and learn about responsible alien populations, rather than stumble out in pig-headed search of real estate.

Some humans assume that they’ve always gone about their business without setting limits on population and wealth, yet in a more basic sense, every family makes such decisions daily. For all humans to do what most of us have done–to forego a life of material excess and limit one’s family–isn’t a major stretch of the imagination. Should we continue down our present, one-way street toward global ecological breakdown, we can expect the larger off-world community to either distance itself from the regime(s) here or try to convince us to compel a change before we become a threat to our neighbors. People who interact with aliens say that advisories of the sort occur regularly.

That’s food for thought. Maybe we can learn how to avoid global failure by studying alien social dynamics more deeply. For example, how have other planets died? Why did the Verdant IFSP fail to persuade multi-planetary mega-populations in other galaxies to join under its umbrella? Does the failure of the IFSP indicate that a larger, more effective premise already exists collectively? If such is the case, how do galaxy supercluster and larger universal interactions derive their basic conventions? Aliens touch upon such themes during interactions with a growing number of humans. Aliens further suggest that such considerations are now so obvious as to be mathematically explicit.

                                            A Universal Standard?

After years of experience with different kinds of aliens, we can begin to make distinctions about alien perspectives on off-world psychology. What I’m about to say may make some readers uncomfortable, but I’ll say it anyway. The first and foremost distinction of the sort has to do with the difference between sexually-reproducing populations (sexuals) and those who reproduce by cloning or other non-sexual means (non-sexuals). Every single alien population with whom I’ve interacted has placed strong, unmistakable emphasis on the difference between sexuals and non-sexuals. The difference between sexual Verdants (subdued yet collectively aggressive, territorial, and prone to black-outs of larger perspective) vs. typically non-sexual «gray» aliens is stark. Grays are more dispassionate and consistent in their analysis, more capable of admitting error. They’re categorically more humble and are less prone to the stimulus-seeking dimensions of personality disorder. The same is true of other non-sexuals who have interacted with humans.

Among alien populations, the sexual vs. non-sexual distinction is considered so important, so intrinsic to sorting out complex issues, that a basic non-sexual perspective appears to be the universal standard. Why is that? Because a non-sexual lifestyle is more internally consistent, more cool-headed and ecological. Non-sexual reasoning is less slippery, less prone to pleasure-seeking pitfalls and specious rationalizations, less distorted by the need to impress others. Non-sexuals can sustain their thinking more prolongedly and can develop finer, more detailed kinds of reasoning.

Nonsexuals rarely pose a population risk to the larger universal ecology–for one simple reason. They can plan and control their numbers in proportion to their needs and resources. Meanwhile, what normally determines the amount of sexual procreation? Impulses, a sense of loneliness, biological urges and, in some cases, a lingering fear of external threats, a need for protection. Sometimes, of course, there’s a prescient kind of love for that future little cutie.

Love, to a good alien, is a larger, more general kind of social inter-relationship,

a humble search for meaning. In its most intelligent, universal form it’s an abiding openness, a truly inspired desire to both feel for and help any and all other beings in ways that are akin to a kind of mind-within-mind, within the hyper-dynamics of exquisite sensitivity. It deliberately reaches into the most painful depths of suffering to collectively lift the affected toward a more advanced yet transparent kind of understanding. Even «sex-positive» humans who can see through themselves and behave responsibly are accepted by such aliens.

The sexual vs. nonsexual theme is recurrent, albeit subdued, in human-alien interactions and has been mentioned in a variety of contexts. Sometimes it frames alien criticism of human violence and excess, i.e. our higher intellect vs. animal impulses. Sometimes it frames a discussion of sexual escapism and what, to aliens, are nearly delusional notions of economic refuge. Sometimes sexual vs. nonsexual themes permeate discussions about evolution and advanced social dynamics. Hyper-advanced aliens say that entire planets have suffered ecological death while the sexually predatory elites responsible for such disasters continued their escapades right up until the death of all surface life forms. In some cases, they competed for sexual opportunity even as they retreated to underground refuge! Some aliens have posed the following question: If, in the future, or after you died, you could choose to either merge with a more advanced kind of universal consciousness or continue as a human sexual, could you shun the sexual dimension in order to exist as

a higher life-form?

At other times, the sexual-nonsexual theme has been used to underscore the aggressive intervention, here, by Verdants, who reportedly dominate the lesser, dependent gray alien population. Since the story of the Verdant population provides a useful example of sexual vs. non-sexual behavior, we’ll discuss it briefly before returning to our main topic.

             A Mega-Population Problem Case

Phillip Krapf reports that when he visited the Verdant ship he was told that in the past, Verdants opted for a genetically selective, non-sexual reproduction strategy but later chose to return to sexuality. A Verdant told Krapf that the reversion to sexuality cost them a significant part of their intellectual ability. If such is the case, then why did they do so? For some strange reason, no single Verdant explained their reasoning. The omission speaks volumes about the larger Verdant outlook.

A closer look at the case suggests that Verdants may have done so in order to outnumber a competing population in their home galaxy. Given recent developments in human astronomy, plus non-IFSP aliens’ comments about Verdant history, we can now construct a scenario for that phase of Verdant history.

Those who briefly studied the website showing our location in the universe

( www.atlasoftheuniverse.com/galgrps.html ) will certainly appreciate the following. The beautiful, star-studded swirl that we call the Milky Way is part of a group of some 40 galaxies in the local group, which features our galaxy at one end, and the equally inspiring spirals Andromeda and M-33 at the other end. The two Magellenic Clouds and numerous smaller elliptical or irregular galaxies complete the picture. Moving counter clockwise as seen from above, the nearest galaxy groups (all similar in size to our group) are: Sculptor, Maffei, M-81, and the Canes I group – which billows out into the Virgo supercluster, a relatively small supercluster, as the universe goes.

The fifth closest galaxy group is Centaurus A, which may hold the answer to why grays and other Verdant-related aliens have abducted humans on a massive scale. If, as Krapf reports, the Verdant galaxy is 14 million light years away, then the most likely candidate in terms of size and habitability would be the large spiral galaxy M-83. Competing aliens have repeatedly suggested that M-83 is the Verdant home galaxy. While interacting with the pre-noted human telepathic community, one advanced alien communicated an explicit map in such regard. Another advanced alien remarked that Verdants have prematurely «cooked» M-83 by overusing electrogravity on a massive scale. He suggested that, by doing so, the Verdants may have caused certain supernovae in M-83 to explode prematurely, thus decimating biological planets. When this last remark was stated, there was a brief exchange between a Verdant and the alleging alien. The allegation stood unchallenged. Again, this was observed by a number of different humans.

Some may ask whether we should trust such aliens’ reports. In response, I should note that some of the alien contingents who visit our vicinity are on serious, and in some cases, potentially life-threatening watch for other aliens. To even be here, in our vicinity tending to such matters from a distance can be risky. No alien wants to be responsible for a Verdant seizure of their technologies, which Verdants reportedly study and sometimes try to copy. For example, a few years ago, a hyper-advanced alien reported a previous Verdant seizure of a Haven alien craft, the hull of which was made of hybridized living materials that allowed it to reconfigure in cold, empty space.

Given that the ecology of our planet and that of surrounding galaxy groups may be jeopardized by a colonizer’s incursion, competing alien sources apparently feel a need to tell the truth about Verdants, given that contacts have already begun here. Some alien contingents are so much more advanced than Verdants that they don’t feel threatened. Instead, they appear to tend to Verdants in terms of larger ecological alternatives.

Should recent reports prove wrong, however, the next most likely candidate for the Verdant galaxy may be NGC 4945, M-83’s close neighbor. NGC4945 is a slightly larger spiral than M-83. Meanwhile, the galaxy that clearly dominates spiral M-83’s galaxy group is Centaurus A, a much larger elliptical (nearly round) galaxy. According to astronomers’ data, Centaurus A is the product of a merger between two large galaxies that was completed some 10 million years ago—before the present view, that is. Centaurus A is some 12.4 million light years away from us. Astronomers say the merger may have begun as much as 500 million years ago. Some suggest that Centaurus A is now a large elliptical with a dust lane around its perimeter because it absorbed a modest spiral galaxy about the size of our close neighbor galaxy, M-33.

Let’s continue our scenario about the Verdant home galaxy. For the sake of the argument, let’s assume that the Verdant galaxy is M-83, as has been repeatedly suggested by alien sources noted above. As such, we may now have enough data to posit an explanation for the Verdants’ aggressive population growth. According to Phillip Krapf’s reports, the Verdants developed advanced (electrogravity/magnetogravity) technology some 229,000,000 years ago. Given that other advanced populations probably existed near

M-83 at the time, Verdants could have copied such technology from other aliens, much as humans copied downed gray alien technology more recently.

According to astronomers, M83 has a double nucleus–a double center, which suggests that like our neighbor galaxy Andromeda, M83 has nearly completed a merger with a smaller galaxy. Assuming that there were intelligent residents in both merging components, the merger may have spurred Verdants to be more competitive. Verdants may have worried that merging aliens might out-populate Verdants in M83. That, in turn,

may be why Verdants ended their non-sexual status in order to out-populate competitors.

Other pressures may have sped Verdant population growth (numbering 500 trillion, at present, writes Krapf). Beginning as much as 229,000,000 million years ago, Verdants may have seen the pending merger of two nearby galaxies (now combined in the galaxy Centaurus A) as a threat to their domain–for one simple reason. Some residents of the soon-to-merge galaxies would have scouted M-83’s stars for future homes because their soon-to-form large elliptical galaxy would be hot and dangerous. Beginning as much as 100 million years ago, an incursion into M-83 by refugees fleeing the merger would have alarmed Verdants. Had encroaching aliens taken unoccupied systems in M-83, Verdants would have wondered whether Verdants would control their own fate or face early depletion of their galaxy due to Bearden’s Δt, the speeding of time caused by the use of electrogravity. Acting out of fear, Verdants may have been motivated to overpopulate and expand their domain in order to ward off further incursions. Perhaps they saw that Centaurus A refugees might gain footholds in other large spirals of the vicinity: the galaxies NGC4945 and E274-01.

Refugees fleeing Centaurus A would have had good reason to be afraid. Earth astronomers see two huge, cone-shaped remnants of what is called a «hyper-nova» extending out from opposite sides of a massive black hole in the center of Centaurus A, which is now a large elliptical (round-shaped) galaxy. Hyper-novas caused by the merger of two star-sized black holes are the most violently explosive events yet observed in the universe. The hypernova that reportedly exploded in Centaurus A more than 10 million years ago probably involved black holes that contained millions of solar masses, hence the event was cataclysmic. Given that galaxies deform as they merge, causing some stars to plunge toward hot central regions of the new galaxy, the Centaurus A hypernova would have been alarming. If left unshielded, thousands of potentially habitable planets would have been made unlivable. In fact, the Centaurus A hypernova suggests what may happen on a lesser scale during a future merger of black holes in galaxy M83’s double center. *M83 is considered an «active galaxy» because it emits much radio and infrared energy from its central region, perhaps due to its double center. M83 is known for an unusually high number of supernova explosions.

Let’s continue the scenario. According to a NASA report issued several years ago, life is probably “ubiquitous» throughout the universe. Early life forms eventually evolve into higher intelligence in all habitable regions of all habitable galaxies. Given that the vast majority of visible stars are within galaxy superclusters, it’s logical to assume that supercluster social forms and constraints on overpopulation should, in theory, prevail across the universe. In the same way that New York and the world’s major cities figure in comparison to Waco, Texas, for example, superclusters should be more challenging yet more integrated and urbane than are outlying areas like the Verdant galaxy group.

Of course, the two-cities analogy falls short in illustrating likely differences. Suffice it to say, the Verdants may be an oversized yet relatively backward population (socially, albeit not necessarily technologically—Verdants are highly intelligent). It’s possible that in some respects, the Verdants may have failed to accord with Virgo supercluster ecology because they didn’t organize collective accommodation of Centaurus A refugees in their galaxy group. Instead, Verdants may have bred to an extreme in order to outnumber competitors in M83 and minimize Centaurus A incursions. It’s possible that Verdants were used to force some accommodation.

In an alternative scenario based on direct quotes by more advanced “hyperversal” aliens of our vicinity who say they pre-date humans by billions of years, the Verdants were greedy, self-rationalizing expansionists. In late 2004, hyperversal aliens stated that Verdants embarked on a population blitz due to a struggle for control of the original Verdant galaxy. For example, according to Krapf’s figures quoted by Verdants, Verdants take 9.1 planets for themselves for every 1 occupied by another species in the IFSP. Worse yet, on average, Verdants are 90,000 times more numerous than the IFSP’s other individual populations, a dangerously unbalanced ratio. It appears that a more advanced population decided to steer Verdants outward as part of a strategy of eco-tensions—in part to give eco offenders reason to moderate, in part to showcase the Verdants as an example of a distorted ecology. There have been specific remarks to this effect by more advanced “hyperversal” aliens (see later chapter about hyperversals). In a critique of Verdants, a hyperversal alien said that a Verdant-abetting hyperversal alien faction has gone out of its way to find and identify emerging planets for the Verdants to target in search of conscripts. After learning of this, I and other humans probed and queried the Verdant-abetting hyperversal aliens, who monitor Verdants closely. They eventually admitted that Verdants have, in fact, been steered toward planets like Earth.

There seems to be a statistical pattern in the given hyperversal aliens’ scheme. They appear to encourage intergalactic interactions, in part to cultivate a better awareness between galaxies, in part to develop a check on offenders like the Verdants. As a result, when the people of a planet like Earth begin to learn about aliens and electrogravity, we quickly gets a sense of intergalactic politics, plus the need for a larger universal ecology. Apparently, Verdants are also expected to learn by their encounter with humans, a lesson that seems to proceed but one world (or galaxy) at a time. *Suffice it to say, manipulated planet kills can have long-term political and other consequences.

In short, there appears to be some validity in both of the Verdant expansion scenarios above. Judging by all reports, millions of years ago Verdants decided to outnumber their local competitors.

On March 8, 2007 a hyper-advanced alien said that Verdants struggled with two other large populations in the Verdant home galaxy. The Verdant strategy in the struggle was to expand outward and, at the same time, do genetic infiltration and takeover/hegemony schemes targeting other populations. In order to do so, Verdants had to develop a large library of genetic and biological trade specimens, which proved useful in approaching, copying, infiltrating and managing various populations. The same hyper-advanced alien said (re Verdants), “They still use the same… outward slant.” In other words, if that’s true, Verdants worked on two other mega-populations, plus a number of smaller target planets as part of their outward move.

Such strategy set the model for Verdants’ use of direct human operatives here, on Earth, as part of an IFSP intervention. In other words, an ancient Verdant dispute with two other large populations reportedly bred a crisis regime in Verdant society. Although that crisis should have ended long ago, Verdants continue to expand, perhaps because they find it profitable. By provoking conflicts in order to weaken other societies, Verdants perpetuate their crisis regime and extend it into places where it probably isn’t warranted. This suggests that Verdant/IFSP expansion strategy was founded on conflict, excess, and specious rationalization. Regimes of the sort are rarely democratic, nor do they allow freedom of information. Instead, they tend to be predatory and opportunistic.

Fateful ironies would have followed. Overpopulation leads to greater needs: career pressures, resource grabs, and the wayward impulses of those who want to participate in exotic foreign adventures. According to Phillip Krapf’s remarkable journals, the Verdants are sexuals prone to territoriality and the sometimes clouded judgement that sexuality engenders. In this respect, as in most others, we see a subtler shading than is noted in humans. Nonetheless, we can assume that some in the Verdant bureaucracy suffer neurotic pitfalls that surround the circus-like manipulation of lesser, off-world peoples. Due to the internal preoccupations of their far-flung government, in times of crisis Verdant crews will be pressured to conform to a colonial paradigm. As sometimes happens in intelligent sub-cultures, sexually-related weaknesses of the Verdant elite can be flipped, in a sense, and regarded as positive attributes, rather than impulsive failings.

As a result, a typical Verdant may regard humans as minor neophytes from a backward planet and think that Verdants are perfectly right to intervene here because Verdants are more knowledgeable. After all, Verdants engage in a vastly larger endeavor. Judging by many human reports, Verdant IFSP propaganda says that humans need to be “saved” from the ravages of their lesser nature before planet Earth is ruined. However, few Verdants will confess that part of the breeding program seeks to infiltrate and gain control over vital human sectors. In Krapf’s books, Verdants admit having done that to other planets, and competing aliens allege that Verdants are doing it here, also.

So, how do Verdants rationalize their aggressive strategy millions of years after their home galaxy power struggles? Without realizing it, Verdants sometimes communicate internal assumptions about their qualification to administer others’ affairs, along with messages about a culture of fear surrounding their bureaucracy’s challenges to any Verdant’s competency. Within their vast colonial hierarchy, such challenges are de rigeur because Verdants often supervise younger, less technologically advanced aliens from non-Verdant planets. To stay on top, Verdants must be coldly manipulative, especially during an intervention. In numerous disputes with Verdants, I’ve noted this pattern repeatedly. For example, when intruded upon personally or when I note that humans are being violated, I sometimes probe and remotely test an entire Verdant crew for details of their past and present intentions here. This is done in flash-like bursts across a larger configuration space (not in the sense of visible bursts) because it’s a hyper-dynamic involving the negative cycle outlined in previous pages.

Sometimes, in response, lesser crewmembers try to demonstrate their skill at diverting me from identifying a Verdant overseer, all the while resonating in slightly masculinized, subcultural terms. Their version of masculinized resonance is less rough-edged and more intelligent than what one might expect among contained-craft humans, but it occurs fairly often and has been noted by a number of human observers. Sometimes I encounter

non-sexual aliens whose intermediaries verge on masculinized characterizations.

For example, there’s a hyper-advanced population of larger circulation that has been called the “three ellipticals” faction, which, along with hybrid intermediaries, tends to the Verdant case in a variety of ways. *More about the “three ellipticals” subculture and other “hyperversal” aliens in a following chapter.

Speaking for myself, having long been identified as critical of Verdant-gray intentions here, I’ve endured thousands of hours of mostly uninvited and passive remote interactions with IFSP related aliens. However, some of it has been threatening and, at times, has been tangentially framed in terms of a Verdant connection to one leading US military-industrial family (formerly French monarchists named Biderman and Du Pont) in part known for its ties to organized crime plus a previous family affinity for fascism. The family has a leading role in what is known as the anti-alien black budget «Cabal,» ironically—which suggests an attempt to play both sides of the fence off of each other for advantage. Other advanced aliens have repeatedly pointed out that part of the family (the formerly Swiss branch: Biderman) was «direct» Verdant operative, possibly a result of the breeding program. The news caused quite a stir, here, among the human community because it corroborated a long-running pattern of thinly veiled verbal threats to humans, a strategy of tensions that such aliens have pursued for years to the chagrin of a growing host of humans. As a result, there have been sustained, finely networked efforts to probe the suspects in such regard. The results have been disturbing, frankly.

As is reported in following chapters, non-IFSP aliens who criticize Verdant overkill have repeatedly reported that the IFSP has a number of “direct operatives” on this planet, one of whom is reportedly within “the Biderman part of the Du Pont family”—the largest, perhaps most reactionary arms manufacturer in the United States with a long history of supporting death squads and underworld finance. Another, perhaps more important reported “direct operative” is a noted French financier named “Rothschild,” whose family first appeared on a major scale by funding both Napoleon’s adventures and his British opponents.

In his latest book, Hidden Truth, CSETI head Dr. Steven Greer mentions Rothschild’s role in the black budget cabal that controls alien-related programs in the West. Greer writes: “There are extremely well-connected people who are on the inside (of the covert control group that runs US alien-related programs) and who want to see disclosure, but they’re terrified of the rogue, violent group…. A former head of Army intelligence – a member of that group – had offered me a board seat in ’92.” Soon, Greer got “an invitation from a group of rogue insiders” to meet with them in the Wrigley (chewing gum) mansion in Phoenix. While there, a man in the control group took Greer out onto a balcony and told him, “You know, we understand you’ve had this meeting with the CIA Director and are providing information to the President (Clinton), but you need to know that those people don’t know anything, and they’re never going to know anything.”

Greer declined when the man offered him large sums of cash if Greer would allow them to rein in CSETI’s efforts. When Greer said he was going to Europe to meet with people connected to the British royal family, the man said, “It just so happens that I’m going to be over there meeting with the Rothschilds and the people who control the Volvo Corporation and some of the other big industrial concerns, because they’re working with us.” The man said that Max Rabb, a leader of the Rockefeller-dominated Council on Foreign Relations, was working with him, as was Mr. Peterson, the head of the CFR, and Peterson’s wife who headed the Rockefeller-dominated Trilateral Commission. Greer describes the Phoenix contact group as “the largest Mafiosi and organized crime enterprise on the planet.” (Hidden Truth, p. 118-121).

At first glance, reports about “direct operatives” of the IFSP high in the human economy

may sound strange, yet given the IFSP’s larger long-term strategy, we should expect to see highly-placed direct human operatives. From the Verdant perspective they would be useful and would help to assure that long-term IFSP mobilizations (and abductions for breeding purposes) achieve a desired goal. Earth wouldn’t be the first case of the sort. One Verdant told Krapf that the Verdant IFSP inserted direct operatives high into the social line-up on at least two other planets.

*Those familiar with US history will recall that the Bush family has long been a willing, if not obedient, part of the Du Pont-Dulles faction of the CIA, perhaps the most corrupt of factions. Non-IFSP aliens have gone so far as to state that George Bush Sr. is also, in some way, a “direct operative” of the IFSP, as weird as that may sound to some readers. The point has been stated repeatedly and with emphasis, so it may be important. The subject was later probed by a broad but discreet network of humans, with deeply disturbing results. I’ll explain how this is done, in later pages. Having done graduate study in US history, and having worked as an investigative reporter, I wouldn’t report the quotes unless they were: a) repeated numerous times so that a variety of humans could pick up on them, and b) were later investigated to check for direct personal indications let slip by Bush Sr., himself (this was done through careful setup of circumstances that apparently came to his attention, which allowed for such to be teased out).

Former US intelligence operative and whistleblower, Cathy O’Brien, reports that at Bohemian Grove she witnessed Bush Sr. tell Dick Cheney about a plan to spread HIV to get rid of “undesirables.” Bush reportedly said, “We’ll annihilate the niggers at their source, beginning in South and East Africa and Haiti.” It helps to remember that Bush’s father Prescott was instrumental in the finance of Fritz Thyssen, who gave Hitler’s Nazis their biggest donations from the 1920’s onward. In other words, Bush has a background of racist antescedants. Bush reportedly spoke glowingly of his teacher, Alan Sides PhD, who used to lecture Bush’s prep school class about the virtues of fascism. Cathy O’Brien also reports that while discussing genetic engineering, human cloning, and the ruin of earth’s resources for profit with Bush, Dick Cheney said no one would be able to think to stop technology’s plan. Bush replied, “I’ll destroy the planet first.” (Access Denied, p. 168) That could be a first-of-a-kind threat against this planet by a reported IFSP direct operative. Informative alien mention was also made of an IFSP direct operative named “Gold” (or Gold-something), apparently a Jewish financial figure in New York City. The following persons were also reported to be IFSP “direct operatives”: some in the royal Saud family, some Dutch royals (they co-own Royal Dutch Shell with Rothschilds), Benjamin Netanyahu, and Gen. Hugh Shelton (chairman of the US joint chiefs before and during 9-11). If those quotes are correct, it would appear that Verdants have a multi-fold strategy for manipulating the human situation, at present. They may be more ruthless than we might expect. That attitude may be important to remember when we discuss how the grays’ original planet was killed.

More generally speaking, Verdants appear to have a foreign policy that places their empire-of-sorts at the center of their consideration, from which other concerns are imagined to radiate outward. Some Verdants seem to have been spoiled by the luxury of distant travels, the option to live and work on thousands of planets, plus the chance to study and manipulate lesser populations up-close. I’ve detected a subdued but droning kind of lust for sexual adventure among the most coldly dysfunctional old stalwarts. It’s possible that some of the worst cases of the sort are sent to work on the most distant,

primitive planets targeted for colonization—like Earth, for example.

After years of working in such places, some old Verdants become almost hopelessly corrupted. Imagine what they go through: first they must breed an obedient surrogate population to help tend to and mix with the peoples of the target planet. Such projects involve the inculcation of primitive belief systems, delusional constructs prone to schizophrenic pitfalls. Wars are influenced toward an eventually pro-IFSP outcome. IFSP operatives must be positioned to gain influence over organized crime structures on the target planet, and breeding program operatives must be placed so that they control the maximum amount of money and resources without being exposed for their loyalty to a Verdant colonial scheme. To some readers this surely sounds strange: corrupt aliens. To those who know the history of colonialism, it should come as no surprise. Humans aren’t the only kind who can do wrong.

In the end, Verdants who tend to colonial targets can, themselves, be casualties because they become too dangerous to return to more psychologically refined postings elsewhere. Some are relegated to relatively barren outposts like a planet that Phillip Krapf’s Verdant contact described, a Verdant way station here in the Milky Way.

Ultimately, we must ask, how can Verdants maintain so large yet isolated a string of planets? How do they prevent the peoples of such planets from assimilating with their neighbors? Stark differences between crude Verdant colonial operatives and other, more finely-cultured Verdant specialists suggest that, like militaristic governments on Earth, Verdants have devised a stifled, if not infantile kind of citizenship. To publish ugly details about their most aggressive foreign policy failures would loosen the cohesion of the larger empire. So, presumably, they glaze the cake—they overwhelm the Verdant citizenry with more positive news and scientific reports about their many planets.

The patronizing attitudes of Verdant crewmembers I’ve encountered speak volumes in this regard. I’ve seen Verdants who will directly and intrusively impinge on any human, irregardless of stature, i.e. the long-running Verdant/“three ellipticals” aliens’ pattern of thinly-veiled threats noted above, which has become cause for concern among human officials. At one time, pre-emptive impulses of the sort might have helped Verdants maintain their independence in the face of a challenge. However, that was during a relatively primitive age, compared to the current inter-alien context. In a sense, humans are lucky to develop within a less embattled circumstance.

In the end, like the human disaster of WWII, galaxy mergers in M-83 and Centaurus A would have contributed to a burgeoning Verdant security apparatus that ultimately defeated its own original purpose: to preserve the long-term ecology. Worse yet, in order to maintain their hold on non-Verdant conscript planets, Verdants would have to surround such planets with an overbearing trade and techno-defense structure in order to cut them off from neighbors with whom they might otherwise affiliate, then stray. This may be why Verdants and grays have reportedly developed limited human-hybrid offshoot colonies on several planets near our solar system. Ultimately, to proceed at such effort and expense would be costly and would tempt Verdants to mine the vicinity’s

resources in order to profit by the interaction.

Unlike what happened in the Verdant case, better-managed galaxy mergers will hasten mixed alien integrations and refinement of advanced technologies, while placing a limit on population growth. Indeed, some newly merged elliptical galaxies may be exemplary in this regard. By reducing their populations in advance then jointly sharing a merged galaxy, they can set a higher standard.

Meanwhile, the coalescence of M83’s double nucleus is long past and the Centaurus A

hypernova crisis was more than 10 million years ago, yet Verdants haven’t managed to correct their specious impulses. What single voice, what given Verdant planet would be sufficient to change the expansionist policy of so large and unwieldy a population?

None, of course. The most likely solution would be a collective security arrangement between all of the galaxy groups that surround the Verdant home group, an arrangement that should eventually include us. Alternatively, chance for reform of the Verdant empire may lie in a coalition of disparate, non-Verdant planets who try to democratize the Verdant-dominated “federation” from within, even if they are a minority. There are other, more advanced possibilities, including the largely veiled intervention of hyper-advanced populations who greatly exceed Verdants.

In my own experience, Verdant males have figured in coldly detached manipulations that take advantage of human misconceptions. Meanwhile, Verdant females, like human females, seem to be better adjusted than their male counterparts. Were Verdant females to control their government, it would probably be more ecological. Nonetheless, in a lighter moment, one hyper-advanced (non-IFSP) alien remarked that Verdant females are characterized by an unusual «presence» of mind–a tongue-in-cheek criticism of the more immediate, stimulus-seeking awareness that sexuality engenders.

Like Michael Moore’s argument that the United States is really a progressive people waiting to prevail (64% female and non-white), most of the universe is probably either female or non-sexual, which should help to tilt the scales toward larger, nonviolent interactions.

The Verdant case underscores the difference between sexuals and non-sexuals, the problems that can arise among populations who fail to control their growth. Indeed, we now hear competing aliens’ critiques of the Verdants stated in precisely such terms. Milky Way aliens should be concerned: the Verdant incursion here is neither a legitimate case of need, nor does it appear to be tightly consistent with supercluster ecology. Instead, it has been cited as a security risk to this galaxy, which brings us back to planet Earth, where abductions continue.

To place the Verdants in context, it helps to remember that Verdants reportedly number 500 trillion individuals, in total. In the year 2000, one hyper-advanced alien reported here that the largest single population native to the Milky Way numbers «38 trillion» individuals. Assuming such numbers (essentially the only ones that we have, to date),

the largest reported mega-population in the Milky Way would occupy some ten or thirteen thousand planets, if the Verdant’s ratio of aliens per planet holds true here, also. In addition, we can assume that some more advanced “hyperversal” aliens (part of a universal network of various hyperversals) reside in or near the Milky Way. They may interact with, and at least partly constitute, every major galaxy’s largest coalitions. As such, the Milky Way would more closely approximate a desired universal ecology.

Reckless population growth like that of Verdants (reportedly 13 times more numerous than the largest Milky Way population) would be destabilizing. Moreover, if Krapf’s figures are correct, Verdants take 9.1 planets for themselves for every new member planet that joins them, a dangerously skewed and undemocratic ratio. *Note: In late May 2004, one hyper-advanced alien mentioned that a neighboring population of hyperversal aliens (referred to herein as the “three ellipticals” faction) is either a 1.3 factor as numerous as the Verdants, or 1.3 x 10ⁿ times the number of Verdants (could be less than the Verdants)—the quote was so fleeting, albeit resonated variously later, that it should be regarded as tenuous. Judging by the character of the “three ellipticals” hyperversals we’ve seen, they would probably pose the highest number they can rationalize and might act as though some non-affiliated hyperversals are part of their number. In other words, there may be more to the story. *A later chapter discusses the “three ellipticals” faction and other “hyperversals.”

Over time, Verdants could tax the resources of their home galaxy, which may be why they now spill out in search of other galaxies’ raw materials. Worse yet, Verdants may want to speed the Δt energy clock on other galaxies and shorten their duration rather than expend the Verdant galaxy’s energy lifetime. Phillip Krapf quotes one Verdant who said Verdants have tentatively occupied at least one planet in the Milky Way. He later quoted a human “ambassador” who says Verdants occupy at least two Milky Way planets, which suggests that, in part, Verdants seek human affiliation in order to rubber stamp their expansionist policy. Human capitulation to such a scheme could put us at odds with native Milky Way and neighboring aliens, if not cut us off altogether. Why is that? Consider the following.

                      Our Pending Merger with Andromeda

According to astronomers, in the not-too-distant future 3.5 billion years from now, the

Milky Way and its sister spiral galaxy, Andromeda, will merge together to form a large elliptical galaxy like Centaurus A. It’s possible the merger will result in a massive spiral like the galaxy M101, which was recently discovered to contain 1 trillion solar masses (about five times as much as the Milky Way), yet an elliptical galaxy is the more likely result. At present the Milky Way and Andromeda approach each other at the same rate that a smaller galaxy, the Large Magellenic Cloud, recedes from the Milky Way. So, aliens of the Milky Way and Andromeda face a future crisis if they don’t reduce their populations over time. Some planets will die due to their closeness to the newly-formed giant elliptical galaxy’s hot center. Scientists say that in a large elliptical galaxy, you could read a newspaper at night by the starlight. Other planets will be decimated by a violent hypernova when the two galaxies’ central black holes merge. Some stars and planets will move out to a more habitable distance near the merged galaxy’s central

dust-lane perimeter (if a dust lane develops).

In short, there won’t be as many habitable planets then. So, residents of the two galaxies must be extra careful to limit their numbers and make sure that newly-evolved populations do likewise. This is a critical consideration for all of the human future. Over billions of years we may mix with other alien populations in search of common solutions. Of course, it’s possible the newly merged galaxy will face a shortage of habitable planets for some 10-100 million years, after which time abundant light energy and terra-forming would allow for alternatives.

Nonetheless, Verdant incursion upsets the apple cart in our vicinity. Verdants apparently failed to manage their affairs in modest proportion to supercluster norms. As a result, we, the populations of neighboring galaxy groups, now face the consequences. The Verdant-gray abduction and breeding program may be a threat to our independence, if not the galaxy’s ecology. Ironically, Verdants don’t appear to be a case of unavoidable need. Instead, they seem to spread for reasons of power and control, to please themselves and perpetuate a relatively elitist lifestyle. Meanwhile, they play to the crowd by saying they enforce a universal ecology and a ban on certain weapons in interstellar space. In reply, their critics argue that a population of 500 trillion Verdants is ecologically irresponsible and Verdant interventions overly militarize some evolving worlds.

One alien of more advanced “hyperversal” origin offered further information on the subject. He (definitely a male) said that, at present, Verdant IFSP affiliates number «equal to or less than .0X percent» in Andromeda, which is either less than or not much more than 1/10,000^th of the total population there. Less than or equal to x/10,000 could mean between 6 and 60 out of 600,000 populated planets. If true, the report–which was witnessed by numerous humans, means that our sister galaxy Andromeda has successfully limited Verdant incursion by informing emergent populations about the Verdant population problem. Given that we’re due to merge with Andromeda, the Milky Way is probably organized to limit Verdant colonization here, also. *Various Milky Way and other aliens reportedly suggest that such is the case—again, with a tone of urgency regarding our predicament.

The Verdant case is but one example of the risks involved in a sexual reproduction strategy. Although we humans have no choice in our reproductive strategy at present, we may opt for a mixed strategy in the future: partly cloned and party sexual in order to maintain physical stamina and a diverse gene pool, as some aliens advise. Aliens comment on the subject regularly. In a sense, religious beliefs about separating sexual urges from our higher analytical faculties may have a universal basis. Aliens suggest that we should at least parallel our thoughts with terms that are non-sexual and greater dimensional if we want to know what’s going on in advanced communities around us.

One group of what might be called “hard-line” hyperversal aliens (includes the “three ellipticals” subculture that sometimes resonates about a Verdant role in limiting other population growth) argues that humans may have to be manipulated toward non-sexual alternatives. At times, their position suggests that there’s a frustrated, large-scale effort to tend to both the Verdant problem and other challenges to an older, more established ecology. Within the Verdant hierarchy, itself, the attitude is essentially holier-than-thou, albeit not at all religious, in that Verdants appear to have managed the history of the gray population to make grays non-sexual and passively obedient. There’s much chatter surrounding the subject. Verdants sometimes boast of the accomplishment, as if to compensate for their own reproductive excess by compelling lesser aliens to humble themselves. Competing aliens suggest that Verdants have exploited the grays ruthlessly. Meanwhile, Verdants tend to argue that their intervention here is excusable because of

a need to move humans toward non-sexual alternatives.

In a larger sense, this suggests that Verdants may point to our future Milky Way-Andromeda merger as being a potential risk to our neighbors, i.e. M-33, Andromeda’s closer (than the Milky Way) spiral sister galaxy. Verdants may try to gain positions in nearby galaxies by opening up with a technology trading scheme and then promising to help protect them against our galaxy’s incursions 3.5 billion years in the future. Other aliens advise that humans have plenty of time to consider various options in our crowded galaxy, given that we haven’t yet mastered the basics of genetic engineering.

I should note that in the summer of 2005 one hyperversal alien said that planets in a large elliptical galaxy can be lush biological beauties because there’s so much light. Once a manageable order has been achieved in a merging elliptical, planets could evolve more greenly and, in some cases, excess light could be averted using electrogravity and magnetogravity planet shielding (which is Dt expensive).

So, let’s try to put all of this in a larger context. Michio Kaku’s book Hyperspace

(c. 1994) discusses astronomer Nikolai Kardashev’s categorization of civilizations as follows: a Type I civilization controls the resources of an entire planet (weather and earthquake control, plus exploration of an entire solar system). A Type II civilization controls and directly uses the power of its sun and begins to colonize nearby star systems. Finally, a Type III civilization controls and uses the power of an entire galaxy. The Verdants, like other advanced mega-populations, verge on a Type III status, but there’s a fly in the ointment. Negative energy dynamics suggest that overuse of electrogravity by too many planets would marginally speed the clock on surrounding galaxies and deplete their energy lifetime. In the Verdant case, this poses a conundrum with large-scale political implications.

For purposes of routinely informing humans, what was posed as a native Milky Way and hyper-advanced alien confluence, of sorts, (possibly involving the «38 trillion» group) explicitly demonstrated that they have a galaxy-wide system of towers on opposite sides of various planets. This was (remotely) shown to humans in the context of a galaxy-wide collective security arrangement, along with a caution that “federation aliens” may try to compete with, or violate the system. Exposition of the towers involved hyperversal aliens, who attend to such communiques. Towers of the sort were also reported by professionally trained, human remote viewers in Jim Marrs’ book Alien Agenda. Apparently, the purpose of such a system is to gain a wide spread of technological installations in order to manipulate alternate cycle energy for travel, communications, etc. The system has been described as open to human integration within a galaxy-wide convention, presumably in order to avoid a strain on resources that would occur were there a redundancy of such systems. Other aliens’ resonance about the “38 trillion” mega-population suggests that some native populations remain independent of it yet nonetheless ascribe to a collective security convention integrating most of the galaxy’s populations. *Alec Newald says he personally saw towers on the Haven aliens’ planet.

For those who’ve read Dr. Edgar “Rothschild” Fouche’s reports about a US black budget craft called the TR-3B (which is controlled by a narco-dealing sub-regime in the US), a wide spread of electrogravity technology like that of the towers is a familiar theme. The large, triangular-shaped TR-3B reportedly uses a rapidly rotating torus of super-conducting mercury plasma that circles the widest possible radius within the craft. As it rotates due to magnetic induction, the plasma is electromagnetically activated to move in a spiraling pattern, which induces a negative energy gradient as it spirals–providing lift for the TR-3B. *Some plasma are capable of nearly instantaneous transitions.

Unlike the old, potentially dangerous antimatter reactor Bob Lazar says he studied after it was taken from a downed alien craft, the TR-3B avoids the «element 115» reactor element, presumably the explosive antimatter danger also. According to former Air Force careerist Charles Hall, an alien population called “the tall whites” has been granted a small base in the southeast corner of Nellis Air Force range (Nevada) and has helped the US shadow regime develop nuclear thrusters, which don’t provide lift but move the

TR-3B laterally at low altitudes. In four books on the subject, Hall meticulously details how, for years, he interacted at close range with tall whites on the Nellis range under the direction of a four star Air Force general, who reportedly allowed the tall whites to kill US airmen if they frightened tall whites by approaching them. Hall reports that when problems arose, the tall whites had a direct line to the general in the Pentagon!

If true, Hall’s story about tall whites would be yet another example of how the US shadow regime has been compromised by allowing the presence of what some indications suggest may be IFSP aliens. Tall whites look exactly like humans but are taller and thinner with large, wrap-around eyes and pale white skin. Tall whites claim to be an independent population that just happens to look like we do—an unlikely irony, given what we know about biological diversity. The tall whites appear to have been engineered, perhaps by the IFSP, to be used for an alternative approach to the US military-industrial complex.

Neither the TR-3B, nor the so-called TAW-50 (a reportedly more advanced US shadow regime craft) appear to be capable of nearly instantaneous, alien-like travel to other stars. To tall white aliens, who reportedly helped develop aspects of such craft, they are easily exceeded trinkets.

The fact that a narco-funded US cabal has control of such technology may seem advantageous to IFSP aliens, given that such humans commit crimes without restraint

and are so compromised that they can be manipulated easily. By conceding minor technological improvements to black budget insiders, the tall whites may intend to foster dependency and intellectual laziness among humans in order to fortify entrenched criminal tendencies. The question is: why?

By assuring that elite human sectors are corrupted and infiltrated via the breeding program, the IFSP appears to be doing an Orwellian kind of prep work, to be followed by further manipulations that might alarm the human public. They may plan to replace us. As Budd Hopkins and David Jacobs, PhD suggest, the abductors’ intervention has been allowed to proceed far beyond what was originally surmised. However, don’t expect an admission from the US government in this regard. Pride and greed have gained the upper hand there, for the moment.

Like the Milky Way mega-population’s reported wide spread between towers, the TR-3B is said to be more effective when its torus circles a wide radius because greater radius allows it to utilize a greater negative energy gradient in the empty space across the radius. This implies that electrogravity/magnetogravity “lift” can be produced by varying the negative energy gradient across the empty space in the central radius of the torus, allowing for deeper integration into the «negative cycle» that Haven aliens talk about.

In other words, the larger the expanse of empty space across the torus’ central radius, the finer and tighter is the negative energy gradient used for electrogravity/magnetogravity, which is consistent with a pattern we see in quantum cosmology–wherein the larger and more cosmic the phenomena, the more tightly it can be linked to sub-quantum phenomena.

Why do I mention this? Because one of the Verdants’ main intentions in expanding their colonial outposts may be to widen the spread of their electrogravity/magnetogravity installations–their own system of towers, for energy purposes and more. This could pose a threat to other galaxies for two reasons. One, Verdants may try to use such advantage to thwart other galaxies’ technology networks in the event of disagreements. And, two, Verdants are apparently expanding into other galaxies in order to satisfy Verdants’ overgrown, high-energy lifestyle. Verdant energy needs may now exceed those described in Kardashev’s Type III category, causing Verdants to marginally tap into the negative energy cycle of surrounding galaxies.

I’ve remotely probed onboard Verdants for their perspective on M-83’s neighbor galaxy, N4945–a spiral that’s nearly as big as M-83, and have repeatedly noted a smug fixation on the fact that Verdants have affiliates and installations spanning part of N4945’s curvature. However, if I’m not mistaken, non-IFSP aliens comprise the larger part of N4945’s populations. Probing of the sort relies on a mixed convergence of other aliens’ awareness, plus a non-local information quality that “spools out,” as the Verdants say, between all of the places to which Verdants and other aliens have traveled. Probing also relies on a prober’s ability to gather information from unsuspecting Verdants. This is all done in accordance with a universal transparency regarding cases of the sort. See my later chapter on how to locate aliens and “see” their energy networks.

In short, Verdants may be our first example of a population that intrudes on other galaxies for energy and resources and intimidates populations who might criticize the way Verdants speed the energy clock on other galaxies via the Δt effect surrounding use of magnetogravity. Verdant technology begins, at least, with magnetogravity and proceeds into further categories of canceled out waveform—each category scales further out in terms of larger resonance but must be finely counter-conditioned via multiple categories of energy and materials.

There’s abundant evidence that Verdants try to stifle criticism of Verdant activities. Krapf reports this and I’ve encountered it many times, but there’s an ironic twist in such doings. As described below, when a Verdant attempts to stifle other IFSP aliens, the act can also impair the given Verdant. Worse yet, Verdant tendencies of the sort may jeopardize Verdant relations with more advanced hyperversal aliens, the consequences of which the Verdants don’t fully realize at this relatively early time in their evolution.

After years of experience with Verdants and their associates, along with other humans I’ve sometimes noted a marginally hypnotic immobilization of thought among wary Verdants. Stemming from what may originally have been a quiet sense of observation, we see that, instead, Verdants who want to stifle criticisms do so by telepathically manifesting repeated, dogmatic message content. Such messages are subtly fractioned, yet are repeated in a marginally hypnotic way in order to silence others. Verdant technological and information predominance is posed heavy-handedly in order to humble other onboard aliens and condition the context in which criticisms might arise. At times, this reminds me of the pushiness of small town squires.

Ironically, a similar kind of thought control is done by older, more hardened Verdants who, after years of mind-numbing routines, need to obscure the ugly character of their work in order convince female Verdants of their sexual compatibility. It’s a kind

of gratification through intellectual stultification, and it raises questions about corrupt use

of psychotronic technology toward such ends.

Verdant thought control of the sort may stem, in part, from the Verdant government’s sense of right and wrong re: its policies and may touch upon considerations that arise in psychotronic thought monitoring, plus psychotronic methods that are used to stifle «bad» thoughts in criminal offenders. The following may sound weird, but I’ve observed it many times in testy interactions with Verdants:

In basic negative energy terms, a given Verdant will destructively interfere certain

brain frequencies in order to effectively “freeze” the commingled energies of a telepathic/psychotronic conversation with another alien or human, inadvertently freezing his or her own thought and sentience in order to project fractioned message content. This is akin to doping another person in order to influence him or her and is supposed to be subtle but isn’t. As a result, normally scientific Verdants make basic, avoidable mistakes. They fail to distinguish between the observer (the Verdant individual) and the more universal terms of the observation. Instead, a fractioned jumble of internal messages distorts the manipulator’s ability for clear, dispassionate observation. Coupled with a “freeze” on sentience, plus a dessication of emotion that occurs in long-lived Verdants, the result can be both ugly and prejudicial. In the worst cases, such conditioning can affect the reasoning of more than one observing Verdant. It becomes a group-think phenomenon that can lead to coldly impersonal bullying and stifled, if not mousy conformity.

Under such circumstances, seemingly tangential psychological distortions can aggravate the given Verdant(s) intellectual disconnect, causing a self-hypnotic stilling of more complex considerations. Unresolved emotional conflicts tend to surface at such times. In basic negative energy terms, this can manifest as negatively-cycled insecurity or bias, both among, and between like-minded Verdants—a potential barrier to clear-headed analysis. Such moments underscore non-IFSP aliens’ warnings that the social psychology of some aliens hasn’t necessarily paralleled their technological advancements.

In order to prevent a victim’s discovery of Verdant mind manipulation of the sort, a Verdant (or affiliated alien) may try to distort the circumstance by introducing aggravating distractions to throw the victim off. I’ve encountered this many times, and it can be most annoying. Some humans are easily duped this way because psychotronically recorded samples of the victim’s past thoughts can be replayed to confuse the human, however jarring and out of place such thoughts may seem, at the moment. This type of behavior is but one kind of diversion intended to frustrate a target people’s ability to

defend themselves against an alien intervention.

Apparently, such doings are rationalized in terms of their practicality. After all, Verdants are pressured to maintain conformity within their empire so that it functions to their advantage. Other corrupt aliens use the same tactic, which will surely disappoint humans who want to think that advanced aliens would never do such a thing.

Here’s a relevant quote reportedly by a non-IFSP alien critical of such conformity.

“Some collectives…. have religious components…. Yet we have found with very few exceptions that Collectives consider their own survival and their own structure to be the sole focus of their devotion. Their devotion is almost religious in nature, even though their organizations rarely are.” (from The Allies of Humanity, 2, p. 52). In other words, an offending collective’s marginally political “oneness” of mind can be narrow and domineering, inflexible if not mechanistic. More about this later. *Readers should remember that a typical alien economy is more equally shared, or collectivized, than that of Earth. Some aliens don’t use money, for example. One population, the Haven aliens, say they use energy credits, instead.

Grays and other IFSP minority aliens sometimes resonate that Verdants do, in fact, try to muffle grays’ criticisms in telepathic community interactions. Part of the problem is due to Verdant presumption of superiority and Verdant desire for strict hierarchical control, part may be due to a given Verdant’s sexually-conditioned assumptions as contrasted with those of non-sexual aliens (the universal standard). In interactions with humans, care must be taken to preserve the anonymity of conscientiously resonating IFSP aliens, given the Verdant disposition. So protect your sources, should you develop any. They’re part of a larger web of interactions that outside populations must sometimes work to keep alive and active. Females, dissidents (who are hard to find outwardly), non-Verdants, and non-sexuals within the IFSP seem to be the best hope for future reforms there.

When a population like the Verdants has outgrown its old, self-boosting propaganda about the need for expansion yet continues to churn out such propaganda rather than reduce population, the recitation of such dogma becomes a kind of “plastic art,” in a sense–morbid, if not cultish. When outright lies become the official party line, subcultures of corruption go unchallenged. For example, Phillip Krapf quotes Verdants

saying that they don’t directly intervene in the affairs of a planet like Earth, which appears to be a lie. Some Verdants skilled at deception are promoted in the IFSP’s colonial resource sections, while those who would challenge such behaviors can be excluded from decision-making.

The worst part of the Verdant expansion strategy concerns corruptions. Imagine, for example, the Verdant past:  replete with Roman-like cruelties and death squads in the earliest years, then suppression of individual rights as their empire expanded. Phases of reform might be followed by nightmarish campaigns of oppression, Big Brother abuses of psychotronic technology, and a vengeful desire to silence or sabotage those who would challenge the many genocides and terracides manipulated by the IFSP to accomplish its subjugations. Verdants admit to having precipitated the deaths of entire planets, deliberately.

Such doings do not make for gentle, open-minded democracy. Instead, they would lead to further oppression, causing some Verdants to indulge their sexual fantasies while subtly cultivating extremes of cruelty and corruption on a target planet so that no one on the target planet can ever say, “Look at the Verdants—they’re worse than we are.” Worse yet, by scheming ecological sabotage in order to gain control over target planets, Verdants can dominate a trade in biological materials and tout their biologically lush home planet, “Verdant,” as a rare paradise, in contrast to failures like the grays.

 To be safe, humans should watch for Verdant attempts to corrupt and sabotage humans on an epic scale then pretend to save us. One Verdant told Krapf that has been the scheme of some past interventions—probably featuring Verdants who suffered a kind of “Munchhausen’s syndrome” like that of healthcare workers who poison or injure patients   in order to feel important during crisis. I’ve witnessed some Verdants behaving in such a manner, here, during their present intervention. Verdants are fallible, prone to age-related psychological conditions that humans are only beginning to understand. Ultimately, due to bureaucratic pressures and the vagaries of empire, Verdants may try to steer human “globalization” toward a criminal empire of infiltrated elites, then drive the demon toward an ecological brink.

Non-IFSP aliens say the grays were infiltrated and driven to desperation. One can easily imagine what the gray planet was like before it was extinguished. They didn’t get those large, dark “underground” eyes through moderation. At present, some grays’ brains are implanted with remotely-activated semiconductor chips, which Verdants say are used for communications, security and navigation. However, given their technological superiority, Verdants could remotely activate such chips for Big Brother-like control and monitoring, should they choose to do so.

Some grays are dependents who don’t criticize Verdants openly. The best they can do is resonate weakly, given their predicament. At times, Verdants appear to abuse grays’ rights and sensitivities to keep them from telling humans that Verdant intervention may have precipitated the death of the once-habitable gray planet. Verdants and their associates appear to have manipulated the death of the gray planet, and Verdants have exploited remnants of the gray population ever since. It’s a lesson in what can happen to a people who allow infiltration by aliens like the Verdants to go unchecked. Allison Reed, a woman abducted for 4 ½ days on one occasion, told David Jacobs that a gray alien told her that he was the result of genetic manipulation by a higher species. (The Threat, p. 130) That may have been reference to the Verdants and their associates.

Through arrogance, reliance on mediated/cultivated force and corruptions to get what they want, Verdants appear to have isolated themselves from some of their neighbors.

By infiltrating the human population in order to take advantage of us, and by encouraging crimes of various sorts through remote manipulations and a breeding program, Verdants perpetuate a failure-prone strategy, perhaps a relic of some past Verdant debacle.

Please remember, Verdants are but one among a vast variety of different populations and are by no means predominant along this side of the Virgo supercluster, although Verdant propaganda pretends otherwise. The stated distinction of being «the only» colonizer gives Verdants an excess of resources in the short term but tends to corrupt their lifestyle and decision-making process. As a result, the Verdant model could easily be a long-term failure. Once a larger collective security arrangement forms to restrain Verdants, Verdants won’t be able to sustain their overgrown lifestyle. Competing aliens suggest that a collective security convention has already cohered within the galaxy groups of our vicinity. Competing aliens say Verdants have squandered vital resources prematurely and may have retarded Verdant evolution by limiting themselves to the cobbling together of disparate, fledgling populations for specious gain. A Verdant told Krapf that they slightly compromised their own intelligence by reverting to sexuality.

At various intervals, Verdants may have been given the boot, literally escorted out of Virgo supercluster neighborhoods either by a larger collective entity or by Virgo mega-populations. Along with other humans, I’ve repeatedly tested various Verdants for their memory and perspectives on Virgo. Despite a cool outward posture, such Verdants

consistently register fear and caution regarding the larger Virgo entity. They also register caution and envy regarding more advanced “hyperversal” aliens of much longer duration. Assuming that Verdant adventurers may have been humbled by Virgo (or other) aliens, Verdants could have a grudge motive for expansion here, along Virgo’s far edge. Again, from the perspective of a larger non-sexual universal standard, frustrated sexuals like Verdants can be dangerous.

Over time, the Verdant entity appears to have turned into a psychotronically-policed state, a regime that may be incapable of moderating itself. The Verdant population has grown so large and unwieldy that it’s hard for a given Verdant to see the whole, so to speak. Subtly infantile propaganda and artifice prevail, allowing disparate sub-regimes to use the IFSP format as they choose without adequate law enforcement. Worse yet are reports that some Verdants rationalize their corruption in terms of different social and legal structures on lesser, non-Verdant conscript planets. For example, when a large Verdant ship arrives at a place like Earth, the ship is filled with aliens from a variety of IFSP planets. Whose laws prevail under such circumstances? Given that the craft is far from its legitimate domain, no single population onboard is sovereign, hence a tacit kind of lawlessness can arise. Aging Verdants refer to a lack of international and inter-planetary law on Earth while tending to abductions and criminal manipulations that might land a Verdant in jail back on a Verdant planet. Here in an alien galaxy, however, Verdants feel free to do as they choose among relatively primitive but exotic humans (who are a sexual fit, by the way). Far from the eyes of the Verdant galaxy’s authorities, dangerous impulses go unchecked because no one is there to stop them.

Other strains can easily worsen such tendencies. For example, some Verdants may feel regime pressure to use planet Earth to show that Verdants are capable of getting around other mega-populations’ collective security arrangements. Given the larger concern about Verdant greed and population excess, galaxies like the Milky Way must work to prevent Verdants from doing what they appear to have done in the gray case, for example. Few here want a proliferation of hybrid offshoots, coupled with planet-killing excess. Such behaviors tend to militarize, despite the Verdant pretension to do otherwise.

Indeed, Verdants may actually intend to militarize humans by buzzing defense installations, by breeding an obedient client population via abductions, and by worsening other strains among the human population. Why would they do that? First and foremost, to create anti-alien sentiment that would isolate us from friendly neighboring aliens, allowing IFSP aliens to do as they please here. Second, a corrupt militarization would make it easier for the IFSP contingent to “rescue” us from pending ecological and resource crises. Finally, black budget crimes (murders, laundering of illegal monies into semi-privatized alien-related programs) keep alien issues secret and hide them from more competent global consideration. The smaller and more corrupt the elite who control alien issues here, the easier it is for Verdants to keep such issues secret in order to influence an outcome. Given their technological superiority, Verdants aren’t challenged by human defenses, so secrecy allows Verdants to act with near impunity.

Reported Verdant IFSP “direct operatives” placed high in the human economy appear to favor a fast-burn strategy for advancing the IFSP agenda on this planet. By aggressively monetarizing the economy in favor of predatory, short-term gain, they tilt the economy toward ecological ravages and disaster among non-industrial nations that depend on predatory lenders, like themselves, for credit. Such economy is massively destructive because it’s premised on a complete fiction: invented monetary numbers that don’t correlate to competent management of resources.

It’s a disastrously unbalanced equation that contributes to failure after failure, worsened living conditions for the human majority. This worsens what’s known as “the race toward the bottom” that follows IMF and World Bank restrictions on nations that default on loans during economic crises of “globalization.” Try as they might, such nations can’t repay loans that force them to raise the price of vital goods and sell off major assets like power, water and land, driving them further into debt and making life almost intolerable at street level. In the end, entire nations are compelled to sign away the right to plant seeds their ancestors developed, then forced to beg for credit and they can be further compromised by the IFSP’s direct operatives (one of whom is essentially the American Borghia, while another is a Federal Reserve-related schemer in Europe).

As a result, the planet is driven toward fast-burn economics that may seem productive to rich investors yet are incompetent in terms of resources. Vital rainforests are destroyed, coral reefs killed, and thousands of square miles of seawater near fertilizer-laden river deltas become milky white dead zones where all fish die for lack of oxygen. Mass extinctions accelerate, fisheries fail and the planet’s biological resources are simply written off as road-kill. Meanwhile, such resources are our only security against the predations of groups like the IFSP.

Now that terrorism, the most ambiguous of enemies, has replaced communism as the prototypical enemy, we see one, most fateful irony. There’s no terrorist government to fight, so a “war” of the sort can never be won. Instead, perpetual crisis is declared, resulting in medieval secrecy and rule by corporations, not the people. Under such circumstances, rich nations are afraid to make the compromises necessary to secure a diverse, resonant ecology. They’re afraid to even begin on long-term corrections because that’s the work of public government, which requires transparency and accountability. Solutions of the sort can’t be implemented by corporations, which are required by SEC regulations to devote themselves to short-term profit.

As a result, the IFSP operatives’ scheme leaves our planet ripe for manipulation. They don’t want us to organize a healthy, independent alternative. Instead, they want to destabilize humankind through a cascading series of crises that play into the hands of the IFSP, which has already cut secret deals with a small financial mafia here. *One hyperversal alien said the IFSP’s direct operatives have only 1/60^th of the assets that humankind owns.

In other words, we’re being set up to suffer the consequences of a fast-burn economy that poses the illusion of productiveness yet is incompetent in terms of resources. Even the US military has warned that global warming will cause a security nightmare. On the other hand, if we act to secure our long-term resources, a more healthy kind of economics will follow.

When seen from above, the IFSP scheme is easy to see, as are the alternatives–the human solution. However, a solution of the sort can only be achieved by governments, not shortsighted, self-serving corporations.

So, we can now see the IFSP strategy in a nutshell:  ratchet up the pressure by fueling the fires of a fast-burn economy, manipulate IFSP operatives into high positions and then worsen human crises and conflicts “through sabotage, subterfuge, misdirection, persuasion over great masses of the host populations, and careful manipulation of government policy” (as one Verdant told Krapf). Of course, Verdants portray it all in evolutionary terms. Meanwhile, IFSP operatives push humankind toward a crisis that pits elite actors against elected governments, rich against poor, the technologically advanced against those who still plow fields with oxen. In order to achieve their ends, IFSP operatives have organized the most corrupt humans against the people. So we, in turn, must learn to sort such individuals out carefully. In later chapters, we’ll discuss reliable methods for doing so.

Non-IFSP aliens report that Verdant takeover strategy has failed in some cases. One advanced non-IFSP alien said that, at present, the IFSP strategy only succeeds in 1 out of between 4 and 5 interventions (between 1/4 and 1/5 of the time). Target planets have opted to remain independent and have sought relations with their neighbors. So there should be precedent for human exposure of the intervention.

It can’t be easy to control a far-flung empire like that of Verdants. Complications surely arise when Verdants try to shore up IFSP loyalties internally by preventing scattered

non-Verdant planets in the IFSP from communicating with their neighbors. For example, here on Earth, IFSP aliens like grays are assigned the busywork of abductions, failure-prone genetic experiments and other manipulations, in part to simply occupy their time and keep them from straying from the IFSP fold. Old Verdant propaganda routines are probably useful in this regard. However, the more dated and deceptive the propaganda, the worse will be the extinction of sensitivities among Verdants who organize IFSP dirty work here. In the end, such Verdants become coldly detached and skeptical, morbidly ironic.

As a result, human observers hear stilted IFSP propaganda about dangerous primitives

and human “evils.” Phillip Krapf reports that one Verdant derided some populations of planets killed during a Verdant infiltration as little more than “ferocious animals.” Meanwhile, such planets reportedly held space-faring peoples who had, by then, developed high technology. Such reports raise a basic question: Was the original gray population regarded in similarly dehumanizing terms or was the situation more complex, involving Verdant expansion motives, for example? Cold as it may seem, Verdant schemes that kill planets like the original gray world (or Earth) may be seen as smoothing the way for Verdant control of the vicinity. By eliminating (or manipulating the elimination of) target planet critics, IFSP installations and surrogate populations would go unchallenged. In the end, the Verdants expand their energy network.

Along with other humans, I’ve noted Verdant attempts to cut off interactions between lesser onboard IFSP aliens and ostensibly native Milky Way aliens. Worse yet, I’ve noted a boastful, demeaning quality in Verdant and affiliated aliens’ remarks about non-IFSP aliens like the Milky Way mega population of 38 trillion noted above, a kind of Verdant über alles mindset. Non-IFSP aliens have commented on the subject at intervals.

As if to underscore such concerns, highly advanced non-IFSP aliens have pointed out a weakness in Verdant and IFSP aliens’ remote sensing (telepathy and remote viewing), largely stemming from Verdants’ frame of mind. For reasons noted above, Verdants are prone to a rational kind of directness, an immediacy that they’re not well aware of. Some Verdants see only what fits their colonial viewpoint and discard the rest because it doesn’t agree with their propaganda. Meanwhile, non-direct, non-«physical» remote sensing (of a more advanced, non-IFSP sort) easily exceeds the overbearing Verdant perspective.

It goes through and beyond them in a way that suggests the non-locality of a greater negative/alternative energy dynamic.

More advanced aliens keep a distance from Verdant crudeness, hence their extra-dimensional remote sensing and telepathy distinctions. Of course, Verdants know about extra-dimensional physics yet tend to err due to Verdant forwardness and sexually-related detachment. Apparently, Verdant policy idealizes neighboring affairs as being conditioned by Verdant policy, which radiates out from the planet Verdant. Ironically, a typical Verdant’s remote sensing tends to radiate outward also, while more advanced societies on a much larger, collective security scale can sense both inwardly and outwardly, changing perspective nearly instantly and essentially changing body in a nearly non-physical sense. Indeed, the challenge for more advanced aliens is to remain humble enough to not be themselves, so much, but be the larger, more varied and sometimes enigmatic, sometimes squalid commonality (a nearly non-physical entity).

The Verdant case illustrates the fact that some aliens live within larger, multi-planetary collectives, while others live independently. Nonetheless, independents find it necessary to accord within larger, galaxy-wide ecologies. For humans, the critical independent message is to not cede Earth’s surroundings to a resource-hungry empire like that of the Verdants, to beware IFSP attempts to manipulate humans into ecological desperation.

For Verdants, a lesson to be learned by our preference to stay independent is that people in other galaxy groups are limited by circumstances different from those of the Verdant galaxy. Although our rejection of the IFSP will initially be regarded as a Verdant setback, it will eventually be seen as part of a better ecology along this fringe of Virgo. It will help Verdants learn to humble their material ambitions. After all, a higher order of mind is increasingly less “physical.”

Verdants will make last-minute, criminal gestures when their attempt to take over this tiny sector of the Milky Way is exposed and averted. However, no human has ever harmed a Verdant—not one. Meanwhile, the IFSP intervention has inflicted millions of human casualties. Verdants should acknowledge the harm done, along with their claim

to have manipulated changes here. So we now see them, mid-stride, trying to salvage a failing, propaganda-heavy foreign policy. For Verdants, Earth is analogous to the US intervention in Vietnam, albeit vastly more distant.

For those who find my criticism of IFSP abductors sudden, if not harsh, I must note that I don’t portray Verdants as evil or unworthy of consideration. Instead, we’re free to discuss the exigencies of exopolitical strategies. The 21^st century must be one of knowledge, rather than uninformed belief.

In view of the Verdant case, we need to add a Type IV to Kardashev’s categories. Type IV is be the larger, cosmic commonality, the generic «civilization» of which aliens speak. Type IV civilization utilizes negative and alternate cycle phenomena in order to reach back and through all intelligent life forms to preserve the peace and secure the most enduring inter-alien ecology. Type IV civilization is able to exceed technology and begin to inter-dimension within the very nature of the phenomena surrounding us. Presumably, this is more noticeable on a galaxy supercluster scale yet extends into all surrounding communities. In order to secure a peaceful solution to Verdant overgrowth, the supercluster ecology must be taught within the IFSP and in surrounding communities. Humility and forbearance are required.

Finally, a type V population is so advanced that it is (or was) able to hyper-dimension from a previous universe cycle into the current one using alternate cycle dynamics that can be effected in ± light speed ways (this isn’t as complex as it sounds). Type V populations resemble Type IV populations but are of longer duration and have a deeper awareness of the continuum. Some can be so advanced that they inter-dimension with aliens originating among a succession, or continuity, of previous universe cycles. None-theless, a kind of mortality and a larger, alternate-cycle conservation manifests therein. Inter-dimensioning of the sort requires sensitivity to collective considerations of various sorts because there are limits for every population, irrespective of their duration and technology. Humans aren’t the only “aliens” who must adapt to the needs of other kind.

                        A More Alien-like Model of Mind

As should be obvious by now, we’re beginning to get a basic idea about how aliens think. But what about aliens, themselves? How do aliens think about their own minds? During large-scale telepathic interactions, how do they see past their differences?

To begin with, aliens are too smart to reduce themselves to a Cartesian point on a graph, a single moment in time, which is a mistake that some humans make. To reduce the physics of mind to fixed co-ordinate points on a graph would be considered a dangerous over-simplification. Aliens argue that flatland physics of the sort is wholly inadequate. When reduced to an anonymous, point singular nothing-of-sorts, a mind can be manipulated in child-like terms to suit the needs of whatever corrupt regime is in power, at the moment. It can be painted with convenient lies one day and then repainted differently the next.

What we need, instead, is a topological model of mind that brings us up to speed with the physics of the 21^st century, which is more like that of alien societies. A topological model of mind is better than a linear version because it models mind in terms of volume in time (or extra dimensions pulled together at ± light speed) instead of the old notion of “infinitely small” points connected by lines. If Cartesian coordinate points were infinitely small, as they’re supposed to be, they would verge on a black hole’s singular density, which, according to aliens and “negative energy” dynamics, would cause them to fluctuate non-visibly and cycle far across the universe in extra-dimensional ways. In short, like the minds of the various intelligent aliens we’re coming to know, our minds probably don’t linger long in a Cartesian flatland.

In a topological version, we model the mind-in-time. The mind-in-time models the complexity and ordered-coursing of a mind over time. For example, if a mind were viewed from aside, it would begin each day by connecting or ordering its knowledge and information, and then, through greater refinement of its observations, would both deepen and expand that connectedness with time. So, over time it occupies greater mindspace (or dimension) through a finer, ordered integration of thought.

Easy, isn’t it?

Seen from aside, as a mind goes through time it expands the complexity of its consideration on a daily basis. Reduced mind-space occurs when some distortion like the use of alcohol, the onset of psychological disorder, or some other disruption reduces a mind’s progressively ordered connectedness, its larger context. Over time, such disruptions can be seen as shrinking the dimension of a mind during the given time period. Hence, the mind will have connected within less space, or dimension, during that part of its wakefulness. *A non-sexual alien may think that sexuality, itself, is a disruption of the sort.

A well-adjusted mind suffers less disruption (reduced dimension) and seeks greater refinement (a finer, larger coursing) over time. It retraces the development of its thought and re-analyzes or integrates its observations with as much of its past, and future context, as it can reference. It either picks up key strands of earlier thought to further correct and develop them, or it suffers a loss of mindspace over time. For example, the mind-in-time can be visualized as a complex, snakingly-folded balloon diagram moving from left to right through time, i.e. it’s small and fine when you wake at 7 a.m., but further to the right at 9:30 a.m. it’s more complex—expanding its awareness yet folding into itself more tendentiously. Hence, the volume (or dimension-in-complexity) of its coursing can be measured as it expands, or contracts, through time. *Alternatively, rather than move from left to right in time, it can be modeled as simply fluctuating out into the larger scale of considerations while re-ordering inwardly, also (as aliens do).

Now, here’s where it gets interesting. The topology of mind-in-time is formed by thoughts over an entire lifetime. Ideally, the fineness and sensitivities of earlier years are continued into adulthood. They have definite, measurable parameters. An extinction of emotional sensitivities can cause one to disconnect from a mind’s earlier dimensions of childhood affection, sensitivity, and thoughtfulness. Extinction of such sensitivities can cut a mind off from the more complex considerations of its past and cause what, in effect, is a loss of mindspace, a reduction of the capacity within such sensitivities. Of course, both human and alien adults tend to set such sensitivities aside when they develop specialized thought connections (which require a kind of durability), yet most humans go full circle and end up yearning for the smoother, more delicate kind of openness that children are capable of. Such feelings are gently rekindled when we couple and may be part of what motivates us to have children, in the first place.

In our topological model of mind, the largest volume or dimension of mindspace integrates a full lifetime’s considerations. In one sense, intelligence would be a measure of the perspective and ordered awareness of a mind, yet it’s also a measure of the sustained emotional sensitivity of a mind through time, the sensitivity to others that allows our minds to grow in later years. Ironically, emotional crises and seeming failures of concept can sometimes facilitate greater understandings over time because a topological model of mind is neither mechanistic, nor whole number valued. Instead it’s fractionally, or alternatively valued (i.e. with multiple maths). This relates to the larger continuities and helpful alien hints from which the model was derived.

So, how does all of this relate to alien thought? If we better model the nature of mind, we can derive its more advanced possibilities. We should then be able to predict some of the basic snap considerations in any alien’s thinking.

As we’ve learned from numerous aliens, a finer, better ordering of thought is multi-dimensional. It connects within a larger context; it integrates more information and sentience. Alien minds co-exist and can collectively interact with other minds at any given time, which doesn’t mean they need to sit in mute, obedient stillness in between thoughts. In short, our new model helps illustrate the basis for what aliens like Haven aliens call “community of mind,” advanced societies in which aliens share thoughts collectively at a much higher rate of speed–with vastly increased information capacity. One irony is that they condense, or skip over quite a bit to both integrate and sort information within a greater, pre-existing order. So it may not be a matter of speed but of fineness within larger order.

Here are some of the ways in which a topological model of mind is helpful for aliens:

When disputes arise, aliens can extra-dimension the problem. As noted earlier, Haven  aliens define an extra dimension as “an oscillatory realm that is out of phase with” a lesser dimension (like the one most humans live in). Some easy examples of extra dimension would be your non-personal past or the future, the larger universe, negative energy relationships that loop large-scale cosmic phenomena into small-scale quantum phenomena, etc. When inter-alien disputes arise (i.e. over territory and resources, forms of government, abduction or laws) aliens can expand the entire context to include the active inputs of other aliens or alien societies to include vastly more intelligent considerations. They can exceed the limitations of any given individual, or any single office. It helps to remember that disagreements are common in our diverse universe.

For further example, let’s say a challenge is raised about the (sometimes masculinized) competency of a given leader or a given individual. Rather than render the situation in singular terms, as if there were no recourse other than those that menace in the short term, concerned individuals need merely remember: there are no whole number quantities in the situation, nor can they expect the problem to be resolved if it’s distorted by gender. Rather than reduce themselves to isolated, whole-numbered actors, they can see through the situation in larger yet finer terms. By fractionally integrating into vastly larger dynamics, they exceed the given problem. They also bring it to greater attention.

In short, no one need be baited and stuck in an inescapable situation. There are always alternatives. Extra-dimensional solutions appear within a larger yet finer context. This one, basic alternative is more important than it may seem.

How does this relate to humans? For example, if a social stereotype, i.e. the fawning anonymous consumer, is propagated to keep us docile and obedient, and then some human or alien interloper comes along and tries to make us obey by challenging us with images of overly masculinized or sexually-objectified female competency, we needn’t react or be driven like cattle. We don’t have to walk through stereotypical responses, the fight or flight reactions that a concretized, whole numbered landscape presupposes. Instead, we can examine the problem in larger terms—investigate all of the parties, including any aliens, and avoid making destructive, low-order decisions.

If someone tries to stump you into thinking mono-dimensional concepts in order to crudely manipulate you, a topological model lets you step outside of the set-up. You step into a slightly faster-than-light kind of “imaginary time,” or i-time, as quantum physicists call it. Like aliens, you inflate your consideration out into larger, yet finer expanses. Rather than be challenged individually, aliens inflate out into shared psychotronics or community-of-mind. They extra-dimension a situation and look for inconsistencies in larger yet more finely connected considerations. *I’ve observed this kind of thinking among aliens on many occasions. In some cases, however, this results in aliens pretending that they don’t make individual errors because they prefer to define themselves collectively. So, it’s a conundrum.

This kind of extra-dimensioning parallels our model of negative energy physics,

described above. Negative energy and “condensed state” physics allow highly complex quantities to be deeply inter-woven, sometimes occupying the same place(s) at the same time, hence they are “extra” dimensional. More importantly, all of this points toward a vastly more intelligent order of being, which we’ll get to in a moment.

Just imagine how legal jurisprudence would be if its logic were extra-dimensional. Crimes against humanity would include: pollution in favor of the bottom line, the sale of weapons to legal violators, the abduction of humans by an alien colonizer, and so on. In other words, our laws would be better if they weren’t rendered in the concretized, singular terms of greed and absolute individuality. Legal definitions based on the topology of alternate-cycle commonality would be more precise, not less so. Anonymous vehicles like corporations wouldn’t be treated as individuals. Highly intelligent animals like dolphins wouldn’t be killed to get a mercury-laden can of tuna.

A topological model defines low-order, singular definitions as invalid. It places larger social definitions above isolated individual definitions and favors the larger ecology over the greed of any one species. So, a topological model allows for extra dimensional considerations, a deeper and more intricate re-framing of all data and background. The most intelligent considerations can never be exhausted, given that they’re dynamic and evolutionary. They’re always changing, hopefully for the better.

Indeed, the negative energy (and alternative cycle) dynamics of alien societies suggest that the universe is more than just highly intelligent. Alien societies are deeply

committed to, and try to further cultivate, a universe that’s hyper-intelligent, a universe deeply, profoundly inter-woven with extra dimensions of sentience. Ultimately, this one, most basic dynamic poses an important question about our universe.

Just how smart is it? How deeply connected can mind be within what appear to be multiply extended universe cycles, all of which appear to inter-dimension in ways that defy outdated 20^th century physics?

A Haven alien told Alec Newald, “Our studies have shown that those waves (that make up everything in the universe) at their inception are nothing more than a very intelligent and powerful thought.” (Coevolution, p 126) One might dismiss the notion were it peculiar to Haven aliens alone, yet the idea is reportedly common among aliens. To understand why, we must remember that according to quantum physics, at the level of atomic particles (and smaller) nothing in the universe is solid. Nothing is concrete.

According to “negative energy” dynamics, large-scale cosmic phenomena are looped into small-scale, sub-quantum phenomena. Why? Because, as the universe expands outward on a cosmic scale, it also pulls inward on the micro scale. Strange as this may seem to humans, it allows for non-local universality of thought, a more advanced kind of mind and existence. To interact as such requires a next-level understanding, a more humble regard for the hyper-intelligent potentials of this and any other universe. We need to read and think critically to explore the greater implications of a deeply inhabited universe.

The notion that a kind of intelligence can dimension into larger, non-living “physics” may not be so radical, after all. For example, if someone were to tell you that weird little event horizons could emerge from a black hole (or black holes) and later interact to form networks of non-living “quanta” that somehow come alive, you might wonder…

That, however, is our mainstream view of how life evolved on Earth.

According to aliens, a more advanced understanding can communicate within a multi-dimensional, hyper-intelligent universe. Ironically, one doesn’t need to “go there” in order to do so. Instead, we can essentially be there, in a deeper sense. Aliens say we’re already immersed in just such a universe, yet, due to human pretensions and archaic concepts, we tend to obscure truths that are right in front of our noses, if not contained within us. By saying this, I’m not trying to steer the discussion in a religious or spiritual direction. I’m simply repeating what a variety of aliens from different places say, regularly and consistently. It must be important.

To sort this all out, it helps to remember that on the one hand, a hyper-intelligent universe is explicit within and among the best, most advanced minds that exist. On the other hand, certain advanced “hyperversal” aliens (aliens who claim to have originated during a previous universe cycle) warn humans to beware those who would try to scam us in exactly such terms. They warn that other hyper-advanced aliens (who, by the way, do have physical bodies) might try to confuse humans with short shrift about a disembodied aggregate. In other words, watch out for aliens who might try to foist convenient religious misconcepts on humans; watch out for colonizers or more advanced hyperversal aliens who may try to assert that their individual or population’s pretensions are equal to the nature and capabilities of the “whole,” the entire universe.

Again, we’ve been advised to think critically. Don’t just accept whatever you’re told. Think it through carefully. Community of mind certainly exists and is premised on non-local qualities. Numerous humans can attest to experience of the sort. Aliens think and define themselves in terms that are less “physical” than those of the old, 20^th century human mind.

Nonetheless, use your common sense. Unless you’re equal to all the mind(s) of all who ever lived, you merely communicate within a larger continuum; you aren’t equal to it.

According to our new topological model, non-singular definitions are better and more comprehensive. Because they’re defined in terms of universal parameter, they extend far beyond any one, single object. They can hyper-dimension into more than one place at a given time like the physics of the negative-cycling quantum vacuum around us.

In the 19^th and 20^th centuries, a basic test for scientific models was that of “Occam’s razor.” It went as follows: if a model or theory is reduced to its simplest terms, does it make sense? If Occam’s metaphorical razor is used to cut the basic facts away from all else, does the model still hold? In a sense, our new model stands Occam’s razor on its head.

Now, we’re able to think in terms of a kind of “Occam’s hyper.” Occam’s hyper would cut down on a much deeper level where negative-cycling quantum phenomena are both non-local, and inter-dimensioned. When we use “Occam’s hyper” to sort out truth from illusion, we model phenomena in both large-scale and small-scale terms, at the same time. To do so essentially pulls a phenomenon apart and requires that we clock it on both the universal scale and on the micro scale. We include both clocks, which hyper-dimension toward infinity (albeit not infinitely) via negative energy fluctuations that tie them together neatly, precisely.

This essentially loops sub-quantum negative energy fluctuations that produce Bearden’s Dt into the inclusive, universal passage of time, not merely a local measurement. “Negative energy” fluctuations exist all around us and can’t be eliminated from our models, as was done during the 20^th century. Twentieth century models relied on local measurement of time drawn in isolation from universal hyper-dynamics. Twentieth century theorists failed to model the movement of energy in space in terms of the expansion of the universe, which is partly premised upon, and therefore must also include, a negative-cycling of the universe into or through black holes (i.e. both clocks fluctuating in hyperspace). In short, ours is a black hole–white hole model that allows us to sort out observations using a kind of “Occam’s hyper,” rather than a razor.

To recap, a topological model of mind allows for greater recall and creative new alternatives. It permits communities of mind that accommodate all, with certain limitations in the case of offenders. This occurs for one, most important reason:

honesty expands and connects within extra dimensions, while corrupted minds tend to collapse within themselves due to singular defects of character. The self-imposed limitations of corrupted minds form a kind of event horizon that confines them, and, over time, can keep them from distorting more honest others. According to Dr. Sue Arrigo, who says she worked to disrupt a Rockefeller CIA faction involved in crimes against humanity, “The Akashic records (simple, precise truth) will become the basis of people’s decision making because so many people have tapped into it. Those records are without bias or flaw. The decisions that come out of union with them have certainty of result.” (from “Secrets of the CIA’s Global Sex Slave Industry” by Dr. Sue Arrigo)

Finally, a topological model allows for finer, more complex interconnectedness of consideration. It allows us the simple space needed to consider inter-alien unknowns,

as opposed to old, singular notions of mind that tend to degrade into redundant mimicry. A topological model points toward new social definitions and advanced hyper-dynamics that allow for the existence of hyper-condensed, collective entities—vastly more capable mind(s) that fold meanings back into and through themselves in nearly instantaneous ways so that a greater variety of implications can be conveyed.

                           Hyperversals: a New Category of Aliens?

For years now, human contactees have written about a category of extraterrestrials who so greatly exceed aliens like the grays, for example, that descriptions sometimes fall short. Such aliens have been described as “non-physical” or hyper-dimensional. In Jim Marrs’ book Alien Agenda, government-trained remote viewers reported that such aliens are physical but originated during a succession of previous universe cycles (something like a previous universe, but not exactly). Instead, according to such reports, they’re all part of the same, overall universe. In order for that to be possible, the universal continuum, itself, would have to be much older than 13.7 billion years.

Cosmologists have toyed with the idea of a re-cycling universe, yet until articles about negative energy and marginally faster-than-light physics were published during recent years a re-cycling universe was largely considered impossible. All evidence pointed toward one tiny singularity at the beginning of time. From such perspective, there could have been nothing before that first zero moment. The problem with such models was that they were all based on scant knowledge about black holes, in the first place.

More recently, the notion of a multiverse–a succession of interconnected, or inter-dimensioning universes–has been advanced by cosmologists. String theorists suggest that a previous “brane,” a sheet-like fabric of time existing in a previous universe, could have connected with our “brane” to cause the current universe to form. US science journals are fairly conservative when speculating about a multiverse, preferring to limit their articles to sketchy notions about a fifth dimension, or mathematical models of extra dimensions (i.e. “branes” as some string theorists call them).

Non-US magazines like New Scientist discuss multiversal possibilities more freely, i.e. Marcus Chown’s excursions into the subject. See Michio Kaku’s article about escaping to another universe at www.prospect-magazine.co.uk/article_details.php?id=6701  In New Scientist, a British scientist argued that a new model of physics could be premised on a more flexible notion of time, alone. Yet another suggested that during a previous universe cycle, aliens endangered by waning energy conditions could have engineered a new universe into being. He didn’t suggest how they might have done so, but theorists like Steven Hawking have suggested that by manipulating the energy vs. negative energy status of a black hole, a kind of white hole could conceivably be created. In short, the old Einstein limit could be exceeded.

Hawking theorized that particles or quanta (discrete packets of energy) could escape from a black hole if “negative energy” fluctuations caused by “tidal shifts” within a black hole were to allow particles to briefly exceed the speed of light and escape the black

hole—provided, of course, they slowed down for an equally brief time after escaping the event horizon.

For years Hawking bet colleagues that no information, no recognizable pattern within such quanta, could escape a black hole. Then, in 2004, Hawking reversed himself and admitted that he’d probably lost the bet. New models showed that information (a kind of order) contained within what goes into a black hole, could escape from a black hole, although Hawking suggests that we might not be able to decipher it, given the mainstream assumption that there are no faster-than-light physics (an assumption that aliens say is incorrect).

So, although theorists like Hawking still debate whether we might be able to see a “naked” singularity (a physically detectable black hole that somehow exceeds its event horizon), the question of whether black holes have a measurable “memory,” of sorts, has now come into scientific play. The possibility that information can somehow be cycled through black holes is now discussed by recognized theorists. (See Scientific American, Nov. 2004) This has far-reaching implications.

For example, as was noted earlier, if, toward the end of a given universe cycle

(its habitable stability) aliens were to coordinate their actions universally, they could post electrogravity/magnetogravity craft near all black holes in the universe in order to extend a universe cycle. By sharply tilting the energy vs. negative energy balance of all such black holes at the same time, they could cause them to “bleed into” a white hole, a new universe. *Alternatively, they could orient all of their technology so that the universe cycle is continually being renewed, although it would have discrete event horizons.

Remember Tom Bearden’s reciprocity discussed in earlier pages? It says that when light converges from three different directions along three different axes so that it cancels out, the energy bleeds into electrogravity—and conversely, if electrogravity converges so that it cancels out, it bleeds back into light waves. Believe it or not, that may be a crude approximation of a recipe for creating a new universe (or extending an old one). It would require direct manipulation of negative and alternate cycle phenomena. By posting drone ships near black holes (massive reservoirs of negative energy) while removing all participating aliens to contained craft far out in space, a “new” universe cycle could be effected. Different kinds of electrogravity (and related phenomena) would have to be modeled and manipulated to sustain discrete structures of space and quanta in an extended universe cycle. A civilization intent on doing so might wait until this universe nears the end of its habitability. To do so would be a major feat and would have enduring political and ecological implications. Alternatively, the universe could be re-cycled continuously (with discrete energy horizons). For example, hyperversal aliens see black holes as alternate-cycle phenomena that can connect and shape the universe maginally faster than light. If we use Tom Bearden’s equation, the mass inside a black hole isn’t mass in the old sense, at all. Instead, it’s Δt — a change, or fluctuation, of time (hyperversals call it “alt t”). So, it isn’t a question of what is inside of black holes, but is, instead a question of how all such phenomena interdimension with their surroundings.

Presumably, only aliens with advanced electrogravity and alternate-cycle technology would be able to effect such a re-integration. And where would they get such technology? It might have been created by aliens who shielded themselves to survive the shock and radiation of supernovas and hyper-novas (when black holes combine). It could have been refined by aliens who moved to small, icy planets where an electrogravity and magneto-gravity field was used to contain and stabilize an atmosphere to allow for habitation. It would have been further refined when aliens modeled how a galaxy’s alternate-cycle energy affected the entire universe.

Apparently, “magnetogravity” is another kind of destructive interference (like that of the TR-3B involving high-energy fields or plasmas that are spun around at high r.p.m.’s through toroidal, or circular, tubes). Magnetogravity is now reportedly produced by black budget labs in the United States. See “Classified Advanced Antigravity Aerospace Craft Utilizing Back-engineered Extraterrestrial Technology” on Richard Boylan’s website. Magnetogravity simply converges and destructively interferes the magnetic fields that curve and bend around the flow of electricity. *This can be modeled neatly. Scientists use the “right hand rule” to model how magnetism flows around electrical current. Here’s what they mean: if you hold your right hand up–thumb pointing to your nose and fingers closed half-way toward your palm, the thumb points in a direction that electrical current flows, while the curled fingers show the way magetism always curls around the flow of current. So, it’s always the right hand rule: current flows like the direction of your thumb, while magnetism (a warping of the space around the current) simultaneously curves and flows around the current–like your fingers.

*There’s further irony in the fact that conventional current is represented by an arrow that flows from the positive terminal of a circuit toward the negative terminal, as though the positive “charges” flow in that direction. Meanwhile, what we call “real current” is the flow of electrons that go in the opposite direction. “Real current” flows from a negatively-charged electron’s position in one atom to the positively charged empty hole in another atom. This subtle irony becomes important in superconductors (condensed state physics) and the weirdness of negative energy relationships. Rather than being a simple, linear flow, we see a more complex multiple flow (and convergence) of electrons, empty holes where electrons were, and a subtle bending of space around the current (which is what we call magnetism).

Magnetogravity suggests that even more-advanced, reverse engineered technologies produced by humans tease the “strong force” out of the inner atomic nuclei of heavy “trans-uranic” elements like “Element 115” reported by Bob Lazar. All such technologies are premised on negative energy (or alternate) cycles and apparently involve destructive interference of combined sorts, plus navigation of a quick, steep gradient cycling between them (micro-fine uses are safe). *One alternative way of thinking about such technologies is that they’re based on a more advanced physics of “effects” rather than the “forces” of Bob Lazar’s model. Such effects can cohere on higher levels yet the social lessons that accompany such technologies haven’t yet been learned by this planet’s elites. That must be resolved before too much damage is done to this planet.

Initiation of a new (or extended) universe cycle would be awe-inspiring and beautiful but would be fraught with contradictions and the need for all advanced “hyperversal” aliens to agree on certain, basic conventions. Peaceful coordination on such a scale doesn’t just happen by itself. It would have to be accomplished. It would require humility, a shared vision of all participating aliens in the universe. All such aliens would have to reduce their numbers in order to continue into an extended universe cycle. Greed and violence would have to be overcome.

So, what would be the main theme among such beings? Once again, a shared ecology, not a piggish scramble for real estate. Living in an already inhabited, hyper-advanced universe, humans who think that greed is the best way to get ahead of the alien pack would be seen as weird, undesirable primitives. According to numerous aliens’ reports, larger precedent has already been set. Regimes of violent, classist greed are less able to maintain a survivable ecology. Entire planets “die,” at intervals. In some cases, they are manipulated toward such ends.

Those who suspect that this discussion about hyperversal aliens is headed in a certain direction are correct.

On May 6, 2004 one apprehensive population of hyperversal aliens (hyperversals) initiated explicit contact here, in no uncertain terms, by stating that, yes, they did originate during a previous universe cycle. As far as I know, this was the first time such aliens had gone semi-public in announcing their existence. Certain official sources here, on Earth, had previously hinted at such beings, i.e. in one rumored French government report and a US government report that Sgt. Clifford Stone saw while on active duty. *The French government has been less retarded than the US government in publishing its findings about aliens, i.e. the COMETA report prepared for the French defense ministry, and the year 2004 report “UFO’s, the Evidence” by Dr Jean Jacques Velasco, head of SEPRA, a sub-unit of the French equivalent of NASA.

Years earlier, an unusually advanced, non-IFSP alien had almost casually remarked, here, that Verdants are seen as efficient ciphers, scribes who tend to, and compile data that more advanced aliens can later draw upon. This was stated in passing, but was starkly different in character from previous aliens’ remarks. At the time, we, humans, were trying to put what we were seeing into larger, coherent perspective, so I assumed that the given alien was either unusually presumptuous or that something was going on that far exceeded Verdants. There had been other remarks of the sort, statements that coolly and confidently put the Verdants in their place, as though the alien(s) making the statements had large-scale insights of some unknown sort.

For example, one day several years ago while I lay awake in bed, the more advanced (than Verdant) aliens demonstrated their capabilities by seeming to change both the nature and the order of time, its very structure, right before me as I lay, eyes closed but «watching” attentively! *Years later, another hyper-advanced alien explained that they had simply looped time in more complex ways. For years prior to the event, I’d interacted with aliens closer on the evolutionary scale to humans, so I wasn’t one to be unduly impressed by basic, off-world capabilities and electrogravity/magnetogravity. But the looped-time incident was vivid and deliberate, far beyond the capabilities of gray/IFSP aliens (a fact that gray/IFSP aliens seemed to acknowledge later) and was done to make a statement of some sort. It took the lid off of the Verdant-imposed ceiling over humankind. Apparently, there were more advanced others of some sort.

Back to the morning of May 6, 2004—years afterward… I awoke on May 6 after experiencing sleep interruptions done by IFSP-related aliens when someone such as myself stands out for criticizing their activities. The night before I’d been involved in an argument during which, as an aside, I firmly, but reluctantly warned “grays” that humans have a right to defend against the type of scheme that appears to have killed the original

gray planet and furthered Verdant predations there. Being a critic of Verdant

provocations, I felt it necessary to state a basic truth about the human predicament.

For years, I had argued the grays’ case regarding Verdants while investigating the manipulated-conflicts scheme that alien sources say Verdants imposed on the original gray planet, which led to its death. I’m seen as unusual for having done so. More noteworthy, of course, are the efforts of alien individuals who go out of their way to report on the subject. My investigations into Verdant doings are more explicit than thoseof most humans. In part, this stems from ongoing help and information offered by

sympathetic, non-IFSP aliens, some of which is noted in previous chapters.

Again, on the night of May 5, 2004 I’d warned grays that humans could logically be expected to use lethal force to ward off abductors working a takeover and possible planet-killing scheme here. It was the first time I’d “spoken” so bluntly, and I discerned that various aliens attending to the exchange felt that a critical threshold had been reached.

Little did I know who would respond, later…

Early the next morning, I was awoken and critiqued (the usual kind of communicated exchange) by a hyper-advanced alien I’d previously criticized for acting like “the boy in the bubble” when offering comments from highly advanced, yet idealized remove from the Verdants’ scheme here. The hyper-advanced alien was clearly more evolved than a Verdant yet seemed to loft any argument about Verdants into cryptic, large-scale terms, attributing a seemingly round quality to such considerations. Given Verdant violations here, I’d expected more trenchant legal distinctions, at least some acknowledgement that humans have valid grievances.

Then, quite unexpectedly, the given alien admitted that his population had evolved before what humans call the Big Bang!  He also hinted that the current universe cycle had been engineered, or somehow extended. It was a semi-public admission that life had existed in great number during an earlier phase of a longer universe cycle. In short, if the report is correct, the universe is much older than a mere 13.7 billion years. Then, in order to demonstrate that the story was told in earnest, the alien opened up the entire context of previous, related advanced demonstrations, noting that they were the work of his kind. The experience had the same depth, a different feel from the coarser, more crudely framed Verdant doings.

Later that day, someone in the hyperversal alien’s group showed a graphic “visual” record of how it was for them to sit in a contained hyper-environment as our current-cycle universe was initiated (or extended) billions of years ago. In the visual, a crowd of aliens stood within a large, contained space. Containing them overhead was a large orb-shaped, electrogravity/magnetogravity-effected membrane at a time when the old universe was extended into a new cycle. *The membrane probably also utilized deeper, alternative fluctuations than mere electrogravity and magnetogravity.

The subject was treated with deep gravity, a most somber message. Those who witnessed it were awed; we’d never imagined anything like it. The best approximation would be to imagine that you live on a small planet or a very large, rounded, artificial «craft» at the exact moment when a big supernova, or worse yet, a hypernova occurs (caused by merging black holes), which would kill everyone, were they not shielded.

In the hyperversal aliens’ graphic, a momentous, apprehensive pause ensued as they watched the dome above rush with a muted red-orange color: some vast, cataclysmic event described as the extension of a previous universe cycle. It resembled the contained weathering of a supernova/hypernova and appeared to involve fades of the given aliens’ bodies, like those seen by Alec Newald on a Haven alien craft when it traveled at

faster-than-light speeds. Tense, eerie quiet ensued, a collective pause of an extraordinary sort as the moments passed.

Of course, humans found this profound and deep with implications. It was a day that one remembers for life, a marker that could redefine a number of basic assumptions.

Nonetheless, we were on the watch for fawning, simplistic tendencies, the inability of some humans to maintain their critical acumen beyond such a threshold. Although it was a profound moment in human-alien interactions, I later walked the hyperversal who initiated the contact through a series of questions.

Mindful of the context in which the given alien had initiated explicit, open contact as a hyperversal (not using that word, of course) at a moment surrounding remarks about  human defense against the Verdant IFSP scheme, I mentioned the above-noted human “direct operatives” (one a Swiss-French arms manufacturer and former mutual funds owner in the US, the other a leading Jewish financier in Europe) who reportedly further the IFSP scheme here. The hyperversal alien suggested that I shouldn’t verge on the notion of violence toward grays. Apparently a non-sexual of a seemingly gentle sort, he suggested that the gray story was a complicated one that merited deeper, moderated reserve. I said I hadn’t advocated harming the grays but had argued otherwise for years, mindful of the Verdant-related debacle that killed the grays’ home planet, causing the grays to lose the only mature, naturally evolved biome that may ever be allowed them. Due to the disaster, some grays are perpetual guest-dependents tasked by Verdants.

The hyper-advanced alien who initiated contact is part of a population I tentatively referred to as the –X_3’s ( “-“ for negative energy users, “X” for hyperversals, and “₃” for the fact that they don’t merely work via a positive-negative energy scheme, but appear to have refined a third, more complicated dynamic). The -X₃ alien/spokesperson replied that a human collective premise will arrive at some vaguely gray-like status, over time, irrespective of short-term human choices. I countered that –X₃ fails to make basic, legal distinctions, that –X₃’s cohort population isn’t actively engaged here, nor is –X₃’s cohort doing basic, day-to-day physical duty here. One of –X₃’s related associates, using a staged Verdant-like filter, countered that I, myself, am not yet “effective” in correcting certain problems here (human violence, inequality, etc)—it appeared to be a hint about

-X₃ involvement with Verdants. I countered that further time is necessary to propagate and evolve a more advanced planetary basis to correct such problems.

I said Verdants propagate conflict, essentially enslaving grays through lies, deception and destruction that allows a partly corrupt, overgrown population of sexuals (the Verdants) to lead nonsexuals (grays), which could be dangerous. –X₃ replied glibly and without detail, saying that humans would arrive at some collective premise, anyway–perhaps rationalizing that violently schemed Verdant ends justify the means. At this juncture, other aliens, some of a hyperversal character, offered critiques of –X_3.  It was greatly helpful, in that we, humans, were over our heads in a subject about which we knew little.

I tentatively refer to the hyperversals who criticize –X₃ as –X_n’s (_n for a possible extra integer and/or character). The –X_n’s appeared to be another group or a counter-posed hyperversal faction either equal to, or more advanced than  –X₃. Again, one must remember that during the waning phase of a previous universe cycle, there would have been many advanced aliens, some of different origins from different systems. Some would now be more independent-minded, more rigorous in their thinking than others from collectives that might, at times, favor the generalizations of a given community.

–X_n said that –X₃’s group had directed Verdants to our location in the Milky Way, effectively aiding the Verdants in initiating activities here. –X_n also noted that –X₃’s group deliberately informs Verdants of the location of some newly technological planets like our own, hence –X₃’s group apparently rationalizes that some planets will be killed (which could conceivably accommodate –X₃’s cohorts). One or more of the –X_n’s added that some of –X₃’s associates do so as a deliberate strategy. At this juncture, –X₃ was listening attentively and had ample opportunity to correct -X_n if this were untrue, but he didn’t, which may be tacit admission that the allegation was correct.

In alien community-of-mind communications, honesty isn’t merely optional, it is required because dishonesty is easily detectable and lacks coherence, hence dishonesty has a failed, more seemingly physical, anatomical character. Honesty is more intelligent because it connects on a larger, finer scale through shared, scientific transparency, even if, at times, honesty may feel uncomfortable. However, when an alien community of mind like the one that includes –X₃ interacts with an exploitative population like Verdants, and when the combination interacts with humans, lies, deception and low-order propaganda (plus other diversions) can creep into the aliens’ behavior. They may try to rationalize it in terms of information control, but it shows that some advanced alien communities have very real problems.

As was later pointed out by one of the -X_n ‘s, hyperversals like -X₃ are clearly physical and have water-based bodies. –X₃ himself was shown to have whitish skin and a large, fairly rounded head. He/they are bipedal, with two eyes and a body that’s sturdier than a gray. He appears to be taller than a gray. His elbow and knee joints are notably rounded, more circular and sturdy than are those of a gray. However, the message had an overly deliberate, prototypical feel to it. One fleeting quote asserted that hyperversals of the sort can live “11 million years,” which contrasts with the (mere) 20,000 years that Verdants reportedly live. One hyperversal stated hyperversals like –X₃ had to change, in part, to a lighter elemental composition in order to ride out and survive into an extended universe cycle. Whether this involved selectively using electrogravity to simply remove heavy elements, or a more complex genetic strategy, I can’t say.

–X₃ and the -X_n ‘s both defer to, and appear to interact with, a host of other hyperversal aliens. Indeed, some of the other hyperversals are so advanced that they challenge one’s notion of possibilities. For example, one (or more) of them later demonstrated an ability to pose what would happen, or would have happened were a human (myself, in this case) to have chosen unwisely/unecologically at a given moment. In an awesome display, the hyperversal (not -X₃, by the way) drew upon a variety of time horizons, of sorts, to quickly show various outcomes that would happen to me were a variety of bad choices to be made. The strange part of the demonstration was that it appeared to bend time around, to reach both back and forward in time, in order to do so–across a multiplicity of event horizons. No Verdant has demonstrated such a capability, to my knowledge.

More importantly, the other, more advanced (than –X₃) populations appear to be more capable than –X₃ and are more finely, deeply integrated into the continuum. Some of their existence and doings appear to dimension right through us and our surroundings, in that other universe cycles appear to either echo through ours via different directions in time or co-exist with us–with much larger implications. Perhaps some readers have witnessed intelligent manifestations of hyperversal consciousness communicating implications of right and wrong, good ecology and analysis vs. bad. The reason why readers may have witnessed such is that hyperversals can both ghost, and see through,

the activities of lesser aliens. They can do so without leaving much trace. Their capabilities leave one thinking that the old notion of physical limits is a most specious pretension. We all inter-dimension, apparently, hence some of our old 20th century conventions are inadequate.

Again, to return to that first May 6, 2004 interaction with hyperversals: Mindful of my concerns about recent IFSP manipulations in US history, –X₃ posed that presidents Kennedy and Johnson were simply (in context of the 1965 Indonesian genocide and the US assassinations) tools of elitist indifference, a failed violent strategy. I countered that Verdant-related Biderman-DuPonts were among the worst of same, to begin with (this is widely, specifically known off-world, hence I wasn’t dropping a new idea into the mix). Later –X₃ allowed that the Verdants could be wrong in their strategy, of course. At the time, I was looking for diversity of origin and outlook among –X₃’s group after various other hyperversals’ critiques had been noted, which was encouraging. –X₃ argued that the grays played a vital role in introducing humans to advanced concepts, collective considerations and genetic/nonsexual considerations, etc. I countered that our non-destructive, non planet-killing neighbors may do that better without mobbing up the

situation in self-interested, colonial fashion.

I argued that our best strategy is to reduce population and work toward a better ecology than Verdants exemplify. I argued the concept of basic, universal law (laws common to all societies), allowing for evolution and regeneration in some cases. In reply, –X₃ tended toward generality and bland remarks that we would ultimately arrive at collective reckonings, anyway. –X₃ said we don’t need to kill grays (for whom –X₃’s associates have some liabilities), that, instead, we can prevail through informed awareness.

Two or more other –X_n’s critiqued the given –X₃, who I accused of failing to make basic distinctions about Verdant mass crimes against humans.

One sharply worded –X_n critique of -X₃ fleshed out -X₃’s reasoning and said that if we (a larger, non-Verdant convention) were to correct Verdants and cohere on a larger scale, we would be “more capable” because “we would (potentially) be able to return to” an extended universe cycle. At the time –X_n was dimensioning through and elucidating the truth of –X₃’s argument. This was an important point. –X₃ was thus posed as having assumed that the Verdant scheme would foul our collective large-scale convention, disallowing our large-scale capability and preventing us from enduring into an extended universal cycle. *It also suggested a possible relationship between -X₃ and –X_n’s.

Wary of any –X₃ assumption that might condemn humans to failure, I followed up on the subject at intervals. Later, one alien associated with –X₃ asked (re Verdants): “Do you know what they later become?”–hinting that the IFSP may be tasked with extended universe cycle duties–after Verdants have evolved considerably. This kind of thinking assumes, de facto, that mega-populations (like some hyperversals) have some common characteristics. Basic issues surrounding mega-populations will be discussed in a later chapter.

Other hyperversals attending to the exchange noted that by using a hybrid intermediary (who seems to have some human characteristics), X₃ had previously argued that any use of electrogravity (and magnetogravity, also) here by recently evolved aliens took away from –X₃’s associates’ potential duration, dimming the minds/lifetimes of their progeny by shortening the duration of their calculated cycle. The individual was trying to argue that excess use of electrogravity/magnetogravity would endanger the sensitivities of yet more-advanced hyperversals.

This was done with a melodramatic flare, as though a hyperversal child would be endangered, dimmed out at a vulnerable time. Knowing that Verdants squander vast amounts of energy at the expense of other peoples, I preferred to wait for better, more scientific evidence. Later, what appeared to be a less dogmatic hyperversal admitted that if humans were to opt for a conventional energy strategy, coupled with tightly limited, fine-scale use of electrogravity, such usage would threaten hyperversals no more than a falling stone on a mountain might threaten a human on this planet.

So, I raised the basic question: Can we not all share? Later, the next night, this opened up a remarkably coherent human-community consideration of the subject, which had drawn unusual attention, to say the least. I’m certain that hyperversals are a subject of intense official interest, given their implications regarding human contact with other aliens.

To help walk humans through the stiffly posed conundrum of –X₃’s first explicit

interactions here, one of the –X_n’s argued that –X₃ fails to dimension time as we all must, hence –X₃ argues a blandly generalized bias against this universe cycle’s lifeforms (this may have been reference to –X₃’s assumption that I tentatively thought that initiation of a “new” universe cycle might be deadly to some populations). In other words, were we all lumped into the undesirable category?

Again, taking time away from my normal work, I returned the conversation to questions of basic ecology, population reduction and non-violence–basic neighborly considerations. I had one lingering question about –X₃: whether other –X₃’s are “capable” of sorting out disputes in our neighborhood regarding the pending merger of the Milky Way-Andromeda community vs. the bizarrely manipulative Verdant scheme here. In this regard, –X₃ appears to be vulnerable to, and can be held to, basic honesty. We all agreed that life must be shared and respected, but –X₃’s premise and his group’s Verdant links throw a cruel, calculated bone into our situation. I would be remiss if I didn’t note that –X₃  may be but one hybrid used as an interface for human interactions regarding a larger variety of hyperversals. There appears to be thoughtful diversity among hyperversals.

So, is X₃’s premise elitist (although about commonality)? In response, –X₃ says he/they are more consistent than that. The question is open to further consideration, but the counterposed hyperversal’s report about the “more capable” and “return to” assumption lingers. In other words, among some hyperversals is there a kind of bias against recently evolved aliens? –X₃ and his associates may not be able to see the present, all-of-time implications of indirectly propagating Verdant crimes while not adequately exposing them to organize a better collective response.

*About 18 months after I first learned about hyperversals, a –X_n hyperversal stated that one apparent leader in the given hyperversal security section is from a large elliptical galaxy. Beginning on 9-20-05, there were indications–direct statements by hyperversals, that those hyperversals who support the Verdant expansion are part of a group of three hyperversal regimes (later specified as working on a group of three elliptical galaxies). This may be reference to the galaxies Centaurus A, our Milky Way-Andromeda elliptical-to-be, and one other, i.e. possibly N5102–a dwarf elliptical called the Lenticular Galaxy in the Centaurus A galaxy group (the group where Verdants originate). *N5102 is only .214 times the apparent size of Andromeda. At various junctures there had been cryptic indications that hyperversals living in or tasked to the large elliptical galaxy Centaurus A (neighboring the Verdants) were among the “three ellipticals” security section—I had noted the one leader, in particular, on numerous occasions. One hyperversal posed as a –X_n later said the security section hyperversal had essentially been “in his retirement garden” when a disturbance threatened the planned stability of his (home or assigned) galaxy. In other words, the given “three ellipticals” hyperversal who tends to the Verdants could, conceivably, have had mixed sentiments about how Verdants were later steered outward into other galaxies. *I’ll refer to this (presumably Centaurus A) hyperversal and his security section in later pages. Over time we’ve seen that there are ties between the above-noted hyperversals that eluded my first assessment.

That first graphic representation of a three ellipticals project (replete with images of

hyperversal-created hybrid aliens posed above the extended, opposing top and bottom central black hole vortices of three vague galaxies) was intended to inform us about the social and ecological implications of merging galaxies. There were conspicuously prototypical aspects to the graphic, as though we’re seen as a trainer case set against a more complex backdrop of larger mega-populations. The hybrids posed in the graphic look like a cross between Larry Warren’s reported Bentwaters triangle aliens and Billy Meiers’ purported photo of an alien in a helmet visiting Mars (very alien-looking aliens).

Comments by hyperversals critical of the “three ellipticals” interaction with Verdants  suggest that such hyperversals can see a logic in throwing off the IFSP’s scheme here, which has limited, if not conditional backing, at best. The hyperversal «security section» cited for working on three ellipticals may be the cosmic equivalent of a sewer squad containing some offenders who, in yet another twist of the universal ecology, must be bundled together away from more gentle, constructive others. When it’s all seen from above, we can see that the most dangerous elements can’t be allowed to just wander off wherever they want to go. Ugly as it may seem, in some ways they’re all part of the same basic tendency. The “three ellipticals” hyperversal faction clearly supervises –X₃, which suggests that –X₃ is a lesser dependent, if not an engineered prototype, of the “three ellipticals” hyperversals. In a sense, –X₃ appears to be a genetically designed prop.

The Verdants’ disproportionate number and their abuse of vulnerable peoples suggests that –X₃ and the “three ellipticals” faction have failed to curb an epic offender, if indeed they ever intended to do so in the first place (although they may have a multi-faceted policy re Verdants). At present, Verdants seem to have reached or exceeded their sustainable limit, yet they continue to reproduce sexually and intrude upon, then deprive lesser populations of resources. The Verdant case, coupled with –X₃’s compromised posture, suggests that along this edge of the Virgo supercluster –X₃’s associates may not be as effective as more mature hyperversals are elsewhere. The inference owes to Verdants’ predatory habits and sheer, inflated greed.

Question remains as to whether a kind of deal was struck with Verdants, one that may be regarded as having compromised our neighboring populations. Verdants and the “three ellipticals” faction (includes –X₃) may do a limited kind of trade with each other. Worse yet, at times –X₃ appears to view recently-evolved populations in basically prototypical terms in that  –X₃ sometimes lapses into a coldly distanced forgetfulness about his own essentially animal “nature” and origins. Sometimes, this seems infantile.

On the other hand, the –X_n’s timely ability to counter certain –X₃ assumptions offers some hope (although some –X_n’s may simply be related, counterposed hyperversals). However, such hope is only as good as is the human ability to transcend the Verdant scheme, which, at the moment, has assumed epic proportions. In other words, humans are caught within a kind of fail-safe duality: we either overcome the animal tendencies of our most corrupt, planet-destroying elites (among the worst of whom are “direct” IFSP operatives, reportedly) or we could easily perish. Apparently, more advanced populations don’t leave much room for upstart primitives to propagate outward.

By reportedly infiltrating human elites with corrupt IFSP “direct operatives,” as one

hyperversal alien referred to them, the “three ellipticals” faction has distorted the entire equation here. At this juncture, a counter-posed alien said that –X₃ and his controllers consider all current cycle aliens primitive, if not dangerously undesirable, hence their prototypical treatment of humans as a people. *In March of 2007, a “three ellipticals hyperversal” stated that the defining perspective among his peers is that the original gray planet died when (or after) grays attempted to use scalar technologies as weapons. The remark came long after humans had begun to question whether the “three ellipticals” faction was on-scene during the IFSP’s intervention on the gray planet. In 2007, an older, possibly independent hyperversal suggested that some of the “three ellipticals” hyperversals now here in our vicinity witnessed the death of the old, gray planet.

In view of the above, we need to develop a better human awareness of basic

hyper-dynamics, the actual history and implications of a deeply inhabited universe. For example, given the aloofness and prototypical mindset of the “three ellipticals” faction, we may need to field a tighter legalistic, more deeply communicated collective response to Verdant-like abusers of the local ecology. On the other hand, the simple existence of secure hyperversal communities has implications that could transcend the Verdants’ fear-mongering predations.

On balance, this and other evidence for the existence of advanced, hyperversal aliens suggest that we live in a universe that is smarter than had previously seemed possible.

As for myself, I’m but one small part of a community of like-minded others who study such situations closely. I’m impressed by the smooth, attentive humility of the many humans who witnessed the above, the clean, clear way that collective human reasoning has developed in such regard. Note: in the fall of 2005, one counter-posed hyperversal stated that due to the nature of the interactions to which I am party, at least “30,000” humans and others “have to” keep track of the interactions, to some extent. Given the fact that such interactions stand out in semi-public profile due to ongoing alien inputs, I’m not surprised to hear such a number. In years past, had I foreseen what is now happening here and elsewhere on this globe, I would have marveled at the ordered, humble clarity with which such events have occurred, the absence of weirdly backward human interlocuters. Curiosity seems to have gotten the better of them.

Even before hyperversal aliens manifested openly here, I had suggested that it’s meaningless for humans to re-invent the stone, so to speak. Instead, I encouraged people to pick up in terms of the best and most advanced of all contemporary aliens (anywhere) and try as best we can to not go back, thereafter. Apparently, the lessons of other kinds aren’t lost on us.

I should note that information in this book hasn’t come to me easily. Instead, it followed after years of struggle—direct IFSP deceptions and misrepresentations. In the process, I’ve endured spats, both with IFSP aliens and with a contingent of –X₃-related others

(i.e. hybridized intermediaries, and the “three ellipticals” faction) who at times try to

steer humans into the Verdant fold.

The –X₃-related contingent’s prime, stated reason for doing so? To effect a human change from sexual reproduction to non-sexual in order to put humans on a more ecological footing.

During the course of various discussions, political and scientific information sharing,

and more, I was shown that grays used what Bearden calls “scalar weapons” utilizing some combination of negative energy fluctuations to kill dozens of US soldiers

who attempted to prevent some grays from escaping captivity in an underground

US base some years back. This was demonstrated through slight amplification of an electrogravity/magnetogravity field inside my own head, while a friendly non-IFSP alien commented on the process, saying that the grays escaped by psychotronically coordinating an energy weapon activated from outside, not by simply using their thought waves. The case is widely known. I felt sharp pain due to sudden pressure pushing outward from within all of my brain structure. On another occasion, what appeared to be a hybrid working for “three ellipticals” hyperversals used electrogravity to put a kind of Dt freeze on my liver function, causing mild pain there for days after I’d mentioned that the Verdant strategy toward Earth smacked of “a war-like tactic.” I was advised to discontinue remote probing of the Verdants’ main ship while a “potentially lethal” use of energy was being directed toward me. I held off for about 10 days. I should note that, at the time, I was smack in the middle of sharply worded, direct exposures of Verdant doings here, which proved extremely embarrassing for them–exposures partly informed by non-IFSP aliens. Two years later, a “three ellipticals” hyperversal used a roundly, technologically effected field of energy targeting my left ear to cause a hearing and balance disorientation (a hyperversal even commented about it) after I’d shown other humans how good humans exceed the marginally corrupt constraints of the “three ellipticals” faction. This was done to intimidate and discourage me (it didn’t work).

By April of 2007 after years of interactions with various hyperversals, it was apparent that -X₃ is but a dependent of the “three ellipticals” hyperversal faction. –X₃ may be one of relatively few hybrids specially designed to work the human-gray context. I’ve been disappointed to see that -X₃ doesn’t seem to have an independent, mature perspective, in a larger sense. Instead, he appears to be both controlled and tasked by the “three ellipticals” faction. He’s been seen taking orders and doesn’t seem to be responsible for the structure and decision-making of the hyperversal group that he depends on. –X₃ seems to lack some trenchant critical thinking skills, as is sometimes the case in oversized megapopulations that exercise psychotronic and genetic controls over lesser members. Such groups can be heavy on propaganda and sometimes incapable of comprehending good, external critiques. I discuss the subject in later pages. –X₃’s first contact here appears to have been ancillary to a larger group’s initiative, and may even be their attempt to either pre-empt another alien group’s initiative, or to offer at least some marginally apologetic background for humans to consider, given Verdant attempts to exploit humankind as Verdants did the grays, thousands of years earlier. –X₃’s associates aren’t innocent in such doings.

The relationship between the “three ellipticals” faction and counter-posed hyperversals like those I tentatively call –X_n’s needs to be explored further. They are certainly familiar with each other, which suggests that the given hyperversal aliens’ strategy here isn’t as simple and obvious as humans might surmise, initially.

Now that I can distinguish –X₃ related communications from those of other aliens, I’ve come to see that the “three ellipticals” faction (includes–X₃) can be highly manipulative. They prefer to appear to remotely ghost the Verdants, in part to possibly give humans a direct, unmistakable taste of what the Verdant collective is like and could be expected to do if humans were to capitulate. In part, –X₃’s associates see a need to tend to the situation here and may even see the Verdants as useful for the “three ellipticals” resource strategy. Without a doubt, –X₃ and other hyperversals regard Verdants as being less evolved than hyperversals are. Hyperversals tend to act as though Verdants don’t pose a major risk to them.

Nonetheless, some hyperversals stress that humans shouldn’t act in ways that might allow Verdants remote entry to, hence the opportunity to copy, hyperversal technology for which the Verdants might not be responsible. The consequences could be fatal, both to humankind, and other populations, given previous Verdant offenses. Verdants didn’t grow so numerous through humility and moderation.

More importantly, hyperversals appear to live in or near every major galaxy in this universe. This has been stated over and over again by hyperversals. So, hyperversals probably trade with lesser empires/collectives like that of the Verdants. This poses a risk to humans because, should we fail, our system could conceivably be cannibalized by both Verdants and hyperversals, i.e. Verdants taking some nearby star systems where they’ve reportedly stationed their enclaves on provisional status, or the “three ellipticals” faction using other relic aspects of our system. To some this may seem a far-fetched assertion, yet aliens have repeatedly stated that a biological beauty like Earth is rare and coveted.

Given that hyperversals appear to inhabit and influence galaxies like our own, further

questions arise. For example, do “three ellipticals” hyperversals distance themselves from evolving populations like ours in order to insulate themselves from Verdant-like crimes against us? Do they distance themselves in order to avoid being asked for direct help in cases of conflict? If such were the case, they wouldn’t have to concern themselves with posing actual, physical aid to lesser populations. Hyperversals would be reluctant to do so, as is consistent with their plan to cultivate responsibility among younger populations, plus their need to veil as much of their technology and capacities from the greedy hands of aliens like Verdants. On the other hand, the “three ellipticals” faction’s affiliation with the IFSP strategy suggests that some hyperversals seek hierarchical control over emerging populations and their resources. All hyperversals firmly suggest that armed conflicts between worlds must be averted.

At times, I’ve detected a hint of genetic elitism among –X₃’s associates. Sometimes it almost seems as though their hyper-advanced technology allows them to coast along on autopilot. On other occasions, I’ve noted –X₃ and his “three ellipticals” overseers acting with a kind of “fill factor” presumption: the mistaken notion that they can scan out all of the intelligent implications in the space-time surrounding a situation like that of Earth. This can cause a hyperversal to lapse into self-centered, singular misconception, as though he/she occupies or is equal to all that he/she can access. In other words, a hyper-versal can confuse his or her awareness of the universe (inherently limited) with the larger universe, itself. It’s an easy mistake to make. There’s an illusory quality to time that we’re only beginning to understand, basic questions about the limits of a larger kind of out-of-body awareness. There are subtle event horizons that can easily deceive one.

As one counter-posed, hyperversal critic noted, some of  –X₃’s associates’ more distressing shortcomings can be attributed to their basic “biology,” their animal origins. The “three ellipticals” faction sometimes hews so closely to the Verdant routine that I must re-examine a given interaction to sort out which group was trying to stump humans and cause them to lapse into low-order, concretized notions of life: the “three ellipticals” section, or the Verdants? *Usually, it’s the “three ellipticals” section trying to pre-empt Verdants.

                                         Extending a Universe Cycle

If, as some hyperversals assert, they’ve participated in mobilizations to extend a universe cycle, it could have required some hard decisions. For example, from the perspective of our early 21st century science, all aliens intent on surviving such a feat might have had to retreat to remote regions of space before manipulating all known black holes, conceivably leaving the “mass” of some black holes to be used for structure within, and navigation into or around an extended universe cycle. They would move out to deep space before initiating a “new” cycle because it would be hot and dangerous near old concentrations of mass during early moments of a new cycle. The entire scheme could be configured on a galaxy/supercluster scale. In such a scenario, advanced aliens wouldn’t wait until the last moment to act. Instead, they would prepare in advance and would time their actions to reserve enough energy/time in a universe cycle to be able to extend or capture it within a longer continuity. That could, conceivably, require vast sums of energy/time (if we assume an integrated value for mass/energy and time, as does Bearden).

Our early 21st century scenario for initiating a “new” universe cycle (which one hyperversal later said was “naïve” and inaccurate) would involve tight security considerations. No upstart group of new populations could be allowed to disturb existing conventions for maintaining a healthy universal continuity. Advanced, hyperversal aliens would try to steer younger populations toward such conventions. Some hyperversals might try to pre-empt communications between younger populations in order to impose their preferences, which might cause resentment. Basic accords would be necessary, all in the name of the larger ecology.

However, advanced aliens with hyperspatial, technological understandings of science and faster-than-light translocations may not view the universe as we do, at all. Instead, after living for 10-15 billion years as mature, scientific societies they could develop a way to effect, or simply relocate within, a continuous regeneration of the universe. They might simply configure all that they do so that the universe regenerates continuously.

This raises one basic question. Why do we see discrete evidence that, over time, all stars and galaxies have dispersed such that they all trace back to a singularity (or singularities) in the same theoretical location some 13.7 billion years ago? It’s a cosmological conundrum, yet if we set aside our assumptions and allow for the fact that with advanced science and the ability to slip in and around event horizons, hyperversal aliens may simply view the universe differently than we do. On the one hand, their idea of the universe must be be more condensed, yet, at the same time, more airy and hyperspatial (cycling inwardly yet leaping categorically further outward). Indeed, it’s conceivable that over time, they must orient all their energy technologies to conform to a habitable continuity of negative and alternate-cycle fluctuations.

Much like the detachment that comes of war, the coldly calculated stratagems of some hpyerversal aliens could be emotionally scarring. This would be particularly noticeable in cases where a given hyperversal population’s history was unusually manipulative or destructive. It would be naïve to assume that all hyperversal aliens have overcome their faults. In other words, some of their energy and population strategies could strain the social fabric of both their own societies and other, affected populations. New populations like ours on Earth might see this as a cold shoulder, a deeply withdrawn, if not insular set of assumptions on the hyperversals’ part. Some hyperversal populations will have manipulated others toward mass extinctions or will have steered aggressive client

populations like the Verdants to do the same.

In short, the best and most intelligent sensitivities of some hyperversals have been challenged by the cruelties of larger circumstance and precedent. Ironically, those are exactly the kind of conditions that corrupt leadership tries to take advantage of. It would be dangerous to trust the lives of so many with but one universal regime. Instead, we can assume that peaceful diversity would be safer, due to diversity of origin and diversity of supercluster neighborhoods—assuming, of course, that hyperversal aliens see the same, far-flung kind of universe that we do. Their technology allows for a closer kind of interconnectedness.

The community of mind assumptions of a given hyperversal population might be difficult for some humans to understand. Some may wonder: how could numerous aliens share thoughts in a merged, community of mind manner? How could they all get along? From the old human perspective that might seem strange, yet if one were to begin, instead, from a community of mind perspective (being able to jointly share thoughts freely), the fearful, if not manipulative pitfalls of separate individuality might seem stranger. Concretized notions of individuality would seem bizarre, if not primitive—vastly less intelligent.

The hyperversal I call “-X₃” has made statements about universe cycle distinctions to be made regarding the distant future. -X₃ has asserted that hyperversals can best make necessary distinctions to prepare for, and conserve, an extended universe cycle. He/they seem to assume that recently evolved aliens may not know how to plan correctly. -X₃ argues that populations must be reduced and be able to merge or cohabit in order to extend a universe cycle. To some readers that may sound premature, as though it needn’t be a concern at the moment. To some hyperversals, however, it’s never too soon to begin planning correctly because a basic Δt/alt conservation must be maintained continuously. *After years of experience with hyperversals, I can report that if we assimilate within basic, evolving standards of nonviolence and nonviolation, they begin to treat us with an essentially benign, almost parental regard—which brings up a question: How do we, ourselves, regard younger groups who want to stalk about with dangerous weapons? Imagine a younger species doing that and you begin to get the flavor of how it seems to hyperversals.

Given the relatively minor, dependent status of -X₃ (in relation to a partly corrupt “three ellipticals” subculture), he may be simply telling us what they want us to hear. Some shaded half-truths and propaganda in his first explicit communications suggest that          -X₃’s early statements about re-cycling the universe may be incomplete. Coldly manipulative deceptions and diversions have stemmed from the “three ellipticals” section before. So, the truth may be that some populations like the “three ellipticals” subculture never quite learn how to reduce their numbers as other aliens might wish they would. Instead, they may prefer both a sexual and non-sexual, mixed strategy, and may assume that the universe can be recycled in ways that are more gradual, yet may seem precipitous from our relatively primitive perspective on astrophysics.

Since 2005, other hyperversals have suggested that recycling of the universe is a more continuous dynamic, although it involves rigorous ecological considerations. In our case,

by the time we merge with Andromeda some 3.5 billion years hence, we’ll be starkly different (probably of mixed alien composition) and will both map and model the “visible” universe differently. Our sense of vision will be remotely hyperspatial, as will our understanding of dark energy phenomena (like black holes and universal energy cycles). Humans are already developing remote sensitivities of the sort.

Hyperversals who are more advanced than -X₃’s associates pose a hopeful prospect, given that some of -X₃’s cohorts don’t seem to have a comprehensive grasp of some aspects of the universal dilemma at this stage in their evolution. *If other “three ellipticals” hyperversals have better models and understandings, they aren’t explicitly sharing them with us or they rely on what, to us, seems to be another faction to do so.

Despite corruption in cases like the “three elliptical” and Verdant subcultures, social evolution proceeds over time. From what is posed as a hard-line perspective of “three ellipticals” populations, only dominance hierarchies and strict manipulations can achieve a universal ecology. From the perspective of other, sometimes independent or variously aggregated hyperversals, the universe may sometimes be viewed in more cooperative, legalistic terms (transparent agreements between communities). Deeper interactions and shared ecology lead to larger conventions over time. So, even if some hyperversal populations fail to manage their numbers proportionally, all aliens must evolve and participate in universal conventions. We’re all bound by similar constraints.

How to locate aliens and “see” their electrogravity

First, get up to speed on telepathy and remote viewing (a brief exercise for doing so follows below). The alien version of remote sensing is faster and more versatile than the military-intelligence version we read about. Negative energy and electrogravity are important for understanding how a human can sit and nearly instantly access distant information (distant in time and space). For example, Russel Targ, PhD, says he trained hundreds of CIA employees how to remote view during the Cold War. Targ is a good, well-educated man, not a regime hack. His discussions of the subject are exemplary. A PhD in physics, Targ helped Lockheed develop a laser system used to detect wind shear at airports. He says you need to be able to make your mind blank–like a dark screen or a still, dark pool in order to do remote sensing. You must let the first image or impression simply pop into mind; don’t try to guess, speculate or rationally deduce. Instead, let your mind simply sense the remote object, or field of view, as it is.

Telepathy and remote viewing aren’t merely options for investigating alien-related subjects; they’re necessary for a basic understanding. Without being able to remotely check and verify at least some details, the student of such subjects might end up judging each reporter’s character, rather than the embedded quantum mechanical «memory» of such in space-time (which remote viewers regularly re-visit). The analogy of a hologram is often used to describe this aspect of remote viewing. The holographic analogy suggests that a memory, or trace recoverable aspects, of any event in the universe are somehow embedded in distant parts of space-time and are virtually connectable to all other locations. Strange as it may sound, that’s consistent with quantum physics.

Hence, even at a remote distance such information can be teased out using a simple  relationship between light and electrogravity. As Tom Bearden says, when light waves are converged to meet and cancel out along three different axes (i.e. x, y and z, although not always at right angles), they bleed into electrogravity. And, conversely, when electrogravity is converged so that it cancels out, it bleeds back into light waves. So there’s a reciprocal relationship between light and electrogravity–it underlies all inner, nuclear gravity. To make electrogravity, finely pulse and gently condition the energy and it happens—in your mind you vary how the mind’s many focii connect both outward and inward at the same time, you vary the pull or interaction with distant phenomena and/or categories. You cohere within a larger order. *Your brain has hundreds of trillions of atoms (focii) in it, each of which features numerous light phenomena when interacting.

Here’s a three-day exercise that can get you up to speed on remotely sensing aliens.

   DAY ONE

Remember, scientists write that human brainwave frequencies normally range from 5 to

30 hertz (they can go lower and higher). Brain waves of your resting, tranquil states are called extremely low frequency waveform, or e.l.f.’s that range from 5 to 11 hertz and can pass through solids easily. So, telepathy is easily possible in such ranges [remote sensing is probably partly “scalar,” because it fluctuates more deeply inward in that resting state (it cycles “negatively,” as such), while it also connects far outward at the same time].

Here’s a beginning exercise that I suggest often. Close your eyes and just relax. Clear your mind of all concerns. Make it a dark blank. Then raise your hand up and hold it near your head (eyes closed). Using the structure of the nerves in your brain (and elsewhere) try to sense that hand, not visually, but its energy fluctuations. In both e.l.f. and negative cycle terms, it will register faintly. Once it registers, move it slightly. You’ll be doing a kind of remote sensing of it (not visual, not through the arm’s wetware), and the movement vivifies the awareness. It’s as though every movement pulls on a deeper, more elastic sense of time, and fluctuations. *A more vivid example is to have someone hold a baby close to you when you have your eyes closed. Using the same methods, you’ll feel the baby’s radiant innocence. It’s one of the most vivid experiences of the sort.
What you’re actually doing is called «toh shi,» in the traditional Japanese sense of the word. *Russel Targ, PhD, taught hundreds in the CIA how to do this.

   DAY TWO

Step 2: Find a place near a wall or part of your house where there’s window glass, plus

metal and some wood or drywall (a kind of chalky stucco-like material in interior

walls). Now stand or sit nearby, and, using the nerves in your brain (not your eyes), «feel» the different areas, taking time to concentrate on one (i.e. the wood), then another

(i.e. glass), then others. What you’re doing is like tasting the elemental energy of each different material. If this is the first time you do it, you may not notice much of a difference today because it’s your first «taste» of each.

However, tomorrow, after you have a memory for how each «feels» in that sense, you should begin to notice that different kinds of materials feel different to remote sensing of the sort. Again, the Japanese call this toh shi. Different atoms in each material have a different spectrum and emit different kinds of energy, hence your ability to feel a kind of difference. Again, be sure to do this with your eyes closed so that you don’t confuse it with visual information.

You have to be able to make your mind a dark blank before trying to feel different materials in this way. Try it on different days, preferably later in the evening when you’re more settled and your brain can calm into those low frequency ranges. You’ll especially notice the contrasts between two different materials in your immediate scan. Then, when you begin to notice that you can sense the feel of different materials (stick to basics like wood, metal, plastic, etc.), you can move up to bigger tasks.

For example, pick a neighbor’s house and close your eyes, then feel inside to sense what materials are there. You’ll then sense their shape. Don’t try to guess or deduce; just let whatever you sense come into your mind. Try this at intervals later, with different enclosures or such. It’s effective over distances, ironically.

And finally, remember—remote sensing of the sort takes you into a more condensed kind of physics in which minds can meet and share, communicate and form agreements. So, go with a very social sense of the larger continuum, and be on your best behavior.

Before you begin on day three, you should allow a day for your first «taste» sensing, then

try it again the next day. An extra day helps.

   PART THREE –a whole different category

Part 3: If you’ve proceeded through the first two parts, this part is important. Again, psychologists note that when you begin to do remote sensing of the sort (or even if you merely think about an extra-sensory capacity), new dendrite connections grow in your brain between cells. Like when you learn a foreign language, it enhances intelligence.

If you’re comfortable with the previous exercises, now you should try sensing into buildings in order to do preliminary whole-body sensing of humans (their whole bodies).

Also, try sensing animals’ thoughts (fast but subtle imagery, feelings—birds are best to study because their fast, subtle movements and impulses are more akin to an alien’s idea of desired mind-impulse speed). To different sensers, humans will appear to have different energy features. Some sensers will immediately shift into a telepathic awareness of the individuals’ consciousness. Others will note a seeming collective awareness quality in the people in a given location. You can essentially stretch and change your focus/resolution when sensing people. All nerve structure has energy that «bleeds» into the environment, however subtly. If you’ve been doing the above exercises, you know how it appears. Some sensers may look for a seeming light, or glowing quality to the whole human body (which will be starkly more pronounced in the cranial area). Others sense it like the thoughts in the dark of their own mind. You may also notice that different people can be connected, in various ways. *They may not notice that you’re remotely sensing. As one contact told Phillip Krapf, to do telepathy, begin with another person’s extremities, then work up to their head.

Of course, the same basic considerations are important: non-violation, gentleness, and no sexual manipulative impulses (they would tend to backfire, anyway). Better yet, there’s a very subtle, almost elusive collective awareness, almost like a soft, soft floating microwhisper of the shared, deepest concerns, feelings, and more–common to most of the people you’ll pick up on. You can tease this out, but remember: it’s part of a larger social identity that other species, off-world and withal have kept close track of–probably since we evolved intelligence. So, this aspect of human awareness comes replete with highly evolved, finely textured safeguards. When you sense consciousness, you participate in it. Please, don’t ever tutor a violent or criminal person in your developing awareness. Unlike some other individuals, I would advise against trying to financially gain from your developing awareness because the highest forms, the more vastly, deeply connected of all human⁺ sensitivities branch out into equalitarian societies (and a much more equal human future, believe it or not). I’m not even religious, but this aspect is so much like g–o–d that, well…  (no gender, of course, and not singularly individual but broadly, finely social).

 You can see how quickly remote sensing develops into profoundly long-term questions, possibilities, and more. When you sense others, you can tease out details but there’s a larger, vastly more evolved kind of continuum/sentience which, owing to the ironies of condensed, inter-dimensioning physics, is in some ways essentially looking (or cycling) back when we look out.

Here’s an advanced exercise: try to see yourself from above. You may–if you’re doing this all correctly–actually see exact, real-time details. However, such vividness isn’t so important, nor usually something that your body energy can sustain for long. You can also begin to see entire locations from above (this may not go well if you aren’t a good, non-violating person, I must caution—they aren’t so welcome withal.)

Finally, and this is important: this same capacity for sensing humans is how you can sense aliens. But remember: they often have psychotronic systems that can detect who is probing. In my case, I’m integrated into a larger, non-violating, fairly ordinary native and interested observers’ context, hence my probing is studious and I report on it for larger human readership. You can get a nearly instant sense of other humans: their feelings, moods, concerns, and underlying considerations but it’s a kind of snap, or flash sensing of such (not a visual flash, not in the way that you want to be too noticeable about). With aliens, you get a sense of whether or not they are secretive about a potentially harmful agenda, or whether they lack material motives here and are simply studying us.

Know how to not violate aliens and know how to pull back, yet keep your sensitivity alive in the surrounding continuum if you encounter a problem case (think about telling someone you can trust if complications arise, and try to get word into internet circles). If you’re doing the above exercises, you’re developing a second depth of awareness. You might want to think about the weird science of it—it helps you advance your awareness.
I’ve helped a variety of people in this regard, and the awareness can be variously begun upon. I can’t begin to state all the implications of such awareness in this brief space (they are astounding and involve a process of discovery, plus a very agreeable kind of humbling, a transparency in which no human can continue to violate others without losing out in a major, all-of-time way). Indeed, the all-of-time implications will help you lose your fear of death and may help you commit to necessary, ongoing human improvements. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, part of this kind of sensing will allow humankind to isolate and locate human offenders of the worst and most brutal sort.

(*end of 3 day exercise)

Bearden aside, here’s how any individual can remotely check on aliens and their locations, their craft:  First scale your energy levels way down–at least five orders of magnitude (dimension) fainter in order to not be so easily detected by Intervention

aliens. Scale your energy way down while expanding your awareness far outward

at the same time. All alien craft and locations are deeply interwoven into an electrogravity/magnetogravity communications and power network. That kind of network is used to do psychotronic (mind-controlled) communications and is used for travel and other technology. Electrogravity borrows so much energy from the virtual continuum, as Bearden outlines in a letter titled «Bearden for Dummies» in his Correspondence link, that it marginally speeds the flow of time in that section of space-time. Why? Because, in order to essentially flip the seemingly local into the more deeply non-local (i.e. Bearden’s reciprocal relationship), electrogravity must speed the flow of time to exceed the Einstein limit on light speed propagation.

I know that sounds sticky, if not technical, but it’s part of the basis for remote sensing and remote viewing. It also underlies alien technology, their communications, and more. When aliens run their systems (a craft, a base, or any monitoring of a gray/IFSP-essential individual), tightly bundled energy streams in and out from other IFSP craft and technology sites to the given target. You can literally «see» such energy, but you don’t see it with your eyes; you essentially feel it with your nerve structure but you must expand the space of your sensing, you must inflate it outward, to do so. This can go faster than light, so don’t sit thinking that it goes in linear fashion, ray-like. It navigates a precise, negatively cycling, gravitic (essentially inward-phasing) network of coordinates, or references, if you will.

Here’s how you can literally practice this: Find a known gray/IFSP technological site or distant craft hovering (i.e. behind the moon–hiding from line of sight view, reports Philip Krapf) and remotely «view» it—not a visual scan, but the energy and Δt of the target location (Δt is how Bearden describes the speeding of time by so much energy streaming via electrogravity). So much energy streams to IFSP sites and technology that it stands out starkly. It’s so strikingly different from the normal, ambient electromagnetism (light) that it’s most obvious—once you begin to practice sensing such energy streams. Over time, you’ll get the knack, but not instantly, of course. The key to recognizing electrogravity streaming is that most such energy is highly impregnated with information content, due to communications and info-packet aspects of psychotronics. So, it isn’t just energy; it contains information that makes it easy to probe, once you get the hang of it.

Allison Reed, a woman who on one occasion was abducted for 4 ½ days, told David Jacobs that while captive she was seated with other abductees and shown a large, visual screen of human families among late stage/human hybrids. The aliens showed the images to test whether abductees could distinguish normal humans from hybrids. Allison said the aliens told her that some viewers can see the energy field surrounding hybrids. Allison said, “There’s only one way to tell and that is their energy field, that energy field around

them–but unless you can see it, you’ll never know.” (The Threat, p. 248)

Remember, because we have eyes we developed a way of thinking that assumes that visual phenomea (light waves) are definitive. If we didn’t have eyes, we might think otherwise. Nerve structure is not limited to light wave parameters. It can detect scalar/negative energy streaming.

So, please, practice doing this. First make your mind blank, then project your awareness remotely to encompass a wide area AROUND the target that you’re «viewing,» then get the feel for it. You’ll soon be able to distinguish a given alien group’s signature kind of electrogravity/magnetogravity network. For instance, electrogravity used by the grays’  alien alignment is all rigged to conform to their larger network, so if you pay attention, you also sense the larger network. One word of caution: remote viewers don’t place themselves directly into the path of unusually high energy focii. You wouldn’t place your perspective right above or below the central Tesla axis of a disk or a large alien craft. You wouldn’t remotely view an atomic bomb by placing yourself at ground zero.

Instead, place your perspective (actually a sum of perspectives) to one side. In the case of a large IFSP disk–assuming you’re ready to check on it, i.e. the one reported by Pulitzer Prize winning LA Times editor Phillip Krapf to hover above the dark side of the moon, you place your perspective just outside, slightly above the rim of the large disk. There, you find a kind of horizon—where the borrowing of energy and the speeding of time caused by the disk’s use of electrogravity/magnetogravity forms a distinct, easily sensed energy horizon, of sorts. It «feels» like an energy membrane. It stands out, albeit darkly, and you can locate it instantly. After you’ve practiced this for some time, you may begin to tease out the information contained within the disk by doing abbreviated, nearly instantaneous pulses that angle through the energy streams (such energy streams in both directions). You pulse in and out of larger, connected spaces there.

This pulsing isn’t linear. Instead, it goes out and into the space-time all around. You probe the information, as such. If you place your perspective inside the disk, you’ll probably be detected, which will be inconvenient, to say the least. Many years use of psychotronic technology has allowed aliens to be able to sense your probing if your perspective is so flat-footedly placed within their disk. So, either be careful or leave it to experts. You can remotely probe alien sites here on Earth, i.e. the tall whites’ location near Indian Springs, Nevada or the various gray/IFSP sites (watch out for the tall whites: they may be prone to violence).

Now, if you practice this and get the feel of it, you’re ready to detect the human operatives who help colonizing IFSP aliens manipulate and abduct other humans. This is not an ability you develop in one day. Take a little time. Here’s what you do: place your dome of perspective above an entire city or an entire section of countryside or space (even remotely off-world) and «feel» for that electrogravity/magnetogravity streaming all across that space. Such streaming is done via what is called «condensed state physics.» Like lasers, dark states and more, electrogravity is a kind of squeezed, or condensed state. You «feel» across and within the energy that’s streaming. You can place your perspective above an entire city and feel the precise coordinates of energy streaming to any and all individuals who pop up as connected to the IFSP energy network.

You feel (and essentially see, albeit the darkened inner sense of your mind’s view) energy streaming out to the remote IFSP network. You feel and sense the greater intensity of the nearest IFSP craft or sites that are monitoring a given direct operative. You aren’t spying on them directly. Instead, it’s all part of a greater universal transparency. All mature populations are expected to monitor the basic ecology. So, don’t dunder in and probe by prolongedly placing your perspective within a craft. Don’t pretend that you won’t meet a response if you try to leech out details about their technology for undue human gain. The universe is so intelligent that you may find yourself failing in your remote viewing endeavors, should you pretend to do so.

Again, get up to speed on remote viewing. It isn’t merely optional; it’s necessary in order to check on who and where the IFSP operatives are. Reliable, non-IFSP alien sources say they are 3000-4000 in total. Such operatives don’t merely sympathize with IFSP aliens; they will cause great harm to humans and not think twice about it. Direct IFSP operatives aren’t human(oid) Goobers. They will be highly placed. And remember, don’t lose hope, don’t feel disheartened when you discover the unexpected. Instead, help expand human awareness; help make others more responsible. We’re on the cusp of a phenomenal advance of human awareness. Imagine what people will think when they learn that IFSP operatives orchestrate narcotics trafficking in order to keep alien issues secret. The situation has already excited trenchant, sustained human probing in various places.

So, please try remote sensing of the sort. Learn to recognize IFSP aliens’ signature kind of energy streaming. Tread lightly and know how to step back from a too shallow, physical sense of yourself. Don’t allow yourself to be provoked. Always cycle your awareness back into the larger network of human and other helpful interactions. Don’t allow yourself to be stumped by a low-order provocation.

                                    Within a Hyperversal Community

How many aliens are there among the ”three ellipticals” population? One hyperversal said -X₃’s related “three ellipticals” faction number numbers 1.3 x 10ⁿ times the number of Verdant individuals. In other words, they could be more, or less in number. After several years of interactions with -X₃, we’ve observed that he doesn’t represent a mature, independently organized population. Instead, he seems to be a lesser dependent of the

so-called “three ellipticals” faction of hyperversals. -X₃ has been seen taking instructions from, and coordinating with, “three ellipticals” hyperversals, so the 1.3x number mentioned by one hyperversal probably refers to the larger aggregation. Given such numbers, it may be safe to assume that -X₃’s “three ellipticals” faction is limited to our edge of Virgo, or but a fraction of the Virgo supercluster. Hyperversals certainly tend to the rest of Virgo, but the “three ellipticals” group has tried to make us think they have it all wired, whether that’s true, or not. The “three ellipticals” faction is unabashedly mega-population in their outlook, but there are indications they may be looked down upon for being screw-ups. Marginally more independent, counterposed hyperversals air critiques that suggest there’s good, safe precedent for humans who choose to remain independent of the Verdant-IFSP mega-population. There appears to be diversity among hyperversals.

At a later juncture, a hyperversal stated that more programmatic mega-populations are

1.3 times more numerous (in total number of individuals) than smaller, or independent aggregations. *It may only be coincidence that the 1.3 figure matches the more loosely-

stated 1.3 x 10ⁿ ratio of the “three ellipticals” compared to Verdants. Part of the

ambiguity re: their numbers has to do with the fact that they consider new populations less dangerous if they’ve been absorbed by a larger collective, hence the “three ellipticals” subculture doesn’t want us to assume that independence is the way to go. Part of the ambiguity apparently owes to the exigencies of posing a critique of the “three ellipticals” faction role in the Verdant case. There are complex, universe-wide ecological considerations that would be hard to discern were we to take the 1.3 to 1 ratio too literally. It’s a prickly subject, given Verdant expansion in our vicinity.

On the one hand, no one wants to encourage Verdants to think they can spawn without constraint in order to be a power, of sorts, in our intergalactic neighborhood. On the other hand, hyperversals consistently state that hyperversals learned to moderate their numbers. Each hyperversal mega-population appears to be tasked with monitoring the ecology of a number of current cycle mega-populations. Hence, a given hyperversal population like the “three ellipticals” group may be less in number than are current cycle aliens. However, hyperversals know that current cycle aliens who fail to moderate population growth will suffer a lack of resources and good graces in the future, when they will have to contend for habitable replacement planets. So, from the hyperversal perspective, new aliens must be taught to moderate, yet conflict must be avoided.

For those who might wonder whether a population like the Verdants could begin to threaten the entire Virgo cluster by overgrowing it, the prospect is dim. There are too many competitors, all of whom have to deal with major, great-scale crises involving other populations. Common sense within any galaxy would compel moderation. In the Verdant case, we must question whether Verdants have become a kind of problem child, in a sense, analogous to a badly behaved kindergarten class in which the teacher (the “three ellipticals” faction) can only manage the mayhem, rather than impose tight controls. Imagine an entire universe of similar dilemmas.

However, given their more advanced technology, hyperversals can out-stage upstarts like the Verdants. Hyperversals communicate and interact on a scale that Verdants can only imagine. They ultimately control the universal ecology.

To date, hyperversals have been cryptic and not particularly forthcoming about some aspects of their history. They sometimes suggest that their response to inquiry about their background is answered within a subtly expanded awareness surrounding the consideration. In other words, they don’t chew on the words one at a time, which leaves some humans wondering. Of course, hyperversals may think that if a human doesn’t quite assimilate their replies, then he or she may not be ready to comprehend them.

The sharpest criticism of the “three ellipticals” faction is that their strategy appears to be Malthusian. Humans have questioned whether the “three ellipticals” faction has a tendency to think too much about themselves and how they’ll be affected if too many current cycle aliens try to drag, en masse, into an extended universe cycle. Indeed, for all we know, this same kind of dialogue has gone on for many billions of years. It appears to be a process of give and take.

In response to concerns about their strategy of competing tensions regarding humankind, -X₃ replies that the roundness we see in him (his tendency to round all considerations up to the universal level or down to zero, the absence of passion) is a kind of non-viciousness. Meanwhile, some humans will see it as an insular, if not elitist distancing that some hyperversals fail to recognize in their own, peculiar way. One obvious critique is that the “three ellipticals” faction’s divisive policies and coordination with Verdants are framed to thwart broad, universal scale interactions by current cycle aliens—a pre-emptive strategy, of sorts. -X₃ replies that they need to work with all populations, including some offenders, in order to steer everyone toward a sustainable ecology, hence we’ve seen some hyperversals act in liaison with the Verdants, while, at the same time, other hyperversals are sharply critical of Verdants. Again, -X₃ appears to be an engineered intermediary for the “three ellipticals” hyperversals. He and others like him may have been specifically designed to work the Verdant-gray-human interaction.

There have been disjointed, if not disturbing moments during human-hyperversal interactions, to date. For example, there’s a recurring argument that revolves around the following: Some hyperversals, who argue for immersion within the one-ness and cohesion of their sub-sector of the universe, say that humans need to sacrifice in order to bring themselves up to minimum standard. They say humans will more quickly become healthy, ecological non-sexuals, if we do so. Meanwhile, there’s a catch: hyperversals who tend to lump all consideration into the one, singular notion of their sub-sector can suffer defects of mind that they don’t quite see beyond. Those hyperversals and their genetically engineered intermediaries who linger at the margins of acceptability, who are tasked with conflict-ridden security work toward such “one-ness,” tend to bias the process by seeing through a murky filter.

You may wonder: what does that mean? How might it actually occur, in real life? Here’s how: A hyperversal who must track Verdant manipulations in this vicinity can become coarse, if not arrogant, compared to more healthy hyperversals. Humans have witnessed just that. *It helps to remember that we live on an outlying fringe of the Virgo supercluster. More concentrated, urbane populations deep within Virgo may be of more interest to hyperversals. As a result, a regime like that of the Verdants may have gone too long without correction. However, if I’m not mistaken, some hyperversals are aware that it’s dangerous to allow Verdants to dunder in and militarize our vicinity, to thumb their

noses at the populations of this and other galaxies.

Generally speaking, when older, more experienced hyperversals try to steer lesser populations toward a better standard, they may, at times, rationalize what they do in terms of cold perspectives of old (their own antescedent assumptions, plus the need to end specious proliferation). In the end, although hyperversals have more advanced science, they tend to live in isolation from recently evolved populations. They have legitimate reasons for obscuring themselves. They don’t want recently evolved aliens to grab up and copy their technology. They don’t want unqualified upstarts to jeopardize the long-term, re-cycling ecology.

So, older hyperversals use hybrid and other intermediaries to interact with recently evolved aliens. Based upon what we’ve seen, such intermediaries are smarter and have larger brains than aliens like Verdants or grays. They live within more advanced

technology. Their networks and capacities are extraordinarily far beyond those of Verdants.

Although sentient, some hyperversals appear to have engineered certain “emotional” genes out of themselves, hence they can watch Verdants manipulate crimes against humanity without feeling much. In part, this is due to the fact that hyperversals live at great remove in terms of custom, habit and experience. Hyperversals, and their intermediaries who do security work can be inwardly cynical yet idealistic regarding the contorted affairs of lesser aliens.

So, where does that leave us? We’re now learning that vast numbers of hyper-advanced aliens (hyperversals) manipulate and steer lesser, current cycle aliens toward better ecology yet sometimes make mistakes. For example, hyperversals and their genetically-engineered intermediaries may assume that human error is genetically based, or that extremes of human violence and greed represent solely human shortcomings. Meanwhile, we have evidence that human events have been directly manipulated by IFSP operatives.

Due to hyperversal skepticism of the Verdant IFSP, hyperversals sometimes intervene in a messy, Verdant-related situation, then withdraw and “discuss” it among themselves telepathically, using mind-activated technology. Such discussions can, at times, degrade into diagrammatic, instantaneous resonation, rather than thoughtful conversation. As a result, mistakes are made and people may suffer. This is an important aspect of human-hyperversal interactions.

*Later, we’ll discuss the ironies of diagrammatic resonance in place of thoughtfulness, a distinction that cuts across, and separates some offenders from more thoughtful others.

Although widely traveled and accustomed to studying lesser aliens, some hyperversal societies are relatively stagnant. They may change little during our lifetimes, while human society changes rapidly. So, from our perspective, it may at times seem as though hyperversals fail to comprehend the dangers of our predicament. They aren’t as vulnerable as we are.

On the other hand, one key aspect of hyperversal life should favor a better understanding of our situation. If, as hyperversals insist, the universe has been re-cycled at least once, then it should have been re-cycled before that, perhaps over and over again (if not continuously, in an alt-cycle sense). Humans have heard subtle talk in this regard. This suggests that successively more advanced hyperversals exist and should, by now, be capable of non-visibly ghosting the latest generation of hyperversals in order to tend to what they do. Being less burdened by the need to herd newly evolved aliens toward a basic universal ecology, older generations of hyperversals may have preserved their vital sensitivities. They should be able to sympathize with decent humans, although they probably live longer, hence risk a kind of emotional dessication. *One hyperversal (reportedly from a recent generation of hyperversals) suggested that hyperverversals from successively earlier generations may be even more prone to condemn a potentially dangerous new population of sexuals. It was a sobering moment.

What do we know about hyperversal society, their interaction and inter-communications? Over time, I’ve witnessed some of their intercommunications and critiques of one another. The tone and character of intercommunications is subtle, couched in terms of deep awareness of multiply inter-dimensioned basics—fine and sometimes elusive but mostly transparent details that begin from a premise of basic, universal hyper-dynamics. Their science is more complex and is premised on a better, basic understanding of the universe. It’s as though they begin from a greater variety of understandings–across a variety of different horizons, so to speak.

Nonviolence among hyperversals appears to be the understood rule, although political and cultural disagreements definitely occur. In some such cases, each “side” may try to assert a larger, more enduring premise for his or her actions. Nonetheless, in a case like that of the Verdant IFSP intervention here on Earth, dissenting hyperversals, or, in some cases, categorically more advanced hyperversals, feel free to assert that humans need to know basic details about the Verdants. Should you appeal to hyperversals in such cases, be sure that you thoroughly embody a higher standard. Such hyperversals offer complex yet easily understood critiques of Verdant excess and the Verdant resort to manipulated violence (violence that’s framed to seem indirect). Complex statements about human feelings and a human kind of existential predicament are offered. Sometimes, a hyperversal will make a statement (verbal, graphic and deep with subtle details) about a typical human’s daily work or social predicaments, essentially showing that hyperversals have some of the same feelings. This is done deliberately.

When humans discuss a topic, we often reference a variety of national and cultural viewpoints. Hyperversals communicate in ways that suggest a vastly larger awareness. For example, in one case mention was made about the Markarian Chain of galaxies deep within the center of the Virgo supercluster. The best human representation is but a photo, but the hyperversal representation was much deeper and detailed in ways that I could only begin to appreciate–showing a number of different (integrated) aspects of large elliptical galaxies that involved mergers of entire galaxies, some of them ongoing. Imagine seeing a telepathic map of the politics, dynamics and culture of Europe for example, if you had never seen such a thing. Many of the details would be there, yet you wouldn’t have enough background information to absorb it all. In other words, mitigating against any outward vulgarity in hyperversal disagreements are the fantastically complex, multicultural, historical and scientific understandings that hyperversals share, even if they aren’t always part of the same universal bailiwick.

Some hyperversals are keenly aware of legal implications in daily events, which suggests that they, too, are bounded by basic legal considerations. What’s the basis for such legal distinctions? Is it formalized, or is it a more general convention? It’s possible that among hyperversals, law takes on a unified character, i.e. merged or finely integrated values for scientific, ecological, and crime-specific considerations. What does that mean? An earlier chapter describes a topological structure of mind (and language). Legal definitions based on the topology of alternate-cycle commonality can be more precise than is concretized, singular wordform (which can be propped up for deceptive misuses). When legal definitions are fractionally interlinked so that you can see them all at the same time, they are easier to comprehend. So, among hyperversals and other aliens, unified values and definitions help to integrate entire categories of meaning in order to make sense of the universe. This allows for a greater back and forth conversation between more ideas so that they can agree on intermediate values more effectively. When hyperversals communicate, they do so with multiple implications—topologically.

We can easily imagine a universal code against murder, violence, and destruction, yet we can also see that a population like the Verdants may try to shrug off some universal laws by arguing in favor of Verdant authority in a physical location–a departure that can degrade into petty, if not infantile ideas about the universe. For example: what rules apply when one galaxy overuses negative energy and speeds the universal clock, thus depleting universal resources and shortening the life of surrounding galaxies? Such a problem may have arisen when a hyperversal said that a “three ellipticals” hyperversal responded to a disturbance to his large elliptical galaxy, causing him to leave his (loosely construed) “retirement garden” to attend to the matter. The problem may have been Verdant overuse of negative energy and Dt (or “alt t,” as hyperversals refer to it). Meanwhile, we’ve seen corrupt, controlling tendencies among “three ellipticals” hyperversals (more about this later). *A counterposed, or competing hyperversal said that from the perspective of more civilized societies, the three ellipticals/Verdant combination can seem “like an alien hell.” At junctures, advanced hyperversals point to the hack manipulations of goups like the IFSP and warn of the dangers therein.

When cited for violating the intergalactic ecology, Verdants offer a variety of tacky excuses. For example, they pose the IFSP’s lesser conscript planets as a kind of window dressing to cover for the Verdant population explosion. Cases of the sort underscore the

need for larger conventions and carefully metered constraints on any given population.

 In every alien bureaucracy, irrespective of its location, we can expect to see a wide range of physiological and psychological conditions relating to age, inflexibility of government routines, and desensitization due to having worked with relatively backward regimes like ours over long periods of time. Given that aliens have reportedly been engineered to live much longer than humans, the subject is of prime importance. After years of communicating and interacting with aliens, I’ve noticed that some older aliens (like the pre-noted colonials) tend to forget the basic lessons of their earlier education. They tend to discard the cautions and reservations taught them during (their equivalent of) university years and rely, instead, on their personal insights.

Although alien medicine is much more advanced than our own, in some cases alien psychology hasn’t kept pace with alien medical technology. As a result, we see long-lived aliens, i.e. so-called Verdants described by Phillip Krapf, who live many times longer than humans—aliens who remain intact physiologically yet are emotionally degraded. (One hyperversal hinted that some hyperversals live “11 million years,” believe it or not, which is 550 times longer than Verdants and 139,240 times longer humans. Krapf was told that Verdants live for 20,000 years, which is 224 times longer than a typical human.) In old aliens, a kind of psychic deadening can occur, an emotional dessication that can lead to some of the symptoms of senility among active, working aliens (rigidity, inability to learn new ideas, strangely mechanical routines repeated over and over again). Worse yet, when such aliens regard themselves as relatively young compared to older working peers, they may off-handedly dismiss the suggestion that some of their most important sensitivities have withered, over time. They may not be aware that they’ve changed.

Imagine how it would be to live for thousands of years, to have tended to wars and sabotage like those on Earth, to have directly manipulated brutal campaigns of destruction, or worse yet, the killing of an entire planet. Emotional sensitivities that wither aren’t easily re-connected, and brain connections actually die as a result. Although humans get old and die within a few decades of brutal wrongdoing, Verdants don’t.

They live on for thousands of years. The science that gives them prolonged life can’t resuscitate vital sensitivities, which are a critical dimension of basic, functional intelligence. As a result, Verdants responsible for too many abuses are like walking dead. They don’t feel for their victims. Sensitivities of the sort may have died hundreds, if not thousands of years earlier.

For humans, this can be a major problem. When some of the ranking figures of a given off-world regime like that of Verdants become too callous, younger and more sensitive Verdants may not be able to overcome their elders’ rigid consensus. The result can be a deeply-seated bias, a misreading of highly dynamic events here on Earth, for example.

In the end, due to bureaucratic inertia, older offending elements may succeed in painting all human affairs solely in terms of the Verdant agenda. Outranked, younger Verdants who might otherwise object to abductions and conflict-propagation refrain from expressing themselves due to fear of long-term career consequences. As in the case of the gray planet, the results can be catastrophic.

Of course, Verdants reply that even though their intervention may have killed the gray planet, the grays are now less dangerous non-sexuals who “serve others,” rather than themselves. The key question is whether they were tricked into serving the Verdants, and whether the death of the gray planet, then IFSP breeding and use of gray survivors has become a kind of pyramid scheme that depletes the universal ecology more than would have been the case had the gray planet survived. The “three ellipticals” hyperversal faction comments on the subject at intervals. They suggest that had grays not been so desperate, grays might not have decided to become non-sexual.

This is an important question because if IFSP operatives here manipulate conflict and repression sufficient to cause the death of this planet, then Verdants will harness the labor of the refugees and may use the same excuse that they make for the death of the gray planet. What court hears such cases? Is it all but a soap opera for doddering, insensitive hyperversals tired of haggling with aggressive sexuals? The only court of binding relevance is the press and media of a target people before their planet has been trashed, not afterwards. After losing their home planet prematurely, survivors pose no challenge to the IFSP, unless they tell their story elsewhere. More advanced hyperversals tend to look at such cases from a variety of perspectives, but, if their own inner animal is allowed to reign over higher faculties, then the trashing of some planets may be seen as seeding the universe with non-sexual alternatives. The death of a planet like Earth could be dismissed as a lower order debacle with primitive, museum-like qualities.

There are some within the anonymous hyperversal mainstream who, due to age-related rigidity and indifference, may think that all primitive aliens are what they are because they’re failed spirits trapped by low order impulses—as if a god-like order of being places them there, accordingly. A human might prefer to think that hyperversals wouldn’t be so unscientific, yet, within the aged resonance of hyperversal group-think, a variety of unspoken assumptions can distort reasoning about newly-evolved populations.

Is there gender among hyperversals? Apparently there is, but among non-sexual populations the distinction isn’t as graphic as it is for a human. I’ve listened to some hyperversals who seem to know the feelings and impulses of sexuals from a subjective perspective. So, it’s reasonable to assume that some hyperversals either prefer to be sexual or choose a mixed sexual/non-sexual strategy in order to retain genetic diversity and hardiness. Nonetheless, hyper-advanced science can go in a variety of directions. It can verge on seemingly unfathomable new categories and then assume a different kind of character. For a more earthly analogy, consider the following. When humans become honest enough to observe and respect the intricate logic that already exists in Earth’s resonant ecology, then human science will advance categorically. Hyperversals engage in a different kind of conversation with nature and a re-cycling universe. There may

already be a more advanced order of being that they, too, must observe and respect more carefully in order to better themselves.

For hyperversals, the notion of species may stretch the old human idea of possibilities. One hyperversal says that hyperversals tend to be non-sexual, which, if true, would be encouraging. Imagine what the universe would be like, over time, were they all sexuals.

I assume, as appears to be the case, that “at present,” hyperversals may be more modest in number than are our current cycle populations, yet hyperversals are far more capable. The problem with making assumptions about hyperversals’ numbers is that our notion of time is definitely not the limit elsewhere, even though we’re beginning to understand the nature of time and the hyper-dynamics of “negative” and alternate cycle energy. Overall, there may be more hyperversals than current cycle aliens.

When hyperversals can both see and ascertain that you understand their terms of existence, the basic universal assumptions of their lives, they are more sympathetic—especially if you prove that you live by similar standards. They go out of their way to emphasize that the entire universe continuously strives to return to, or integrate as, a unified, collective entity (its true basis—which is sometimes distorted by pretension and misconcept). Some hyperversals have nurtured and have regularly helped me and others develop a larger understanding in ways that I can never sufficiently express gratitude for. As a result of some of their efforts, in tandem with those of other neighboring aliens, we now have a preliminary critique of the Verdants. Over time, we’ll probably refine our critique to acknowledge that even though we may not agree to be part of the IFSP, some of its efforts will, in the end, have helped to evolve us.

It’s all part of a very large drama involving numerous galaxy groups. One hyperversal explicitly stated that Verdants have taken some spots in at least six galaxy groups (five surrounding groups plus our Andromeda-M33-Milky Way group). Given that we’re all closely wrapped around the Virgo cluster, we must coexist with Verdants but should do so on mutually more evolved terms. Meanwhile, hyperversals both communicate and exchange information on a universal scale. In comparison, the Verdant case is small-scale, strange as that may sound to some. At intervals, we actually hear limited mention about events deep within Virgo and the interaction of various superclusters.

At one point, a hyperversal said that the (boy in the bubble) –X₃ who I and others had communicated with is like I am in comparison to all of humanity: more advanced in some ways, but not broadly representative of the aggregate in other ways. At a different time, a hyperversal said that the human image of –X₃’s only went about as far as that of Aunt B. of Andy of Mayberry did in comparison to the rest of the United States (yes, those were the words). This was probably reference to the fact that –X₃ is only a prototypical dependent of the “three ellipticals” faction, which appears to be tasked with both monitoring and interacting with Verdants and the IFSP.

At times, the politics of larger interactions can strain and distort hyperversal aliens’ approach to humankind. Sometimes it seems as though a given hyperversal group’s desire to control other aliens is equal to their attention to the basic ecology. Moments of the sort involve psychological and structural ironies, some of which may have little to do with humans, more to do with the history and experience of long-lived hyperversals. In other words, humans are seen through the filter of political ironies involving other aliens in, or affecting, our galaxy group. We may also be mistaken for having the same tendencies as did our less-educated, war-like predecessors, some of whom may have been marginally manipulated (at some remove) through alien intervention.

It helps to imagine how it might be for an entirely different, advanced species to look down on strange “hair-heads,” as one hyperversal humorously suggested we might be seen at a glance. For an alien who has lived thousands, if not millions of years, the current human generation may seem transitory and uncertain. After all, human history was a sordid, often bloody parade of self-serving primitives who took too much while claiming to do so in the name of God (although rarely, if ever, allowing fair and free discussion about the nature of “God” and the universe). Even now our government tries to deny that intelligent life exists on other worlds.

When hyperversal control freaks dunder in and begin to manipulate, it helps to remember that any and all individuals in the universe are capable of error. I sometimes note one error in particular, actually a bundling of errors. It has to do with the fact that the entire universe is the only definitive “singular” quantity. It can’t be observed as a whole, but can only be modeled as a relatively faint and subtle near-whole. When a given regime or group of manipulators peers out at all the rest they sometimes make the mistake of assuming that they definitively encompass the entire universe. When other competing structures do the same, we see a fairly simple, but dangerous irony: the one group’s structured observation (modeled as nearly-singular) is distorted and amplified by the second group’s structured observation(s). In other words, it’s the mathematical equivalent of STRUCTURE X STRUCTURE, which is prone to distortion and error. Rather than divide their observations into the larger commonality, they multiply their error, instead. Hence we see too many whole-numbered misconceptions, not enough humility and forbearance.

When one limited group of hyperversal manipulators tries to lord it over a large variety of other distorted structures (i.e. when hyperversals lead Verdants into doing convenient dirty work), the result is cold, cruel and destructive. Even among the best of aliens there are structural distortions, but among the most corrupt and materialistic alien interactions distortions are worse. This is further complicated by old-age syndromes and elimination of genes for emotion, in some cases. The best that a newly-evolved population can do is simply recognize that it’s best to not immerse in the contorted maelstrom of alien offenders. It’s safer to observe them from a distance and work to organize larger, better inter-relationships.

When Verdants and their cohorts dunder in, disastrously overpopulated and aggressive, if not destructive of entire planets, humans need to step back to study the phenomenon carefully and not succumb to the bully temptation to leap in and trade away human sovereignty, nearby planets, and more (especially when this galaxy needs to reduce

population because it will merge in the future). Instead, we need to remember that part of the human elite is already corrupted and disposed to waste the lives of billions, to squander the planet’s ecology in exchange for a parrot’s perch on some puny IFSP starship. Their first strategy is to say that “we” can cut a deal with the IFSP, that, in fact, they already have! A tiny human elite will say that certain technologies can be “ours” if we just play along (even though the deal is bought with the blood of innocents and funded through narcotics trafficking by government shadow agencies).

To survive in a decent way, we can’t wait for the worst to happen. Instead, we must act on a global scale, not merely in one nation. Change of the sort can’t be purchased in a store or made solely on the Internet.

Alien math and science indicate that the way of the future, the most intelligent and enduring choices, are finer and more subtle, hence more universally capable and sustaining. We need not withdraw from all alien interactions, although we need to raise public awareness of alien issues before we become a kind of IFSP slave-market. When the majority says No, we won’t let an offending minority destroy our planet–we won’t play along with the IFSP’s infantile “Earth Changes” strategy, then the old regime will grind to a halt. Some IFSP operatives will try to escape, but for now, they want to squelch all news of their crimes and silence those public figures who could expose them at any

moment. To survive, the conscientious must take risks and seek a wider audience. This is

not a time to hide from reality and merely pamper one’s own, small family.

At times, hyperversals caught within that limited, Verdant-related “event horizon” try to

slow my cultivation of basic hyper-dynamics among humans. They try to change the topic when I elucidate hyperversals’ modes and concepts. Diversions of the sort have various motives—some hyperversals fear that the wrong humans may learn too much, while others want to obscure their own, misguided doings. Such diversions tend to be abrupt and coarse, involving offenders who seem to be bundled into Verdant-manipulated terracides and more.

To some readers this may seem a cold slap in the face, but it’s a fact of life. The politics of the 20^th century are gone. The politics of the 21^st century feature a variety of alien populations. They’re already here, so it’s better to investigate than be deceived.

Taken as a whole, hyperversals have tried to evolve beyond low-order, animal impulses. Nonetheless, some of the following may discomfort people who shy away from explicit investigative reporting. Perhaps it’s best to describe what’s about to be said in terms of a two (or more) sided analogy: On the one hand, in order to escape being caught within that hell-like event horizon of destroyers and extreme violators, we need to be more honest and studied, more humble and sensitive. On the other hand, it’s nice to know that if we persevere and help re-generate a more gently abiding universe we can be part of a larger, hyper-intelligent community. The physics of the universe allow for such community, whether we recognize it within our bodily confines, or not. Mass destruction is a dead end that mass offenders pretend not to notice. Meanwhile, a better way is ever regenerated, yet it takes commitment and effort.

No one in this universe is immune, in such regard. You won’t be accepted and integrated into higher orders of mind if you don’t behave accordingly. You simply won’t be a match. Alternate cycle hyper-dynamics can be ordered in terms of such distinctions (within certain limitations).

Sometimes, –X₃’s lack of concern about the misdeeds of his “three ellipticals” associates suggests that they won’t act effectively, as we must (being more vulnerable). Will they try to thwart humankind’s attempts to interact with close neighbors? Will they try to toss bones into our efforts, rationalizing it all in their own, peculiar terms? If their (presumed) trade with Verdants is too comfy, we may suffer, as a result. Some hyperversals reply that our brush with the IFSP will force us to expand our awareness before we dunder off and attempt to portray neighboring aliens as potential enemies. After our brush with the Verdants, our closest neighbors will seem mild in comparison and we’ll be better informed about aliens.

The “three ellitpicals” faction argues that a merged, more greatly interacting quality is necessary for our survival, yet their divisive politics are framed to thwart universal-scale interactions by newcomer aliens. The first interlopers (i.e. “three ellipticals” hacks) may try to obscure their own history and the facts of a larger, more considerate diversity. A good person can see past them, but a killer-regime accolyte will be tempted to jump in with the worst, as seems to be the Verdant strategy. The sewer squad will take care of them, ironically.

Are hyperversals’ pre-emptive behaviors intended to avert reckless newcomers before they can do too much damage? And does a larger universal convention already exist regarding such offenders? In other words, are Verdants a small-scale balance of powers pawn, or are they population offenders being steered toward confrontations that may help to moderate Verdant wastefulness? As is usually the case, there is probably truth in both scenarios (and more).

Nonetheless, “three ellipticals” aliens seem to be dancing around the obvious: they’re implicated in a number of staged-as-though-IFSP communications, and Verdants know it (although Verdants aren’t equal to it). On the other hand, hyperversals have a breadth of perspective that the Verdants lack; they’re better in various ways. So, caught on the one hand looking bad for doing run-on, crappy routines ad nauseum, while also criticizing the Verdants on the other hand, they don’t want us to dwell on details. In all fairness, by tending to what populations like Verdants do, hyperversals can tease out the details so that potential victim populations can see it all more clearly. This, in turn, lets Verdants know that they’re being monitored. *In the past, certain Verdants have let slip that they see the hyperversal community constraint as suffocating, at times. Again, –X₃ appears to be a prototpye used as a genetic showcase to pose what a gray-human-hyperversal hybrid might be like, and to rationalize damages imposed on aliens like the grays during a Verdant intervention.

At times, the “three ellipticals” subculture tends toward nightmarish extremes of cocoon-like, obliterative propaganda. At such times, they tend to rationalize Verdant crimes at every turn and try to fill up the mindspace of observing humans with distractions and diversions. Such diversions are dense and impulsive, sometimes infantile. Ironically, “three ellipticals” hyperversals cut themselves off from larger alternatives by doing so. That could be a fateful irony of the fact that propaganda has triumphed over critique, plus the fact that the given hyperversals had a history of exploitation. It’s as though the original, specious impulse that caused both the “three ellipticals” faction and Verdants to take too much has never been entirely corrected. However, hyperversals think and they listen—they have to see further than Verdants.

The “three ellipticals” subculture (or what’s posed as a subculture) seems to cloud their ability to comprehend the equal validity of alternative structures. Regarding Verdants, they try to avert human contact with neighbors and try to make it seem as though the “three ellipticals”/Verdant regime is all that we need to know about. It’s an infantile way of thinking—possibly an artifact of intrusive propaganda, the exploitation of target populations, and the resource priorities of a problem case hyperversal regime. *They try to say it’s in our best interest because it prevents us from cutting our teeth on our actual, recent-cycle neighbors. Meanwhile, there’s a counter-posed hyperversal critique that’s known by, and appears to include, some of the same hyperversals. Moreover, a smoothly textured, mixed human-alien community mindform includes our neighbors, at present,

and hyperversals don’t try to avert it.

We’ve seen one or two “three ellipticals” aliens give orders to –X₃, much like Verdants do with the grays. The two display their command in ways that don’t inspire confidence and procedural consistency. Instead, conspicuous display of rank suggests insecurity, unresolved conflict, and the possibility of larger (supercluster) questions about their competency regarding current cycle aliens (which sounds a lot like us, doesn’t it?). The two “three ellipticals” aliens I’ve observed and have argued with for years, now, appear to be subordinates to yet others in their faction. However, a mixed human-alien community (a simple hyper-extension of the hyperdynamic) can see beyond them.

In short, the hyperversal I call –X₃ may have no independent historical origin. He appears to be a hybrid designed to attend to Verdant-gray-human interactions. The “three ellipticals” faction (as it appears, or is simply posed) could be a kind of screw-up regime out on the fringes of the Virgo supercluster. It’s a relief that less destructive hyperversals with better judgement appear to monitor what they do. Of course we’ve only recently begun to know hyper-advanced aliens. The two, counterposed factions of hyperversals that we see (pro-Verdant and critical of Verdants) may simply reflect a democratic diversity of ideas and considerations among hyperversals who must tightly converge complex, if not fateful evolutionary alternatives for us, at this time. They must work to evolve us so that we pose no threat to the peaceful ecology.

Meanwhile, the survival of life on Earth hangs in the balance, in part due to the IFSP’s

crude intervention. Ironically, after millions have died as a result of IFSP operatives’ schemes (see the history of those noted above), the tendency of IFSP strategists is to act as though the death of human innocents makes them, the remote manipulators of such deaths, holy in some strange way. We see this kind of crap in human politics, also.

*I discuss the Verdant case at intervals because it’s highly political and is often mentioned by hyperversals. It helps to illustrate alien thought about a number of subjects.

Speaking more generally, one hyperversal made the following caricatured comment, of sorts: At a juncture when hyperversal policy was in question, he showed a large expanse of space, in the middle of which was a huge, soft blue-gray orb-space (hyperversal community) that dominated the entire scene. And out in further reaches of space, revolving in a neat little circle around the central orb-space were small orb-spaces bobbing along, one after the other, like little boats in a bathtub (as if to signify humans or other large groups of aliens who evolve during the current universe cycle). As is typical of hyperversals, the comment can be construed in various ways.

Over time, we’ve observed Verdants defer to the “three ellipticals” hyperversals, smoothly cognizant of their existence. In fact, when pressured and criticized regarding IFSP “direct operatives’” crimes against humanity, one Verdant impulsively blurted out that the Verdant strategy had been cleared with a hyperversal population. The irony is that Verdants may have “three ellipticals” hyperversals’ genetic inputs and may, in part, have smoothed the way for their expansion by offering biological and other materials in trade with one (or a few) local group(s) of hyperversals.

The fact that hyperversals reportedly contacted Verdants to cue them as to Earth’s location suggests that there is some technological connection, if not a trading interaction between such hyperversals and the Verdants. We can assume, of course, that “three ellipticals” hyperversals need large quantities of resources, which can’t be reaped from empty space. They need diverse genetic and manufactured materials, plus minerals. Given that Verdants have the most opportunistic, hence easily manipulated (large) regime on this fringe of Virgo, “three ellipticals” hyperversals likely trade with them on some scale. This poses the ghastly possibility of the IFSP’s drone-like use of lesser aliens to do the IFSP’s dirty work, i.e. mining and materials processing, which could then, in at least some part, be skimmed off by “three ellipticals” hyperversals. Both the hyperversals in question and Verdants premise all their activities on heavy industry (craft, technology, installations, fabricated materials, and energy networks), and heavy industrial productions require huge quantities of resources. That kind of need tends to eclipse humanitarian concerns. So, manipulated violence and planet kills may be regarded as merely secondary aspects of their prime concern: maintenance of their lifestyle.

In other words, the worst (but not all) hyperversals may think Verdants can be used to essentially steal time from, if not eliminate, some newly-evolved populations (stealing time as it relates to Dt and mass/energy. Of course, hyperversals clearly worry about crude Δt abuses by newly-evolved aliens. *One advanced hyperversal suggested that Bearden’s Dt, a change of time caused by electrogravity, is really a kind of “alternate t” in a larger sense, but this involves a greater scale of integration involving multiply extended universe cycles.) The fact that a Verdant-abetting group of hyperversals are here looking over the shoulder of the IFSP’s manipulated violence scheme may be due to a larger order in the universe in which all offending parties move in train—in a deceptive, seemingly one-way river of time. Meanwhile, better minds can exceed such offenders, accordingly. One hyperversal suggested that after observing hyperversal offenders, we’ll be able to see how hyperversals can say that the death of some planets (and species) can come back to haunt a manipulator. Ultimately, various aliens’ crude impulses may bundle into one another–both as an irony of the universal ecology, and to make management of such offenders easier. More advanced aliens act in a way that isn’t merely right for their time, but is best for all of time.

Sometimes, it seems as though a basic test of hyperversals’ competency is their simple vulnerability. Those who seem too smugly certain of themselves tend to be strangely weighted. The gravity of their presumption is almost singular, weighted (in an e.t. way) toward their physical being, or regime. It’s as though they seem too condensed, when, instead, more well-dimensioned minds communicate out into the universe, less confined by singular pretension.

Rather than overgeneralize about hyperversals, I should note that callous hyperversals may represent the lowest of their kind, those whose impulses tend to be bunched, ever so

singularly, into the nearest specious scheme like that of the Verdants, for example.

Ultimately, humans need to be concerned about some equalitarian societies that cut themselves off from others in the universe. Some equalitarian societies live in relative luxury, although on fairly equal terms–unlike humankind’s rich vs. poor scheme at present. Hyperversals live in relatively easy, unmolested techno-splendor. They travel the universe. They get universal news, and they live for millions of years, according to at least one hyperversal’s report. As a result, some hyperversals can be subtly condescending ~ as if to suggest that the hell of IFSP destruction and criminality that we’re going through is intended to dissuade us of our sexuality–for ecological reasons. *In other words, too bad that we’ve lost control of our government, but if left as we are, humans could become a threat.

The question, from our perspective is: a threat to what, or whom? One of the most blunt-spoken hyperversals has stated that there is no legal order to rely upon. His drift was that humans must conform within a hierarchical kind of schema, or perhaps perish. Meanwhile, there’s a precisely defined, if not mathematical order of being in all that happens, nearly tao-like consequences, albeit more active in character than is the traditional Taoist outlook. It’s inconceivable that hyperversal societies don’t have carefully evolved legal structures, although some may assert that humans haven’t signed legitimate treaties with off-world governments.

Ironically, humans who fawningly accept the IFSP’s dogma don’t hear a word about hyperversals. Instead, they hear infantile remarks about “angels” and invisible others, instead. And why do IFSP aliens omit mention of hyperversals? Apparently, it’s because some Verdants want to play God and take the lion’s share of whatever they can get—for the Verdants, primarily. One Verdant tried to convince Phillip Krapf that Verdants are the only superpower, when, instead, they aren’t even remotely like such an entity. *The greater order of being isn’t about power and control but interacts on more highly evolved, mutual terms, irrespective of technological prowess.

Absence of sexuality among some hyperversals has made them more civilized and capable but I’ve noticed that some will dunder into a place and, whether wittingly or not, play to an epic sense of grandeur. They can sit and watch humans die by the millions, in part due to IFSP manipulations. Meanwhile, hyperversals openly explain what’s going on, even though we can’t possibly compete with IFSP goons when our public remains uniformed, our government hijacked and corrupted by cabal elements who, whether they know it or not, work to divide and corrupt humankind to the IFSP’s advantage. Watching from a distance, an old and detached yet supposedly healthy hyperversal can observe, adding his or her own, expansive sense of drama to it all—while our planet gets trashed by a criminal regime that cuts secret deals with the IFSP.

One hyperversal remarked that such a situation can drive a planet to death, a people to slave-like desperation, and, in the end, life has simply been extinguished. Ironically, potential problems for hyperversals will have been eliminated.

Ours wouldn’t be the first planet to die due to a misguided intervention. Humans are getting a preliminary look at a kind of Munchhausen’s syndrome among aliens, yet few such aliens will admit to it. Instead, they glibly suggest that we could eliminate the evil gene or engineer our sexuality out in order to fit in. Meanwhile, if various government whistleblowers are correct, only a corrupt human cabal has been introduced to the genetic tools needed to do so and they prefer to profit in order to secure themselves, rather than help humankind. Were human science to develop an enzyme that extends human life (like the one the Buck Institute and other scientists have developed), big corporations would say, no, they can’t market such a thing because it would force them to pay pensions for years beyond what they’ve planned. So, ghastly as it may sound to most of us, progress of the sort is unlikely under the current regime. It denies that aliens exist yet does secret deals with them. It uses men like David Rockefeller’s brother, Laurance, to trivialize public concern by making minor, token reference to “unidentified flying objects” or ufo’s, when they know that many alien craft have been fully identified for years.

We could try to paint a happy face on our exopolitical (off-world political) dilemma, as one hyperversal suggested we do, but that would be irresponsible. Hyperversals need to hear critiques. Hyperversal aliens exist and are fallible. We can’t treat them as though they don’t have coldly detached, age-related limitations. There are offenders in some of their security and policy sections who have technology for which they, alone, could never be responsible.

One hyperversal noted that, rather than repeat a well proportioned good behavior scheme wherever possible, some offending hyperversal individuals (and subcultures) will try to screw up on purpose, then try to impose an authoritarian imprimateur, or role model, on the spectacle—thus reinforcing and acting out the desired authority role.

Apparently, some Verdants suffer the same defect. With pathetic, post-apocalyptic populations like the “grays” in tow, some Verdants engage in a subtle kind of thrill-seeking (self/regime importance) while trying to make use of some of the most corrupt humans on this planet. The question is whether Verdant regimes recognize the dangers in doing so. Verdants may think they can get ahead by being the most coldly calculating aliens in our inter-galactic neighborhood, but there’s one most important catch:  the Verdant home galaxy will probably be Dt (or alt. t) depleted and dangerous long before other, surrounding galaxies (M-83 has an unusually high number of supernovas). Then, Verdants will either have to drastically reduce population or go begging and try to get control of extra-galactic terrain through abductions and mobbed up technology schemes like their intervention here. Whether Verdants admit it or not, there are major obstacles to doing so. Hyperversals have repeatedly stated that all suitable galaxies are deeply inhabited. Hyperversals should know—they’re responsible for ensuring that all galaxies moderate and reduce population in order to preserve the universal ecology.

Meanwhile, the Verdant regime moves in on other galaxies and takes advantage of vulnerable populations. In order to pull it all off, they must sell hyperversals on the cold, brutal efficiency of IFSP manipulations–as though Verdants are helping to get rid of potentially war-like offenders, while evolving others.

You can see the hypocrisy in it: Verdants are the worst population offenders we’ve encountered, to date. They steal in and seek trade with, or control of, vulnerable populations. They run the clock on other galaxies and hope that hyperversals will see them as a vulgar, but necessary mixer of sorts–forcing galaxies to interact.

Meanwhile, by their own admission to Krapf, Verdants are intellectually marginalized sexuals who change sex mates every few decades or so—out of boredom. They use epic amounts of energy and take more for themselves than any other population along this small fringe of Virgo. They take 9.1 planets for themselves for every home planet occupied by lesser conscript aliens. According to Phillip Krapf’s numbers, they spawn another 18.49 billion Verdants for every 5.5 billion aliens on a conscript planet.

Is that good ecology?

Worse yet, there are indications that some in the Verdant bureaucracy dismiss previous generations of hyperversals as ineffective old geezers, in a sense, and try to take advantage of them, even though hyperversals are far more advanced and capable, albeit

removed from the struggles of newly-evolved populations.

Etched into my memory is one morning, more than a year after first learning about hyperversals, when there were a series of callous remarks by a seemingly-hybrid intermediary alien whose electrogravity/magnetogravity indications, apparent associations (and observations by other aliens) suggest that he may either work with or be cognizant of an older, pre-existing generation of hyperversals (who make certain, discreet appearances and usually do so in ways that suggest more advanced capabilities). The hybrid coldly and distantly said sexuals can be so dangerous that the deaths of some potentially-dangerous sexuals’ planets are unavoidable. He repeated such remarks as though oblivious to the fact that humans are endangered by the IFSP’s aggressive manipulations. It was as though we were allowed no time to educate our people before the IFSP does too much damage. Of course, the apparent hybrid works for a hard-liner whose job it is to be blunt about such scenarios. The old hard-liner has made a variety of remarks, some encouraging, others coldly distant.

Distressed by the predicament, I couldn’t help thinking that humans live in a remote location that may best be described by way of analogy. If the visible universe were but our one, single planet, we would live in a tiny hamlet (earth) hiding in the shadow of a potential volcano (our future merged elliptical galaxy) adjoining a tiny, remote island (the Milky Way) that’s part of a group of islands (the local galaxy groups) situated somewhere near a large valley of cities (the Virgo supercluster). Some hyperversals attending to our situation may be like a nearly-invisible consulate on a small island far out in the ocean. They try to perform their responsibilities according to a certain plan. In this analogy, Verdants would be a single tribe living in a number of villages on a few tiny islands far from greater population centers (like the Horologium supercluster or the Shapley supercluster).

The greater population centers of the universe may not hear much about our distant, relatively small predicament. They have other crises to attend to. In terms of the analogy above, the death of the gray planet would like Nauru, a small, forested South Pacific island that was mined and depleted by foreign companies that left the island a treeless, desert wasteland. Meanwhile, the gray planet isn’t merely ruined; it’s completely, irrevocably dead and grays have been removed to work on what, by way of analogy,

is yet another island in a tacky little casino that fancies itself economically important.

In other words, humans should be aware that Verdants may try to play up to more advanced hyperversals by posing an implicit deal, of sorts: the Verdants will do grotesque dirty work, yet stay in touch. Verdants will help kill off dangerous new populations and help avert the risk that aliens in the vicinity will interact with each other independent of hyperversal inputs. Verdants may try to sell the scheme by saying it spreads

non-sexuality and reduces the number of independent worlds. As a result of Verdant ruthlessness, lesser aliens will come crawling to hyperversals in desperation–seeking the consideration of anyone more capable than the Verdants.

Meanwhile, if so meager albeit quickly learning a person as myself (and those in communication with me) can see through such a scheme at this early date, thanks to persistent coaching from native aliens and other hyperversals put off by Verdants, then the Verdant scheme to buddy up to hyperversals may be in trouble. Ironically, the Verdant scheme probably causes competing, non-IFSP aliens to interact more tightly together. Rather than avert alien interactions outside of the Verdants’ bully scheme, Verdant dundering should cause a larger counter-convention to cohere.
 

Now, here’s an unexpected irony:  we, as a newly evolved people, need to remember that hyperversals can be highly civilized. They seem to be sensitive to human suffering, and, due to their relatively insular remove from people like us, some hyperversals can sometimes seem like the former children of gentle, trusting societies. They are categorically more civilized than Verdants and have a greater, finer kind of insight, which can be enormously helpful. Nonetheless, Verdants’ predatory opportunism seems to have found a way to manipulate hyperversals’ vulnerabilities. Verdants’ sheer, specious indulgence (their many planets, their vast rake of resources to please their crowd, their desire to travel and sexually indulge beneath the light of billions of other stars) has found a way to take maximum advantage of hyperversal aliens.

The most advanced hyperversals are non-sexuals: neither as brutal and predatory, nor as territorial as Verdants. The difference between non-sexuals and sexuals is one of the defining themes of life in this universe. Hyperversals have moderated their numbers, certainly their primitive impulses. They live within community/communities of mind,

a much more advanced social premise. Meanwhile, Verdants aren’t yet a community of mind–by any stretch; they don’t treat others as equals.

So, Verdant opportunists have found a way to twist and manipulate some hyperversals for Verdant gain. In their animal-like rush to take too much, Verdants, like spoiled children, have learned to traumatize lesser populations in order to take advantage of them. Through the IFSP’s direct operatives, they essentially sponsor and manipulate mass killing, i.e. the many crimes against humanity promoted by, and profiting, the IFSP’s direct human operatives. In other words, Verdants coldly and methodically threaten the survival of entire planets—Verdants worsen tensions and conflicts in order to profit by doing so.

Verdants spokespersons say that’s but a tangential irony of their larger, cosmic responsibilities, yet Verdants use target populations’ resources and pepper surrounding star systems with small, token surrogate populations who work for the IFSP. Verdants make cold criminals of deeply-infiltrated direct operatives yet turn around and tell hyperversals that Verdants need to be on the scene to tend to such crimes (as if all people on the target planet are as dangerous as the IFSP’s worst direct operatives). Verdants may feel a compulsion to foul humans in order to be able to later say that we, humans, were violent and cruel, hence we can’t turn around and claim that Verdants are cruel for having manipulated numerous terracides. This is a very real issue of our time. Verdants may want us to ape their peculiar habits and say that “(name of a lost planet) died for YOUR sins, too,” so to speak.

And the hyperversals? Of course they monitor such doings, probably apalled, for the most part (although some orchestrate offenders like the Verdants). Verdants have learned to maneuver people(s) like us into atrocious spectacles, orgies of violence and religious warfare, extremes of (partly Verdant-sponsored) greed and pretension to #1 military status, which leads to IFSP control of resources. Like bizarrely spoiled children, the most corrupt Verdant manipulators have learned that the more ghastly and atrocious the planet-killing spectacle, the more aghast and in thrall are hyperversals—who may try to help the struggling peoples. Hyperversals may respond with epic gestures and help provide greater universal context (noting possibilities that seem obvious to hyperversals yet aren’t attainable by humans, at present). Nonetheless, it makes hyperversals feel good to offer some guidance–which Verdants probably see as superfluous. The IFSP moves in for the kill and plays the hyperversals for sheer, specious gain. *Some of the worst hyperversals do material deals with Verdants—they may profit by Verdant overkill. Various human and other community researchers have probed the relationship in detail. Reports by Phillip Krapf and Sgt. Stone show that US officials probably track such developments.

Meanwhile, Verdants try to sell their scheme to hyperversals by saying that although Verdants and their human operatives profit by causing war and irreparable destruction of Earth’s environment, Verdants will make sure that humans will be turned into non-sexuals–via the Verdant breeding program. Verdants argue that the degradation (or death) of planet Earth will have been worth it. *I’ve witnessed such argument at various junctures. Verdants occasionally boast that they physically dominate at least one large galaxy (containing more than 100 billion stars). Having tended to a wide variety of alien populations, Verdants say that as a mega-population, they’re like the ancient ancestors of many hyperversals. In short, Verdants argue that their understandings more closely approximate those of hyperversals than do the smaller, isolated perspectives of lesser populations, so hyperversals should see the logic in the IFSP’s design.

One hyperversal who is apparently older, if not more advanced than –X₃ said Verdants are seen as a test case that will force Virgo supercluster populations to organize in order to limit offenders of the sort. If such is the case, then Verdants aren’t entirely favored by hyperversals. Instead, Verdant corruption is expected to spur others to do better. Hyperversals have a way of rounding out problems of the sort by placing them in larger perspective (which is typical of basic hyper-dynamics, although it can fall short of universality by mistaking the event horizons of a single galaxy and certain hyperversals’ technology for the sum total of the universe—I’ve seen this; it is most immodest.)

As is the case among universe-wide hyperversal interactions, the errors of any one population either stimulate a larger corrective response or a failure among the given population–a crisis in which more advanced parties can offer guidance and further insight. *Some hyperversals would say that with time and patience, advanced consciousness should prevail anywhere, at any time, because a failure to assimilate such insights is due to crude, lower-order misconception. In other words, all quantities derive from the whole, which is deeply inter-dimensioned with a finer, gentler kind of genius.

    Hyperversal Behaviors

In order to rejuvenate themselves, old hyperversals numbed by experience may, at times, withdraw into isolated natural splendor or each other’s company and the beauties of the cosmos—turning away from brutal, manipulated conflicts way down at our short-lived, human level. Hyperversals say that if left unresolved, such conflicts can spread, especially in galaxies stressed by merger with other galaxies.

To a certain extent, hyperversals rationalize human existence in terms of hyperversals’ own surroundings and advanced technology. Some can’t imagine what it would be like to die due to a petty virus, to age and expire within a brief 76-81 years like we do. Some “three ellipticals” aliens err by thinking only in terms of large-scale, mega-populations rather than (or including) smaller groups or independents. We see an idealized roundness of attitude surrounding the fact that hyperversals endured over time, while ancient contemporaries perished. We’ve also seen “three ellipticals” hyperversals try to insulate themselves from criticism. They try to cut critics off then blandly generalize about the wondrous, rounded qualities of their single, localized hyperversal community. Some have a compulsive tendency to smother human critique of the Verdants’ planet-killing strategy. They do so by spinning a web of propaganda and keeping up a constant babble of superfluous remarks to divert attention away from IFSP crimes.

Of course, at this early date in human awareness of hyperversals, our notion of extended universe cycles may be inaccurate. To hyper-extend the universe may be less drastic than we might think. Steven Hawking says astrophysics suggest that time emerges continuously within the universe, even now—13.7 billion years after what some hypothesize to have been a “Big Bang.” If Hawking is correct, continuous emergence of time within the fine structure of space-time suggests that hyper-extension of the universe could done without massive casualties. Continuous emergence would allow for smoother continuity, from an advanced perspective. So, a hyper-extended, recycling universe might not be as harsh as some might think.

Meanwhile, the hyperversal I call –X₃ has a kind of Oh bother! attitude regarding human aversion to previous Verdant planet kills. How can that be? Some hyperversals may have lived so long that they actually attended planet kills while monitoring Verdant interventions. Suffice it to say, they may not be the most sensitive minds in our vicinity, nor can their judgement always be assumed reliable regarding humankind. Over many months of interactions I’ve noticed that, at times,   -X₃ and some “three ellipticals” hyperversals go off on a jag, lapsing into coldly negative disposition over relatively slight matters. I’ve observed this on various occasions. This may be an irony of extended-life geriatric psychology. It may also indicate propagandistic rationalization of mass crimes against other aliens. They grow numb, if not insensitive in ways that they don’t quite comprehend. Meanwhile, sensitivities allowed to wither are difficult to regain.

Psychological casualties of the sort can find refuge within the vacant shell mentality among certain sectors of offending mega-populations. In a strange way (when seen from above) that’s a controlling, if not regulated place to keep them. *More about this later in a chapter on mega-populations. The danger, of course, is that in some places extinction of sensitivity can gain sway, then be imposed on others through an evacuated kind of group-mind, shell mentality. When monitored and persuaded that individual identity has no basis, whatsoever, critics and troublemakers can be silenced to make for a more efficient regime, although crude impulses invariably manifest later. Such regimes can plough through manipulated disasters then simply put them out of mind. From a hierarchical perspective, planet-kills can be posed as having been manipulated by lesser aliens like Verdants who help to change or do away with more primitive populations.

One hyperversal responded to the above by saying that my exposition of the sort could antagonize certain regime-minded hyperversals who tend to Verdants. I was asked what prevents their individual impulses from doing great harm (and was expected to reply that it was group mind, a community awareness). Obviously, in cases of extreme de-sensitization there has to be at least some kind of remedial refuge, yet I replied that the lives and minds of so many can’t be taken for granted.

Some hyperversals’ over-reaction to trivia seems to be caused by acute sensitivity to their involvement in wrongdoing, i.e. affiliation with the IFSP. It makes them hyper-sensitive, prone to overgeneralization and the rationalization of mass crimes as efficacious. Hyperversals tend to ask whether the entire mess is at least moving in a more evolved direction. If so, it’s easier for them to put it out of mind. “Three ellipticals”’ over-reaction to trivial human error is often accompanied by remarks about bad human ecology. They feign innocence while their regime tries to maximize its control (however indirect) of other populations. *Since I began work on a new book about the hyper-conservations of advanced communities, their prickly behavior has waned, apparently because they see that I and others are thinking about, and realizing, the inescapable responsibilities of advanced communities.

I’ve heard a claim by one hyperversal (possibly manipulated by competitors) that his population can manipulate Verdants to thwart human moves toward disclosure about aliens. One hyperversal who is critical of the faction that reportedly wants to lord it over three ellipticals suggested that three ellipticals pretenders go so far as to genetically insert their operatives into the highest levels of lesser mega-populations for optimum influence. The message was accompanied by an image of a hyperversal alien manipulating a Queen Victoria-like figure (the analogy is in the fact that Victoria married her children into as many monarchies as she could to maximize her influence). The metaphor didn’t necessarily signify that there are great numbers of “three ellipticals” aliens. Instead, they may be a modest contingent that uses an age-old prop to get their way.

Sometimes among the “three elliptical” faction, we see a prejudicial, angry regard for current cycle aliens passed off as though it were but a momentary, animal-like impulse. It resembles the fitful disdain of human imperialists. For example, we see “three elliptical” aliens bundled into the IFSP strategy for maximum control, yet the whole act is fobbed off as though the consequences aren’t so real, in the end, to them. When external cruelties (mass atrocities and planet kills) disturb them too much, they simply put them out of mind. *Remember, there are some hyperversals trying to expose this.

How can they put such horrors out of mind? Hyperversals and other aliens have mentioned some of the following rationale: The new (victim) species was potentially dangerous;  they were given some chances but didn’t quite make it;  a lesser directly-intervening collective (or empire) manipulated the planet kill after being rejected;  the new species was reckless [i.e. they tried to use electrogravity/magnetogravity too crudely, too direct current-like (d.c.) rather than use a moderated alternating current-like (a.c.) version];  there isn’t enough room in a deeply inhabited universe for such a species—they might not accord with more advanced others;  the species was too primitive—just another greedy upstart intent on taking too much;  the species ignored all warnings and planned to venture out with excess weaponry that invites use during confrontations;  circumstances didn’t provide for a more responsible contact with helpful neighbors, hence the new species wasn’t competent to use the new technologies;  the new species lived in a merging galaxy where, instead of reducing population to adjust for the future merger, they went rabbit crazy and would have become a population threat;  an aggressively acquisitive collective (or empire) intervened and gave them some advanced technology during a breeding program/takeover scheme but was rejected, leaving an artificially greedy elite (previously used by the intervening aliens) that hadn’t learned basic eco humility;  the new species’ planet or surroundings are needed by a more advanced, aggressively intervening empire; the intervening collective (or empire) already cut a deal with certain corrupt hyperversals but the new species can’t or won’t do so on their own;  the new species is wrong for its mix of neighbors;  and finally, lingering in the back of prejudicial hyperversals’ minds (i.e. some of those attached to Verdants) is the assumption that all advanced spirits dwell in previous generations of hyperversals or their favorites, while only condemned, failed spirits take up in newly-evolved species (which isn’t true, of course, but the thought can resonate in a corrupt hyperversal’s mind). Along with other humans, I’ve witnessed such thoughts among hyperversals.

In short, the most coldly manipulative hyperversals seek refuge within the ideal while trying to keep their own population numbers modest (from a hyperversal perspective, which is actually a huge number from the human perspective). At the same time, corrupt hyperversals prefer to farm out the coldest killer routines to lesser aliens (like Verdants). They may seek shelter in trivial distinctions that mask bias and prejudicial overkill—they try to distance themselves from direct brutality. Some try to bundle lesser aliens into an abusive mega-population’s evacuated shell mentality, which is a diagrammatic match for the failed minds and technological security assumptions of some old hyperversals. How so? Hyperversals of the sort rationalize the dumping of lesser or offending populations into a group shell mentality (extinction of some emotions, idealization of the group’s one-ness and its right to control others), in part because it makes them easier to manage, in part because the whole scheme is conditioned by the given hyperversals’ sense of themselves in comparison to lesser aliens. Hyperversals use multiply-nested shells of alternate-cycle energy to protect themselves from the prying eyes and wants of lesser aliens, hence the shell rationalization. When we confront an offending hyperversal regarding such assumptions, we get blunt generalizations: quick and impulsive retorts, crabbed and insular mutterings by a bizarrely old character (much of it couched in half-truths and ideal-speak).

Again, we’ve been advised to heed our neighbors’ warnings: social evolution doesn’t always keep up with technological proficiency. We live in a universe where no regime is to be entirely trusted as though infallible.

Long ago, some hyperversal populations began with an elitist, greedy rationalization (imagine the animal rush to take more than competitors early in a universe cycle or as technology depleted old environs). In other words, some hyperversal regimes originally expanded in great disproportion to their neighbors. Like the ancient inequities of Ur, the first large human city–which, even today, mirror aspects of New York’s elite tendencies, we need to remember that although ancient hyperversals changed social structure with time, some of their impulses may still be those of an aggressive empire in some cases: cold, insensitive, and prone to arrogant rationalization.

Hyperversals like the Verdant-abetting “three elliptical” pretenders secure themselves inside multiple layers of alternate cycle energy while rationalizing the group-mind shell mentality of offending client states, on the outside. At various junctures while probing “three elliptical” hyperversals about the Verdant strategy, I’ve seen how offending regimes essentially trap themselves behind a kind of event horizon without realizing that they do so.

                                A Most Singular Limitation

To illustrate how this can actually be viewed by a person skilled in remote sensing, we turn to Verdants. Offending Verdants appear to think that their version of community mind (controlling, tends to sternly displace critique) centers on a black hole kind of singularity–which they manage to exceed through basic, easy hyperdynamics. How do their thoughts and telepathic/psychotronic interactions center on a singularity? The Verdant empire centers on a single galaxy with a large,

central black hole that’s vital to their power and control. As one Verdant explained to Phillip Krapf, for long distance travel “they can cut the time down considerably… by traveling through wormholes, time and space warps, and black holes.” (The Contact Has Begun, p. 46) Hyperspace travel cycles through black hole singularities in a way that’s non-direct and non-linear, faster-than-light. This prevents travelers from being harmed or trapped by a black hole’s event horizon. Indeed, black holes are an integral part of basic “negative energy” dynamics. *There may be more advanced dynamics.

When a population like the Verdants uses energy on a large scale, they must carefully monitor the ecology of the matter-vs-singularity equilibrium in their galaxy. Their use of electrogravity and negative energy isn’t “free.” Instead, it can upset the basic equilibrium and speed the clock on an entire galaxy’s lifetime. But Verdants know that, which is why they seek to use great amounts of energy elsewhere. They are a galaxy-spanning population that uses psychotronic and faster-than-light communications technology. In order to do so, they must configure it all in relation to their galaxy’s central black hole, and, ultimately, in relation to other galaxies.

In order to communicate and interact with each other, they seek maximum range and scope in their galaxy, which fluctuates in relation to their galaxy’s central black hole (and other, deeper dimension). For more advanced aliens, such relationships are a given and aren’t so much of a problem at this stage in our universe cycle. But the equilibrium of the Verdants’ home galaxy has been overly depleted. They simply take too much. They aren’t modest enough to proportion themselves according to equal consideration (as is obvious in their intervention here). In order to prop up their elite lifestyle, they waste resources and now seek to deplete other galaxies instead of their own. Such thinking, coupled with the arrogations of empire (manipulated conflicts, planet kills, and other staging) aren’t characteristic of the finest minds. There are great-scale checks on offenders like (some) Verdants. Much like the basic physics of the universe, finer minds course more largely. More advanced interactions have greater range and finer consideration for other peoples.

Offending Verdants literally lean into the singular (a negative energy dynamic accessible almost anywhere), placing maximum demand on their environment. This isn’t merely a figurative metaphor. They literally orient themselves and their evacuated shell mentality, their version of group mind, in direct relation to the gravity (negative energy dynamic) of their galaxy’s central black hole, the sheer hierarchical scheme of it all. They seek to dominate, hence they place themselves at the center of consideration, occasionally touching base with the relics of a previous offending mega-population (the “three elliptical” hyperversals noted above). Verdants told Krapf that Verdants are THE superpower, which is ridiculous, given what we know about hyperversals. The truth is, power-hungry collectives that cause great grief to other aliens find themselves trapped within an elusive, seemingly one-way river of time. In the end, when seen from above, offending Verdants are pegged to their grandiose claim, their relatively small corner of the universe.

Basic negative energy dynamics allow Verdant thoughts to dimension through the nearest singularity faster-than-light, BUT, and this is a critical «but,» their empire’s central authority subtly stifles thought and doesn’t allow adequate dissent. To speak against the regime is to risk being sought out and pressured, then disempowered by the regime (which masks as a trading collective).

So, the IFSP is hierarchically structured, dominated by a coldly manipulative Verdant elite. There are some good Verdants, of course, but you may not hear from them—they’re kept busy with insular rotations of duty within the IFSP. Meanwhile, trapped within a vicious cycle of domination and manipulated atrocities, the worst Verdants have failed to venture into more strangely entwined, if not bizarrely fluctuating higher dimensions–where higher order being is composed on a more universal scale. Verdants of the sort are prisoners of their own physical pretensions.

It’s as though, by exceeding their ability to sustain themselves, by going out to dominate and control other worlds, by taking too much and killing some relatively innocent planets in the process, they lapse into a lower order of mind—although they don’t discern it as such. That’s the ultimate trap, the ultimate failing within such arrogance. As is true with all severe offenders, the very first step into wrongdoing drops them into a lower order of more singular consciousness, not a “higher” community of mind (which is multiply inter-dimensioned). Instead, they tend to lapse into the sum total of their neighborhood’s all-of-time offenders—a singularly inter-related prison, in a sense (which they don’t quite see). There’s an order of being that lumps the most physically offensive pretenders together in isolated corners of the universe. Of course, they all see themselves as power-connected, major manipulators. It’s as though they seek to rule the devil without being corrupted (although they aren’t religious). It’s simple imperialism, wrought with cruel consequences.

In the end, there’s a universal ecology in which the ultimate measure and test of any individual’s life is his or her regard for any other person’s life. If you or your society take another life wrongly, then you’re immediately reduced, although you may not know it (being callous or indifferent). The same is true of an offending empire. It’s a strange irony of the universal equivalency, a mathematically defining aspect of alternate-cycle hyperdynamics. No one, anywhere, is immune. In the Verdant case, however, it’s difficult to impress this on an entire empire of sexuals. They may not see the consequences clearly, but then again, they have cut themselves off. Offenders of the sort remain trapped within a kind of event horizon, both literally and figuratively. They don’t see beyond the gravity well, of sorts, that they dig for themselves.

Power and domain are hypnotic diversions for some Verdants (not all Verdants, of course). They revel in the awe of a galactic scale, singular darkness, a kind of hypersphere where butt ugly arrogations tend to rule–down within the darkness. Male Verdants seek sexual opportunity amid such diversions, and the crueler and more (psychically) unattractive they are, the more spectacular and destructive the mating dance. Some may coldly sacrifice other worlds to both look, and feel important. Their community mind (a relatively primitive, mimic stab at such) literally hovers just above the event horizon of a galaxy center black hole, only barely allowing for greater connectedness. Remember, their physics and technology center on a negative/alternate cycle that phases directly through their galaxy’s central black hole. For some, that’s a power rush. To better minds it seems a prison. When seen from above through a basic kind of universal justice, that is their punishment. That’s where they are kept to prevent them from distorting more evolved orders of mind. Various hyperversals have cautioned me not to say too much about this (due to a larger ecology, of sorts). After all, there’s a bizarrely deep, but precise order in being, much of which has been configured by the sum total of intelligent kind.

When a person skilled in remote sensing encounters, then studies offending Verdants (and offending hyperversals), he or she must remotely inflate beyond their physical bounds—fluctuating through and beyond their limitations. It’s as though your mind steps out at (figurative) right angles to their bunched up, corrupted way of thinking. Then, and only then, do you literally see them hovering ever so slightly above a kind of event horizon. What you see, and what they don’t see, is that the preponderance of such offenders’ assumptions are trapped within a singular condition. By not being implicated, you may exist beyond that. You may be more universally acceptable, hence capable of inclusion within higher orders of mind.

Ironically, such offenders revel in a sense of power and singular pretension yet remain trapped within a realm that includes other ghastly offenders. Believe it or not, higher minds must assure that there is order even there, among the worst of the worst. They can’t be allowed to degrade too far. Of course, higher order mind can span the entirety of such offenders’ limitations and vastly exceed them, even if only faintly. *Faintness, subtlety and humility are characteristics of the highest order(s) of mind, of course. They aren’t weaknesses.

Although some readers haven’t yet developed the remote sensing connectedness needed to recognize the singular limitations of alien offenders, a good person probably has at least an intuitive feel for it. This is perhaps the most important distinction that I can discuss in this book. It separates different orders of being and can endure for the living equivalent of all of time. Given that there are extra universe cycles, woe to those who assume that the seemingly singular, physical pretensions of the latest cycle are all they need to worry about.

The higher, finer and more far-reaching/more comprehensive dimensions of mind are reserved for either older, more educated and humble civilizations or finer, good deed only minds. Most good, non-greedy, non-killer/non-offending humans can skip through and beyond offenders’ realms, although most don’t know it. It probably only seems «real» to them when they sleep, when low order precepts are suspended, however fleetingly. However, no person in his or her right mind will jump into the hole with such offenders. It isn’t safe to do so because over time it can corrupt a mind beyond recognition. It isn’t so easy to re-order a brutal mind, no matter how good it once was. They are ever the less; they have to live with that.

The problem with such minds, and I don’t pretend that none are salvageable, is that they hive within a double darkness (although some boast of their light-like qualities). Most humans are unacquainted with discussions about repressive communities of mind that mimic more advanced communities and hover just above the event horizon of a galaxy’s central black hole. Advanced aliens both know and have “seen” such phenomena (see the chapter about how to remotely locate and “see” aliens and their electrogravity). So, how can mind be dimensioned beyond body, and how can offenders circulate way out here, when their mind hive centers on a singularity at the center of a galaxy?

Here’s how: large-scale cycles of negative energy and electrogravity/magnetogravity tightly and discretely tie all deeper quantum fluctuations (all those canceled-out wave functions–it happens in every quantum and in seemingly «empty» space) to all singularities in any given part of the universe. On a larger scale, all negative energy can connect to the universes’s sum total of black holes, but let’s get real, here—manipulative killers like the IFSP’s worst don’t rate on a universal scale. They are continuously criticized, sometimes warned, by more evolved aliens, many of whom are subtle in their critiques. There seems to be a tacit understanding that better kinds need to maintain a healthy remove from, and a disguisable invisibility to, the worst IFSP offenders. A larger order in the universe favors finer-minded, non-violent citizens of decent, evolving societies, even if some had to fight to establish such societies, in the first place.

Here is the IFSP mistake of mistakes: when they place offending Verdants above all others in their vicinity, they wear blinders to their crimes. Again, such arrogance tends to see time as a one-way river, when, instead, time is a vast, multi-directional continuity (finely but tightly, gently shared and expansive). In the singularly limited minds of offenders, the higher order «directions» in time seem to cancel out, and the current universe cycle may seem to them as though it RULES. It doesn’t.

Time isn’t a one-way river. Those who think or behave as though they can take too much are run around in a low-order, one-way circle, in a sense. The IFSP elite’s arrogance and territoriality lumps them into a vacuous mind hive, a dark and literally starless community mindform where destructive impulses and inequities lapse into vicious cycles of power and control.

When seen from outside, the worst offenders bark their fixed and coldly predatory, idealized threats and presumptions back and forth across the resonance space of their galaxy center black hole. To do this, they must fix their attention on the deeper singular nature of their environment (their black hole, a dark energy center), which, through negative energy, pulls them all together. The illusion, for them, is that it all seems to be unified and defended (singular), hence it is good, theirs.

Meanwhile, once when I suggested that black holes could have an onerous, prison-like quality, a hyperversal corrected me by saying that black holes are beautiful, well-timed genius, deep with possibilities, not just a trap for IFSP-like offenders. This is important.

Black holes, which appear to owe to a previous cycle of fluctuations that tunneled into the present universe cycle, aren’t waste bins. They can act as energy, information and exchange threshholds. They can also help to confine murderous greed to its own limitations. Hence, the monsters in our midst are all about possession of things, power and control. Meanwhile, the best among us are about equality and transparency; sharing. Precise, instantaneous justice is exacted–although it isn’t always seen immediately. Instead, when seen from above by better minds, it is grouped as such. Monsters both resemble, and prioritize themselves according to other monsters. The most criminal trading collectives (i.e. in parts of the IFSP) must live out their offensive duration in isolation until they evolve a deeper kind of humility. Verdants must drastically reduce their population numbers (not 500 trillion Verdants, but less than 50 trillion) or they’ll be looking at perpetual conflict, a largely non-violent isolation of the IFSP by those who must guard against it. In the future, we’ll be part of an effort to convince them of better ecology. We must also help to re-sensitize other “advanced” offenders.

    A More Evolved Humility

One well-veiled hyperversal alien whose population is regularly referred to as having originated during a universe cycle before the previous universe cycle said that after two universe cycles, hyperversals are almost entirely inoffensive. In other words, they are reportedly more humble, both in number and character; they’re more equally integrated into universal community of mind. It was a remarkable statement, and, when seen in conjunction with a variety of other hyperversal attitudes and behaviors over time, it underscores a crucial aspect of mind and universal citizenship that can be summarized neatly: There are understandings, communications and awareness that can only be known and achieved within the cohomology of equal consideration (cohomology is an order in which various events and mentalities are homologous within each other—they inter-dimension precisely).

A failure to both consider and share equally sinks offenders marginally beneath such understandings. Such aliens can’t know as much as they should because they cut themselves off within a crude, lesser cycle that causes them (and others) to suffer, sometimes for great periods of time (if their worlds even survive, in the first place).

If it takes two universe cycles, or tens of billions of years, to humble and correct some old alien tendencies, then we can see how it is that some hyperversals from a previous universe cycle are still making mistakes like those of the Verdants, for example. How might that happen? Much has been said about the subject, over time.

Current cycle aliens pose a problem for hyperversal aliens. Once we begin to use electrogravity and negative (or alternate) cycle technology, we use energy and time; we create distortions and a busy kind of noise, in a sense. We can be crude and repulsive (i.e. aggressive colonials), when compared to more advanced hyperversals. We must be directed toward better ecology and better understandings. We must evolve finer kinds of mind. After communicating with hyperversals and noting their subtleties and larger considerations, an observer notes that when a (sexual) Verdant enters into the mix, the difference between hyperversal aliens and the Verdant is nearly as stark as the difference between an all-too-demanding human and a hyperversal. Compared to hyperversals, a Verdant working the Intervention here is prone to limited, pleasure-seeking awareness. Such Verdants seem more visually and physically absorbed and superficial, almost selfish in their immersion in their surroundings. To see that is disappointing.

Hyperversals know that in every galaxy, a number of mega-populations will grow more numerous and take more planets for themselves than will smaller, humbler populations. Ironically, hyperversals who were, themselves, part of aggressive mega-populations more than 13.7 billion years ago may be tasked with remotely supervising a current-cycle mega-population, while, at the same time, the given hyperversals’ population is compelled to help moderate all alien population numbers, including their own, over time. Astronomers and physicists can see that stars and atoms have a limited lifetime, so there’s ever a need to plan for an extended universe cycle.

However, some hyperversals may still want to indulge their desire to see more, do more and sample more of the universe’s many biomes and spectacles. In order to do so, and in order to reduce their need to directly haggle with recently-evolved aliens, they may rely on a (sometimes offensive) current-cycle mega-population (i.e. the Verdants). If the given hyperversals are too detached and utilitarian in substituting the offending Verdants’ grasp for their own more-evolved impulses of the sort, nightmarish abuses can occur:  manipulated wars, extremes of greed and destruction like that of the IFSP’s direct operatives here.

In other words, while the one, formerly offensive hyperversal population tries to meet larger universal requirements of humility, reduced population and ecology, they may rely on a current cycle mega-offender to do certain dirty work. So, in some ways they are failing to evolve as required, hence it can take billions of years for their population to learn coequal humility (and inclusion). Due to hyper-advanced science, they live increasingly long lives yet become wearied and may resent the toll that crude, recently-evolved megapopulations take on them. It’s a double bind.

The given hyperversals may want to shift direct, physical responsibility for newly evolved aliens to current cycle aliens, yet the process and the implications of doing so can be both criminal and de-sensitizing. Hyperversals must convince new alien populations to moderate and be peaceful, yet age-old contradictions still burden them (i.e. the given hyperversals’ ancestors took too much, too crudely long ago). Despite their hyper-advanced technology, they’re still bound to the horrors and arrogance of excess. So, the contradictions of inequality can haunt them for billions of years.

In the end, they may want to escape the distorted impulses of power and control, to merge with a more advanced and less coarsely physical, more modestly-numbered order of hyperversals that pre-dates them. And so, with each cycle, the highest goal is to evolve beyond all crudeness and destruction, to essentially purify the order of being and evolve all lower order impulses. Advanced aliens go out of their way to emphasize that the entire universe continuously strives to return to, or integrate as, a unified, collective entity (its true basis). *Ironically, harmless new aliens who gently limit their population numbers and the Δt/alt t of negative energy use may be able to advance more quickly in the order of being. They need not be drawn into long cycles of corruption and manipulated destruction, although they must accord with their neighbors and be vigilant re the living, universal ecology.

Ultimately, there’s a determining irony in the fact that no crude hyperversal community of mind can exist apart from, or unaffected by, the larger, more evolved order of previous generations and any unusually evolved current-cycle aliens. No matter how ideally equal and considerate the larger continuum of being, offending populations must be assessed and tested to see if they are evolving as is necessary. This has been observed in some instances, and we’ve seen how well-adjusted, fine-minded hyperversals nearly recoil with discomfort and disillusion when offenders’ mind-space is sampled, so to speak. To the best hyperversals, the lesser kind may seem distorted and repugnant. Non-sexuals may think of offensive sexuals as being immersed in a collective, animal order of superficial impulses (the stops and starts of personal pleasures, as opposed to more enduring universal awareness). So, in order to preserve the universe and allow for the best of all shared interactions, the most advanced populations must either strive for a faint but nearly infinite kind of expanded awareness and humility, or they must try to order the universe according to universally recognized good character while clocking all advanced technology in order to be on the watch for Δt offenders. In truth, they must do both.

Like any good physicist, hyperversals group phenomenon according to entire categories in the universe. All light, all singularities, all electrons are commonalities, in a sense. They inter-dimension according to the same universal constraint. While humans tend to search for the definitive particle (i.e. a theorized “graviton”) or the tight mono-dimensional string of string theory, hyperversals see a more complex, yet simple inter-dimensioning of non-whole quantities–all integrated into the hyper-complex but single universal/multiversal whole. Rather than search for an external, conceptually concretized particle “thing,” of sorts, hyperversals see a cohomology of inter-dimensioning cycles evacuated by the “negative” dimension of previous universe cycles, yet all cycles virtually connected. In other words, we live in a multiverse premised upon a series of previous and future cycles, some previously inhabited, some, if not all of them hyper-intelligent, over time.

Advanced minds share a fine and beautiful awareness wherein the event horizons in time that humans normally speak of are less distinct, an order in which time is subtly multi-directional. Upon first experiencing such interactions, humans may feel overwhelmed and hopeful, blessed to even know. It’s an order-in-being premised on more than simple out-of-body experience (OBE). Instead, it requires a kind of out-of-body identity (OBI),

a larger social cohesion. When humans first evolve into such an awareness they want to remain; they don’t want to go back to an isolated, individual body (many can attest to this). It’s a profoundly hopeful awareness, cause for careful re-consideration of old assumptions. *It cycles inwardly, while expanding outwardly, remember?

  A Second Depth of Awareness

Humans who take time to get up to speed on telepathy and remote sensing have what is, in effect, a second depth of awareness. They both think and feel beyond their immediate, physical bodies. Second depth awareness involves a deeper, often intuitive awareness of negative energy and electrogravity, etc. coupled with a greater outward spread of the person’s sensing (this invariably merges into collectively shared dimensions). Via a negative cycle through, and out into space-time, they feel out into further reaches. This is how some of us can almost instantly know what another is thinking–often far away. Strange as it may seem, animals lack intellectual barriers and may rely on second depth awareness for their survival. When elephants grabbed humans and ran uphill before the tsunami struck in 2005, when dogs ran upslope before any visible signs of disaster, they probably relied on second depth. Second depth awareness is part of remote sensing. The physics (and community of mind) that allow this to occur are explained in earlier chapters.

Second depth awareness allows telepathy to network through many different people at the same time and eventually graduates into a higher order of thought: community of mind. At first this may require coordinated focus on a given individual or others who act as a kind of meeting place for various minds, but over time it becomes a larger, habitual awareness. This allows us to walk into a room of people and sense the mood and subject of recent interactions there. It involves a kind of transparency, as does all telepathy. *Please try it, if you can. In most cases it can only improve your life.

Again, as Russel Targ PhD says, “The big secret is that there are no secrets.” In other words, other people can know your thoughts. Initially, this may seem awkward among sexuals, but among non-sexuals it’s much less so. Transparency of the sort takes a little getting used to. Many of the lies and misconceptions that tangle up in a mind wither away as a result (a saving grace, in itself). A man who spends too much time looking a woman up and down may find that she turns warily and looks in his direction. In second depth societies, a man who wants power for criminal reasons can be detected. The lies of a given regime and its crimes can all be known by any of the people.

In short, second depth awareness, which all aliens develop and which humans need to be more honest about, helps keep humans and aliens honest. It is both expected and necessary in order to understand an intelligent universe. Over time, second depth awareness evolves into higher order(s) of extra awareness, which advanced hyper-versals and community of mind exemplify. There are all-important, if not phenomenal understandings and dynamics that can only be known through such awareness and equality. Believe it or not, the difference between community of mind and an individual is greater than the difference between an individual and a single brain cell.

When newly-evolved populations discover negative energy and electrogravity, advanced beings contact them for various reasons: to further civilize them and to get them to accord with Δt (or alt t) ecology. When humans start to interact and probe within second depth awareness, the same advanced community tries, in various ways, to assure that pre-existing, non-violent conventions are understood. As we’ve seen with hyperversals, this meeting of minds can be touchy, at times, but, in overall terms, should lead to mutually more evolved continuities.

So, when hyperversal aliens fret and distance themselves from rough-edged human behavior, it helps to remember that hyperversals share larger, more smoothly contoured interactions of mind, even if some hyperversals err when interacting with humans. Fearful human impulses and arrogations may seem strange them—hard to fathom because most hyperversals begin with better ideas, right from the start. To imagine how we “feel” to them, imagine trying to understand a caveman who knows but 30 words, a man biased toward the use of force and blind to what he hasn’t yet considered.

Once again, it helps to remember: rangely widely across both the forward and the past directions in time are increasingly more advanced orders of mind and being. More advanced societies are all around us in nearly every direction, in the present sense, also. There’s much to learn.

Due to the exigencies of larger circumstance, advanced aliens may sometimes feel cut off, their emotions dessicated. One hyperversal alien said that the best of humanity “is like human silk,” apparently speaking in reference to our independent emotional and critique possibilities (plus other cultural resonance). The statement also hints at how humankind can sometimes be seen as small and isolated.

John Mack wrote that an abductee named Catherine said a gray alien told her that his kind know what care means but “We just don’t feel it as intensely as you do.” Mack wrote that Catherine “could acknowledge that from the (abducting) alien perspective and commitment to their enterprise they might feel affection as we might toward a pet animal that was being used for experiments.” (Abduction, p. 163, 166)

Sometimes, humans note a distant, if not patronizing alien attitude toward the human condition. For example, Verdant-abetting “three ellipticals” hyperversals sometimes try to fob off a superficial image of themselves, at face value. That isn’t how they see themselves, of course, but given the ghastly ironies in the Verdant strategy, they find it convenient to pose themselves that way to humans. For humans, the sheer presumption of such aliens can be a problem. Hyperversals of the sort tend to think that everything is different after the hyperversals. Moreover, they may try to pre-empt other structures and communications networks in this entire multi-galaxy vicinity.

So, we see advanced hyperversals who can be alternately helpful, yet coldly calculating–accustomed to seeing great numbers of other aliens die. They may, at times, tend to dismiss all e.t.’s who evolved during the current cycle as though we’re all inexperienced, naïve lessers. Meanwhile, recently evolved e.t.’s can see what the future holds: a stark need to conserve, prevent conflict, and reduce population in galaxies like the Milky Way and Andromeda because we will merge, forming a large, hot and marginally less hospitable elliptical galaxy. It’s either do or die in such cases but current cycle e.t.’s appear to know that.

At times, “three ellipticals” hyperversals’ attitudes suggest that if humans proceed from more equalitarian, ecological considerations, we’ll do all right. However, at times some of them flip that attitude and act as though the fix is in and millions of humans will die, due to the Verdant incursion. We’ve heard three ellipticals hypers say the Verdant spectacle is simply a variation on a theme because humans would otherwise have experienced an intervention by one group or another. Hyperversals of the sort suggest that humans lack perspective regarding such matters. Keep in mind that hyperversals live long and have seen long histories of brutality here, and elsewhere. They assume that one way or another, we’ll be compelled to change.

                                      Frustrated Aliens’ Impulses

We’ve all seen how frustrated humans sometimes revert to destructive, if not violent

impulses to secure reproductive access and protect their food supply. The most corrupt

humans will lie, cheat, and even foul the entire global environment in order to isolate themselves in splendor. But what about aliens? When challenged beyond immediate control, how do they react?

Over time and under challenging circumstances, we’ve catalogued a variety of frustrated aliens’ impulses. In the same way that humans have animal impulses, we’ve seen various aliens resort to mind-destructive behaviors to protect their work here from being disturbed. Mind destructive and brain destructive behaviors arise, along with attempts to stultify humans. In such instances, aliens have tried to provoke humans to run off and drink alcohol or feel extreme anger. Aliens have remotely made veiled (as though human) threatening remarks to provoke and frighten humans as part of the IFSP/”three ellipticals’” scheme to thwart, if not decapitate, independent human initiative.

Again, when pushed beyond their limits, various aliens impulsively toss off mind-destructive or brain destructive, thought-stultifying gestures. This resembles a human’s animal tendency to behave in ways that maximize genetic proliferation. Among some non-sexual aliens, there’s an impulse to obliterate competing thought systems and impose their own—by any means necessary. However, because they come from more evolved, less internally violent societies, the worst of (interacting) aliens’ impulses appear to be less overtly prone to violence than the worst humans.

In some cases, advanced aliens will float veiled threats into a complex human telepathic interaction in order to pre-empt human threats to other humans. In such cases, the remarks may be couched in softer, essentially see-through terms (assuming that humans are aware of the aliens’ manner and are marginally deferential). At other times, however, i.e. in the case of the IFSP’s direct operatives, more advanced, supervising aliens (including some in the three ellipticals section) have posed threatening remarks–as though human–in order to avert human thoughts about cracking down on the direct operatives. This demonstrates their desire to control the pace and outcome of human doings.

In such cases, basic questions arise about independent, critical judgement–both in our case (the ability to judge such e.t.’s as they are) and in theirs (has their society gone too cold and insular to be able to criticize itself?)  Alien psychotronic technology that monitors and is controlled by brain energy brings certain oppressive potentials into being. No doubt some societies go through nightmarish phases of psychotronic abuse, yet, over time, they develop a measure of transparency. Societies of the sort must establish a basis of law and proportionality, right and wrong, lest they fall behind better populations.

I recall initially being impressed by hyperversals, then disappointed that  a) they don’t have a more active physical presence, and  b) some are corrupt. They tend to use hybrid genetically engineered copies of current-cycle aliens who live in this and other galaxies, in part to pre-empt new populations’ interactions with neighbors before they’ve been assimilated in a larger sense, in part as a filter of sorts. To design their many various hybrids, hyperversals may rely on various mega-populations’ abduction and breeding programs. That’s a vast undertaking involving laboratories and different kinds of science in different places. It predisposes many populations to think in terms of intervention, manipulated genetics, and high technology. It also suggests a chameleon-like strategy, an attempt to play friendly and get on a people’s good side while sometimes scheming to entirely replace them.

In some ways, hyperversal aliens are more like us than not. They can be too obedient, too easily used by the worst among them. Some are too idealized in their remove from other populations; others are designed to interface with mega-populations like the Verdants, for example. Apparently, genetically engineered hybrids are used to interface with Verdants so as to avoid Verdant theft of hyperversals’ genetic material and technology. There are indications that Verdants may long ago have received genetic inputs from the “three ellipticals” hyperversals, perhaps as part of an intervention in their own case.

Again, hyperversals suggest that we do as they did:  we move, as best we can, toward a mostly non-sexual reproduction strategy. They go out of their way to suggest that we integrate into larger entities, which, they suggest, will allow us to endure into extended universe cycles. The question is: which larger entity? Do we forgo independent critique in order to do so, or do we find our own way and make our own associations? In either case, hyperversals live in our vicinity and probably have vital inputs into every mega-population and every galaxy.

One hyperversal said that some independents of the previous universe cycle made it into the current cycle yet accorded and were open to various interactions. In other words, they didn’t arrogate too much to themselves. Of course, from our perspective, how “separate” would such independents actually be? We know they can field a critique of larger mega-populations, and who is to say which are more astute and insightful: independents or large mega-populations? Both options are incomplete without the other.

This is a major topic of discussion among aliens here, given the human penchant for independence in the face of a Verdant intervention. Nonetheless, if we develop better global law and try not to take too much, if we don’t swarm out and attempt to occupy other systems (as Verdants do), we are approachable. If we achieve a resonant global ecology and use electrogravity/magnetogravity only sparingly under global accords, we have a good chance. The irony is that we’ll eventually interbreed with aliens (not necessarily a sexual act) and will exchange genetic options. Billions of years in the future, if not sooner, we’ll look more like mixed-origin hyperversals. Our heritage will derive from many planets, as it may in part, already.

From what we’ve seen, to date, hyperversals derive from different backgrounds and have different physiques. They aren’t monolithic products of one greedy stab out to dominate the cosmos. Instead, the majority may be more humble others who recoiled at greedy example and organized to protect themselves from such excess.

Surviving the New Technologies

Although some market-minded naifs think that new technology is salvation, historians often disagree. When technology is misused or acquired by repressive regimes, it can lead to war, environmental destruction and overpopulation. So, in 1947 when alien technology thousands of years beyond human science fell to earth in Roswell and was scooped up by a Cold War regime, humankind was in for a crash course in cosmic citizenship.

Aliens continue to debate how and from whom we must learn, yet all agree: humans must get up to speed in the ways of more advanced societies. Old rationalizations about balance of power warfare and man vs. nature are no longer adequate. The animal “logic” of old thrived when there were natural checks on dangerous regimes. Before 1945, humans always had a second chance. Now, however, the consequences of human excess are so drastic that there may be no second chance.

When alien technology fell into human hands, there were two immediate risks. First, it might be misused, causing environmental de-stabilization, and second, it provoked human greed to acquire more of the same, which led to the dual dilemmas of attacks on alien ships to scavenge them and secret interactions with IFSP aliens who were able to deepen their intervention, absent public scrutiny. Advanced technology was too tempting for the US elite, which was in no way prepared to compete with alien minds and methods.

IFSP aliens knew that, of course, and have manipulated elite greed to their advantage ever since. The National Security Act of 1947, which was partly intended to keep downed alien technologies secret, has been used to hide massive crime by semi-private parties and has become the worst threat to democracy and human sovereignty on this planet. Black budget crimes are so severe that some think a national reconciliation like that of post-apartheid South Africa, with truth-telling and amnesties, may be necessary to return the United States to a semblance of democracy. As one hyperversal stated, “there have been casualties of the (human-alien) interaction.”

Fair-minded hyperversals and other aliens say we’re in for a number of highly shocking discoveries about the IFSP’s breeding and infiltration program. Early reports about various elite “direct operatives” provide but a glimpse of what we’ll learn. It will take some digging.

Over time, it has become apparent that hyperversal aliens long ago learned how to protect themselves from the misuse of negative-cycle technologies. Hyperversals are able to either reverse or minimize the Δt that’s written into Tom Bearden’s equations. By working within a space that’s more expanded and, at the same time, more condensed, hyperversals can minimize some of the speeding of time (and tissue damage) caused on a micro level when negative-cycle technology is used, albeit presumably at a sum total cost to a universe cycle.

To humans, Tom Bearden’s assertion that use of electrogravity speeds the flow of time (making time elastic) seems like a one-way ride, as though when we use electrogravity we simply run the clock like a vector in that part of virtual space-time. However, hyperversals can multiply interfere electrogravity/magnetogravity (and other cycles)

in order to freeze the local running of the clock on quanta. This allows for finer, counterbalanced uses of electrogravity/magnetogravity and other negative-cycle technologies. Over billions of years time such methods have been refined, allowing hyperversal technology to be multiply horizoned, so to speak. As a result, it’s safer

but like all negative and alt-cycle technology, it deducts from the total lifetime of the current universe cycle. Hyperversals go out of their way to demonstrate how precise their technology can actually be. I’ve experienced a variety of their subtle demonstrations of various micro-phenomena (commentary included) and an ability to hint at certain events before they happened.

Given the fact that hyperversals have engineered extended universe cycle(s), part of the structure of the atom, itself, may be viewed as having technological qualities. For some humans that’s hard to believe, but it’s true. Humans have barely scraped the surface of science. There are much deeper implications. According to at least one hyper-advanced alien, hyperversals live roughly 141,000 times longer than do humans. Their science bespeaks the collective advances of their long history and learning.

In community interactions and in medical and planet-wide doings we must learn to

minimize local Δt in order to adjust correctly, preferably on a finer, micro scale. This involves a more gently distributed “alt t” value and must take into consideration the effect on nearby star or galaxy systems. Again, aliens suggest that we use negative-cycle technology sparingly in order to preserve Earth’s ecology for the billions of years that we’ll need it. Nature has allowed us an enviable biome that must endure, lest we risk future freedoms.

One hyperversal alien, speaking for the “three ellipticals” section, tried to rationalize their role in the Verdant-Centaurus A situation by rhetorically asking, “What do you do when a large elliptical begins to (tilt or re-incline and shift cycle dangerously)?” In retrospect, the remark was ironic because Verdant excess runs the clock on surrounding galaxies, and, along with Andromeda, we must contend with Verdant-Centaurus A demands on our ecology. It’s possible that Verdants are stalking horses for the three ellipticals section’s future energy strategy. Verdants may already have jeopardized the long-term arrangement in the Centaurus A galaxy group, hence the question about what to do when a large elliptical and its central black hole’s jets begin to tilt.

And what is to be done with populations like grays and Haven aliens (related to each other?) who allowed their societies to be riven by intervention, their planets ruined by crude, elite use of negative energy technology? One hyperversal stated that the Haven aliens’ original planet died because its residents tried to use “a direct I E W line” (on a planetary scale). In other words, they didn’t counter-balance their energy demand. They failed to finely re-distribute their energy stream. (“I E W” may mean something like inter-dimensional energy wave, or interstellar energy wave, or some such. The gray planet may have tied directly into their sun’s energy fluctuations.)

Some hyperversals seem wearied with having to steer emergent populations toward more advanced genetic and ecologal options. They may feel burdened because the further back in origin hyperversals go, the longer they live, apparently. I recall one hyperversal who said that another was relatively young because he was “only 335,000 years old.” Older hyperversals sometimes express frustration with the physical presumption of recently evolved aliens who don’t foresee the demands that population growth and negative cycle technologies place on the universe. Imagine the history you would see if you lived millions of years and traveled great distances. Vital sensitivities can wither, resulting in deep cynicism. Some hyperversals steer newly evolved aliens into large aggregations in order to evolve them more quickly, even if the price of doing so is the newly evolved aliens’ freedom.

One hyperversal criticized such doings by remarking that hastily compiled collectives

sometimes have an unformed, shell-like quality—its dependents may be reluctant to criticize the larger group, unable to think clearly and independently. Technology can supplant the impetus for self-reliance and good planning, hence an old, numb hyperversal may dismiss such complications in favor of manageability. Such individuals tend to think they don’t need to re-think such situations because they already did that kind of thinking long, long ago.

On the other hand, hyperversals view us from the perspective of a continuum that’s older than 13.7 billion years. How much older, we can’t quite say, but there are more generations of previous-cycle hyperversals than most humans would suspect. *One hyperversal said we interact with some hyperversals who originated “30 billion years” ago. In other words, from a hyperversal’s perspective, newly evolved aliens must be studied and judged according to their compatibility.

Once, while arguing that the human struggle is exacerbated by an aggressive sexual population’s disproportionate ambitions (Verdants), I outlined a low-intensity human strategy that would allow for a better long-term ecology. In reply, an older hyperversal said it may be that some hyperversals “don’t want long term” in our case. I was exasperated. His cynicism was partly imbued with an old hyperversal’s existential considerations—like that of eastern thinkers not wanting to be reborn. His remark touched upon the seemingly endless parade of nascent technology populations, the violence and excess that they inflict on both themselves and the hyperversal ecology. From my perspective, the remark seemed a lapse of judgement even though it was offered to model or exemplify a certain intellectual resonance. Yet from the hyperversal’s perspective, he was arguing the case for faster assimilation into a larger hierarchical entity, a chance to end our crude sexual impulses and physical aspirations as though, from his perspective, the sooner the better.

On another occasion, when frustrated with cold, off-handed gestures by certain hyperversals, I suggested that they can be mapped within Virgo, and a “three ellipticals” hyperversal retorted that his population is “not on that map.”  If I’m not mistaken, hyperversals don’t need to linger in a Mars or Earth-like environment. They either have entire planets that they shielded to make it into this universe cycle, or they have huge artificial craft that they can move to various places. They easily shield such from the prying eyes of lesser gray or Verdant-like aliens. (I occasionally catch a Verdant trying to discern how much I know about the location and habitat of hyperversals, as though Verdants, too, have lingering questions.) A hyperversal could be at your side, their craft in your vicinity, and human technology wouldn’t detect it. They can remotely trick all of our sensing equipment—they can change the readings and disguise any fluctuations. They can do the same to grays. Billions of years of science make that easy.

In retrospect, the so-called hyperversals are a conundrum. Their statements turn our cosmology on its head, yet their abilities and their breadth of awareness indicate a

much-more-than-gray/Verdant capability, a higher degree of advancement. In the end,

the existence of hyperversals suggests that a kind of river runs through our universe, a multiversal continuum that somehow re-dimensions at the fringes of our physical notion of concretes. Apparently, time isn’t a one-way, linear river. Instead, it is multi-dimensional. This offers hope for human assimilation into a more refined, shared order of being, over time.

The stickiest aspects of human-hyperversal interactions involve questions about sexuality vs. non-sexuality, community mindform, and whether offending populations must be absorbed and put to use within a collective shell mentality, or whether independent aliens can be trusted to moderate energy use and become sufficiently involved with other populations that they evolve and accord within ecological requirements. These are issues than can’t be avoided. We must be literate about them in order to be competent.

                                     Further Dangers of Electrogravity

For those who’ve experienced alien (or human) electrogravity directly, there’s evidence

that its misuse can have harmful side effects. Such dangers are due to Δt, the speeding of time caused by the fact that electrogravity and magnetogravity borrow large amounts of energy from empty space in order to exceed the Einstein limit. *For those who’ve read that impossible amounts of energy are required to exceed the Einstein limit, there’s a lesson to be learned in negative energy dynamics. The negative cycle that defines electrogravity connects small, exotic “negative energy” fluctuations in space-time. Negative energy fluctuations can connect across great distances because the universe has no outer edge. Instead, a negative cycle (a kind of down and backward-stepped involution) connects phenomena on a cosmic scale to negative energy fluctuations on a micro-scale. And when negative energy fluctuations connect via electrogravity and magnetogravity, they slightly change the flow of time.

As various aliens have pointed out, large-scale use of electrogravity can speed the clock on a given people’s sun, and if used without delicate countervailing safeguards, can lead to seismic, atmospheric, or other instabilities. But what happens when electrogravity is used directly on humans during abductions and psychotronic communications, or during “soft” weapons use? Are there any dangers?

There certainly are. Some abductees report radiation burns on their bodies after

being near alien craft. Such burns may occur when electrogravity converts into electromagnetism (radiation) a la Bearden. Worse yet, if electrogravity/magnetogravity is used directly on humans, it can speed the clock on human gene structures, which is dangerous because human genes have a limited number of telomeres, structures that shorten in length each time a cell replicates. Since electrogravity speeds time in areas surrounding electrogravity’s focus, it could shorten telomeres and prematurely age human tissue during abductions and other uses. Again, this is due to Bearden’s Δt,

a basic universal energy conservation.

Prematurely aged genetic material is prone to mutation and cancer. So, when alien abductors use electrogravity/magnetogravity to slow brain processes and limit human awareness, the Δt effect speeds time in surrounding body tissues. This is partly why aliens genetically engineer themselves to tolerate such radiation—both during travel and the use of psychotronic technology. Ironically, when electrogravity/magnetogravity is used in finely-adjusted, advanced ways it should allow for longer cell life and hardier living systems (direct energy feed to cells, re-configuration of genetic material to retard aging, accelerated healing, and replacement of damaged cells). Such advances aren’t achieved overnight, however. As was noted earlier, hyperversal aliens are apparently able to refine and minimize Δt by , a multi-mathematical kind of counterbalance that minimizes the apparent speeding of time (albeit at a Δt cost to the larger continuum). Again, this is the “alt t” that some hyperversals have hinted about.

IFSP aliens like the grays may not be able to correct the Δt effects of their technology

on humans, hence humans should be wary of abductions, propagandistic displays of electrogravity/magnetogravity, and so on. The spectacle of abductors’ technology may seem awesome to humans but if the price is destabilization of your sun, then forced refuge in a lifeless star system, it may not be worth it. By now, Verdants, who reportedly live much longer than other IFSP aliens, should be able to do some reverse Δt adjustments, which may help to explain why they live so long. Nonetheless, the fact that other IFSP aliens haven’t been afforded the same life-prolonging health care suggests that we shouldn’t always expect IFSP aliens to use electrogravity/magnetogravity on humans in healthy ways. There are political and resource issues surrounding the question of who lives longest to be better educated in a large collective like the IFSP. This is sometimes complicated by the emotional desensitization that comes with greatly extended lifetime. Hyperversal aliens of much longer duration have repeatedly pointed out a further risk in the overuse of electrogravity and magnetogravity.  Δt (and alt t) hyper-dynamics point to the fact that electrogravity marginally shortens the lifetime of the current universe. Even though hyper-advanced aliens can effect a kind of reverse Δt locally, they can only do so at a total cost to a universe cycle’s duration. This poses a dilemma for all aliens. To recklessly shorten the duration of an entire universe cycle would be irresponsible, hence, as humans are now beginning to learn, larger conventions regarding the use of

negative-cycle technology appear to have been discussed—long before the appearance of human civilization.

In order to get the basic drift of off-world conventions in this regard, humans need to essentially step out of their skin to try and see the universe as a variety of other aliens do. In the negative (and alternative) cycle universe of electrogravity and basic hyperdynamics, there are political exigencies on a galactic and larger scale. There are situations in which one population or another tends to a variety of far-flung planets, dependencies and resource locations. Some situations of the sort involve manipulation

of less developed, less capable populations. In such cases, a more advanced population may think it has achieved a relative mastery of negative cycle technology. Nonetheless, among aliens who have evolved such technology within the last billion years or so, there may be gaps in knowledge about the extent to which electrogravity/magnetogravity can shorten the duration of a universe cycle.

This is a most serious subject. We’ve heard hyperversals say (whether for purposes of eco-progaganda, or not) that overuse of electrogravity and other negative-cycle technology can immediately deplete the vital condition of certain hyper-advanced kind. On the one hand, we need to know more about the extent of such effects on the calculable long-term duration of both quanta and the larger universe/multiverse. On the other hand, hyper-advanced aliens appear to be dead serious about the subject—they appear to judge lesser populations in terms of their regard for the larger Δt/alt t ecology. Their concern has been mentioned over and over again; it frames larger conventions and much of the off-world policy of hyper-advanced populations, apparently.

When the most advanced of all aliens make so strong a case, when they suggest that such

constraints tend to color their attitude toward any and all other aliens, inclusively, humans need to pay attention.

In a basic sense, advanced communities are obligated to cultivate a finer Δt/alt t conservation, to err on the side of caution, if necessary. So, humans should expect to hear quite a bit about Δt/alt t conservation. In some cases, we may feel frustrated by more advanced populations who may try to slow or tinker with human technological evolution, now that electrogravity/magnetogravity technology has fallen into the hands of a corrupt human sub-culture.

A rabbit-like breeding scenario like Verdants appears to be the greatest off-world fear. Then again, the Verdant expansion scheme tends to kill off certain planets, and to make non-sexuals of various others. So, in the end, even though Verdants make heinous mistakes, in both legal and social terms, some hyperversal hard-liners rationalize Verdant excess in terms of the elimination of aggressive Δt and weapons violators. There has been abundant off-world chatter about the subject. Some discussions of the sort are highly pitched, in that they involve vast-scale controversies, questions of law and basic decency. These are major debates that affect us now. They should be discussed by human governments. Such issues have loomed highly in various exchanges: debates and analyses about how newly technological populations will ultimately evolve–discussions about how and to what extent they can expect to endure within a multiversal continuum (which is nonetheless limited).

In order to counter Verdant-IFSP violations here (thinly-guised provocations, abusive use

of technology against humans, and mass-murder/genocides sponsored by IFSP direct operatives), I’ve worked to remotely locate and notify decent Verdant authorities who might be able to report back to better-minded Verdants. I’ve notified Verdant females about criminal behaviors among some of their male counterparts. Due to heavy-handed pressures in their bureaucracy (planet killers), few are expected to speak out. (Imagine it:  an entire planet is about to be killed—what kind of minds would you be up against?) Meanwhile, non-sexuals in the IFSP seem to better understand that Verdant violations can damage their external relations and deepen collective security counter-measures against them. Given some nonsexuals’ skepticism of Verdant ability to integrate within the supercluster ecology at present, a number of the IFSP’s non-sexuals may opt for alternative channels or home planet groups that study Verdant behavior of the sort.

The main obstacle to correcting Verdants may be their psychotronic monitoring and communications network that allows them to track other IFSP aliens. As one Haven alien told Alec Newald, fear is used as a social control in the gray alignment, which tends to limit their intellectual capacities rather than enhance them. Finer, deeper dimensions of interactive intelligence remain inaccessible to the worst offenders, which may be the ultimate irony in such cases. To an astute nonsexual, that’s so obvious that it’s mathematically explicit, yet for a typical Verdant the career and resource needs of a population of 500 trillion living on 246,000 different planets may seem a greater factor.

So, is there recourse in such cases? In order to defend themselves, will humans (and

aliens) have to simply go from one maddening rat race to another–further out in the cosmos? The answer to such questions should be obvious. By joining together in larger treaty organizations, a galaxy’s many populations can coordinate their interactions to limit weapons propagation and territorial disputes, both of which harm the larger ecology. Better yet, collective security arrangements between galaxies can limit potential crimes by crude upstarts or colonizers like Verdants. A more advanced kind of interaction can evolve by limiting weapons and planet grabs. The hyperdynamics of alt-cycle technology allow for rigorous monitoring of the larger ecology, plus up-to-date reporting among participating populations.

It is my thesis and that of various aliens who’ve commented on the subject that larger, collective agreements are the basis for vastly more advanced supercluster and

inter-cluster conventions. Long ago, the issue should have been settled when early crises were resolved through greater interactions. By now, there should be abundant precedent.

When confronted with an offensive intrusion, aliens tend to first monitor and then probe the offenders to determine their intentions and capabilities. This is normally a stealth assessment involving microgravitic uses of electrogravity and magnetogravity, fine-scale probing that may or may not be detectable. In such cases, the population with the larger and more effective spread of craft or installations in the vicinity tends to have an advantage. However, the more honest and universally consistent population tends to have a smarter, and more enduring basis for such assessments. They should also be open to greater networking. After preliminary probing of an intruder, the defending population may use negative-cycle technology (and Δt) to temporarily disable an offending craft then warn it to leave the area. Should the offender persist, the crisis can escalate into a

larger mobilization or appeals to the larger community for help in isolating the offender.

Meanwhile, way down at the level where humans find themselves, there are methods and awareness that help when alien offenders enter into the picture. Such methods are easily understood yet require familiarity with some of the uses and the “feel” of electrogravity and negative energy. As numerous friendly aliens have stated over time, humans can compete with technologically more advanced aliens. Humans need not feel vulnerable to the point of submission.

                        The Negative Energy Mindscape

The following considerations are largely derived from alien inputs and should, in part,

reflect the thinking of a larger, off-world community. If we define the mindscape

of an individual or community in negative energy or alt-cycle terms (which most aliens do), then the physics of mind are marginally extra-dimensional. I know that may sound confusing to some readers, so here’s an explanation in simple, graphic terms.

The physics of mind involve subtle fluctuations that allow for an information capacity that exceeds old notions of the human brain’s information “byte” capacity. This is possible because the fractional values (not whole numbered) of a mind’s information involve larger, universal relationships, or integrations. Once an individual becomes sensitized to negative energy fluctuations, either through a subtle, seemingly darkened inner attentiveness or through direct interaction with aliens (and humans) who think in such terms, finer extra-dimensional values begin to suggest themselves. The extent to which they do so is astounding and owes to a pre-existing, higher order of integration. There is more than meets the eye.

Those seemingly elusive negative energy fluctuations are an underlying part of any atom and the space-time surrounding you. As astrophysicist Paul Davies notes, any moving membrane, i.e. any quantum’s spinning “surface,” should create negative energy fluctuations. Negative energy is also measured in the Casimir effect, which occurs in empty space around us. Scientists use the Casimir effect to levitate objects. See: www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2007/08/06/nlevitate106.xml

Any slightest change in time, i.e. during your thought processes, cycles both through your mind and the larger universal energy dynamic that defines it. In short, your thoughts register ever so slightly within the deeper dimensions of a larger universe. It’s as though your thoughts pull on tightly wound strings of tension at the sub-atomic level, causing a slight, but accessible change within the finer, airier dimensions surrounding you. In a sense, when your mind pulls on those tiny strings, some of the information “out there” can cycle back to you. You move beyond old bounds, and a more advanced awareness can spread within you.

By becoming ever so slightly more attentive to such goings on, your mind becomes capable of a much greater awareness. Depending on your circumstance, you may begin to interact with aliens and will be able to compete more effectively with alien offenders. I know this sounds strange to some readers. Others may reply that scientists assume there are extra dimensions, yet we don’t know how to access them. They’re wrong. Many humans do so daily, while most aliens do so as a matter of course. They define themselves in such terms. It’s a question of minimum competency that they do so.

If you don’t think in terms of extra dimensions just yet, don’t worry. Simply relax and take time to think it all through. Telepathy and expanded sensitivities don’t develop overnight. It may take a while. Your key to doing so may be to practice toh shi, for example. Or, you may begin to notice a finer multiplicity of perspective in your mind that you can actively pulse and expand–in a more elastic sense, unlike the fixed and rigid linearity of old concepts. You may find yourself subtly feeling into those tiny moments between moments, so to speak. You may begin to sense a deeper connectedness among the subtler goings on around you. In either case, when you begin to think in terms of a deeper negative energy dynamic, you’ll eventually find yourself actively picking up on finer, extra details in the universe around you.

However, if and when you begin to do so it won’t be as though you’ve suddenly broken through to the universal information bank. Instead, your awareness will be both conditioned by, and limited to, the extent of your thinking, the subjects that you consider and the way that you consider them. In a sense, it’s a co-awareness involving shared, collective identities, rather than a direct manipulation of sorts. Be patient and remember: you’re entering upon a larger interaction where shared inter-dimensioning of mind is more common. As such, your thoughts are transparent; they can be known by others, which can be discomforting, at first. Eventually, you’ll see that such transparency is the only way to keep the universe honest because everyone can be held accountable. Aliens use thought-activated psychotronic technology to enhance this capacity.

The problem is that some alien societies, even some of the so-called hyperversals, have had difficulty evolving past Big Brother-like abuses that can accompany the use of mind-activated psychotronic systems. David Jacobs’ detailed abductee reports about gray-human hybrids help to illustrate this fact. (See The Threat). In a sense, some humans represent a fresh break from such conformity, given human attention to basic individual rights and liberties. To aliens, humans represent a kind of physical rigor and genetic diversity, plus an extension of legal guarantees against abusive government.

However, honesty can be painful. To admit the truth about offending human regimes here, among us, can be traumatic in the short term, yet if we don’t do so we remain trapped in a vicious cycle.

Aliens can degrade, given their long lives and ancient bureaucracies, hence we need to be honest and critical of them, however sticky that may seem. On a universal scale, honesty is the tie that binds; it is required. Some aliens grow very old and may be pressured by large regimes to do wrong. Being relative newcomers, humans are seen as posing a clean, unfiltered critique, at times. Imagine how you’d feel if you were an alien who argued for basic rights and an end to coercive abductions yet your government was so large and convoluted that it continued to do so, nonetheless.

Sometimes we see relatively good aliens who veil themselves and do wrong in order to provoke humans into sharpening our critique of the universe’s offenders. It’s a dodgy, backhanded tactic, but it happens. Among aliens, manipulative skullduggery is rife yet is transparent to patient observers.

 Mega-Populations

The best reports, to date, indicate that humans have interacted with aliens affiliated with

aggregations and alignments that thread through a variety of galaxies. So, our awareness begins on an inter-galactic scale, right from the start. In order to better understand such populations and compete where and if necessary, we must know more about them.

In every suitable galaxy, we can expect to find mega-populations that occupy dozens, if not thousands of planets. The Verdants are but one example. Some mega-populations originally expanded for reasons of need, while others likely grew to compete with neighbors. Diplomatic and material relations between mega-populations can be tricky, from the human perspective. The best way to make sense of them is to probe and investigate entire categories, rather than one mere case, or another. To limit our scrutiny to one single mega-population is to fall in their hole, in a sense. Their peculiarities shouldn’t define our larger understanding because there are billions of galaxies. Within mega-populations, independent critique is sometimes displaced, so we now join the ranks of myriad others who must look for needed improvements both on and off-world, despite our current limitations.

Again, within the alternate-cycle structuring of space-time and the universe are trace aspects of the near-whole’s information (and sentience). Although it may, at first, appear to have a faded, seemingly remote quality, it is “here,” nonetheless, for those who begin with the requisite science and insight. The non-locality of quantum physics is an artifact of a universal no-boundary condition, which is reportedly due to negative-cycling of all mass/matter/and energy back into itself—on a universal scale. All quanta loop back in upon themselves due to vastly larger cycles, hence they are discrete, in a sense (seemingly tucked behind a moving membrane, or quantum horizon). They are all clocked, in the most basic Δt/alt t sense (elastic time), on a universal scale. So, although gravity appears to be very weak compared to electromagnetism (light waves), gravity shapes the entire universe, while electromagnetism pales in comparison, on the cosmic scale.

Humans who linger on the cusp of such understandings tend to do so because they assume that the universe is basically three-dimensional yet has inexplicable ironies (black holes, gravity, and weird quantum mysteries). However, if we suspend such thinking and consider the better science of aliens and the faster-than-light ironies of negative energy, we quickly see that the universe isn’t three-dimensional. Instead, negative cycles connect “mass” down through the nucleus and far out into space-time at the same time. So, it isn’t three-dimensional. It plunges inward–into a kind of negative space (from the old-world perspective) while it fluctuates far outward into greater dimension, in the most basic sense of the word. It does so precisely, like clockwork. Once our world begins to experiment with electrogravity/magnetogravity and negative energy technologies, we appear on the larger energy map of the universe. Different mega-populations will try to tell us that they are the guardians of the Δt/alt t conservation. Some will use that excuse to take advantage of a vulnerable population.

As long as you know that, you can foresee the larger, sometimes independent implications of ecological responsibility. Various materially uninterested aliens have explained this to humans, over and over again. Their advice and insights are of epic significance. Meanwhile, mega-populations will tell you that all worlds need to accord, all peoples must collectively interact to some extent. That much is true, however some megas grew essentially uncorrected, going from one kind of imperialism to a larger kind of presumption without learning to treat others as equals, without opening their

governments to independent critique and binding rules against potentially destructive

interventions.

Of course, there are nearly instantaneous consequences for having abused lesser populations, however faint and distant they may seem at a given time. The best aliens suggest that the all-of-time consequences for wrongdoing may seem subtle, if not elusive, yet are inescapable. The most highly advanced societies both look for, and constrain offenders in ways that aren’t always explicit because offenders tend to ignore finer cautions and guidance. Awkward situations arise in which offenders excluded from higher-order involvement rationalize ill-gotten gains in strictly material terms. Detached from both their victims and higher order understandings, they don’t anticipate the almost tao-like re-cycling of all being and implications. Some of the ugliest consequences lie within offending mega-populations: stifling of dissent, a rigidly presumed “oneness” of group mindform (policed by psychotronics), plus any threat that may pose to various neighbors.

In other words, apathy and failure to criticize a given regime can become a singular

hell-hole of a sort—trapped within a kind of event horizon that may be hard to discern, from within the offenders’ perspective. So, the message for those content to merely feather their own small nest in the United States or elsewhere on this planet is that you can’t possibly live safely, you won’t preserve your freedoms and resources unless you share with all others on this planet. Failure to do so will result in catastrophe:  rising violence and sea levels, disease and depletion of resources—all of which lead to dependency on off-world manipulators. You can’t hide behind weak-minded ideas about 3-D anonymity within elite economy and then expect your children to live safely when you’re gone. Your very thoughts and observations affect all that you see, however faintly. The “new” physics now upon us leap out of the old Cartesian box, hence you must plan for the future of all on this planet. If you don’t, no matter how richly you live now, your children will suffer and will condemn your generation for weak-kneed obedience, an epic failure to act when necessary.

There are no excuses. There’s no escape from universal precision of the sort. Planets that don’t rise up against elite incompetency either die, or become the lesser servants of cold, sometimes ruthless alien controllers. There is no second chance if we fail. We will never again be entrusted with a biological beauty like Earth.

The pre-noted hyperversal alien’s remark about how some hyperversals may not want a population like ours to endure over “the long term” can be interpreted to mean that they would prefer to see us absorbed by a larger, controlling collective. Such perspective assumes that new populations are best grown like grapes: suffering drought and hardship or manipulated planet death in order to produce the sweetest end product, the least offensive outcome. As if to underscore such an attitude, on a previous occasion one of the “three ellipticals” hyperversals (ghosted by a more advanced hyperversal) showed us a graphic about a recurrent, if not prototypical alien situation. In the graphic was a highly technological, interstellar-capable alien with large, dark eyes standing next to his planet of origin just as the planet, or home star, is going critical—which will require a move to another planet. The hyperversal said something like “and what do you do when…(that)?”

 In other words, from the hyperversal’s perspective, situations of the sort pose a conundrum. Do aliens in such a situation choose to accommodate themselves on their own, or must they make arrangements with larger collectives? The hyperversal’s attitude was that if a role within a large mega-population collective is (or was) good enough during his own past, then why should humans presume to go it alone, for now? Why should we be any different?

If it seems as though I drone on and on about the “new” physics of aliens, it’s for good

reason. Different explanations and metaphors help the beginner understand such basics. There are a mixed variety of fantastic, yet precise ironies in the “new” physics of the universe. Although black holes may, at first, seem to be coldly unforgiving traps and dead-ends, aliens suggest that they are deeply dimensioned with a kind of genius–in the best of mind(s), yet can also serve as a limitation upon the worst minds, more locally speaking.

Clearly, some mega-populations have been cultivated by more advanced, precursor aliens

(hyperversals) for purposes of population control and basic ecology. Mega-population growth may seem wasteful and disproportionate to humans, yet some mega-populations have actually been encouraged to exceed normal bounds. Hyperversal aliens deriving from what were once large, aggressive mega-populations may be biased to think in terms of their own evolution and will thus favor the growth of at least one extra-extensive population (sometimes more) in each galaxy for a variety of reasons. Numerous ongoing discussions with “the three ellipticals” hyperversals have elucidated their thinking on the subject. I’ve discussed such reasoning with some of them at numerous junctures, while seemingly more independent hyperversals watched closely.

The following are some of the reasons why the “three ellipticals” faction says they encourage certain mega-populations:   a) a large mega limits the growth of competitors in a given galaxy;  b) a large mega can act as the spine of galaxy-wide treaties, conventions, and other exchanges;  c) a large mega can monitor an entire galaxy’s ecology and both report on and organize others to ward off encroaching megas (like the Verdants) from surrounding galaxies;  d) a large mega can be cultivated to take over the burdensome responsibilities of hyperversals from a previous cycle, allowing for a succession, of sorts;  e) a large mega is both culturally and organizationally compatible with the larger,

pre-existing doings of some hyperversal populations (i.e. breeding programs to upgrade emerging populations, peaceful conventions regarding trade, travel, minimization of weapons, etc.);  f) due to the simple animal nature of certain impulses, large megas will invariably arise, hence it’s better to both guide and ecologically manage them than to pretend that they shouldn’t exist, in the first place.

Meanwhile, more modest, competing populations exist and sometimes argue to the contrary. They say the following:  a) large mega-populations can, themselves, become the ecological and individual rights nightmare that’s most feared;  b) the best and most internally rigorous interactions on a galactic scale are always diverse, hence a variety of inter-communicating societies can monitor and collectively enforce a galaxy-wide ecology, even if there are times when planets dispute over replacement terra and resources;  c) hyperversals, themselves, and the larger universe are vastly diverse, so a balanced diversity within a given galaxy is equally tenable;  d) megapopulations are hard to critique and change, internally, due to far-flung bureaucratic inertia;  e) it’s better to practice moderation and cultivate large-scale diversity of interaction than to wallow in a

mono-culture of grandiose pretensions premised on specious domination.

Of course, we both observe and can expect to encounter galaxies of breathtaking variety. Mindful of such diversity, it’s better to suffer some uncertainty and wariness rather than

smugly rationalize one peculiarity over another. Populations of various sorts must keep others in check all across the universe. There must be constraints on specious excess.

Collectively, within one organizing strategy or another, we’re all responsible for the long-term ecology. *In our case, the die is already cast: there’s no room for us to grow disproportionately. There are megapopulations here, already, and we’re due to merge with Andromeda.

Hyperversals say that a multiplicity of independent populations in a galaxy can sometimes be collectively expansive, if not disorganized (this argument comes from hyperversals of a mega-population origin). Some say that nature runs a certain course,

a statement that partly rationalizes their own ancient history. In some galaxies a given population will have expanded for reasons of greed or to “secure” future resources. In every case, surrounding populations must judge whether a given mega-population respects wild, uninhabited terra that must be preserved for unspecified future evolution. Empty planets don’t strain the larger Δt/alt t ecology.

As you can see, once we begin to interact on a galactic scale, the entire universal ecology comes into focus. How do we encourage interactions and accords, plus the exchange of ideas and controls between galaxies? Does it trickle across, or does it arise through supercluster conventions mediated by hyperversals? Must reluctant populations be provoked and herded to moderate themselves, or is it all just “laissez faire” (an attitude that predatory aliens occasionally fob off in order to weaken and deplete a target planet)? Ever present in such discussions, in which some humans participate, is the hyperversal concern that independent aggregations of newly evolved aliens may organize on a larger scale than some hyperversals are prepared for, at a given time. Yet another discomforting wariness that we must live with. There are no easy answers in collective reckonings of the sort.

Due to internal contradictions, aliens of some mega-populations (i.e. Verdants) will demean and chastise humans for striving to piece together a larger overview of alien relations. They suggest that humans are merely small-scale, if not incompetent to judge the complexities of their larger interactions. So we encounter coldly disdainful attitudes, duplicity and deception in some quarters. Meanwhile, disdain of the sort can degrade into thinly veiled contempt, at times—which can be dangerous. An ecologically irresponsible people is extremely vulnerable.

Let’s look at further alien statements about mega-populations. When touching upon the Verdant case, hyperversals in the “three ellipticals” section often ask how will you

spread necessary ecological conventions (genetics, miscellaneous controls, inclusion of megas in planning for an extended universe cycle, basic negative/alt. cycle energy standards, de-weaponization, etc.) if you don’t cultivate certain mega-populations who can impose such controls in various neighborhoods and compel newcomers to change? Sometimes the question is asked only rhetorically, with little intention of considering alternatives to the scheme. Meanwhile, there’s further hyperversal perspective that rationalizes the existence of both megas and independent populations, assuming that they must work out such responsibilities among themselves rather than rely on hyperversals to do the heavy lifting.

At times we see vast, universal implications in such discussions. Sometimes, hyperversals stress the fact that you can’t simply withdraw into a physical sense of yourself and your environs. Instead, you must remember that the convergence of larger communities requires at least some faded measure of humility and forebearance. No one can endure without changing, neither hyperversals nor the most physically presumptuous

of recently evolved aliens.

When a people deplete their original sun or planet, they must judge whether they have matured with their star. Like humans, they may have been brash and conflicted, hence limited, during early phases yet are usually challenged and humbled later. Did they linger within animal sentience or did they move out into community awareness? Did they mature into fainter, larger involvements or linger retardedly as run-on prevaricators? Do outsiders see them as crude and lower-brain impulsive–too intent on their own physicality (a singular looking out, rather than feeling beyond themselves while looking in) or have they matured into the larger fade beyond such pretensions? Now, as they ponder a move to another system, are they known for cynical manipulations, or are they seen as living inspiration?

No doubt there are various gradations of involvement with mega-populations. Some planets simply trade with them, which deepens their involvement. Others prefer to remain self-sustaining and distant in order to develop a more mature second or third-depth awareness globally so they can better judge the risks and implications of larger interactions before dundering into them. Some mega-populations may be exemplary, of course. However, as is now obvious on Earth, premature concession of bases to an aggressive mega-population can be treacherous, if not fatal. Before the target people even know about it, they can lose control to a resource-hungry predator. Manipulated conflicts then follow–a “pacification program” featuring infiltrated saboteurs.

In the Verdant case, we see a kind of browning up to hard-line hyperversals in order to gain favor. At times, the routine seems most pretentious. Many times we’ve seen Verdants plunge into a human situation with an “Are you important?” kind of attitude that’s shamelessly elitist. The same applies to some of the IFSP’s direct operative humans, who reportedly inflate their personal significance in order to drill fear into native humans. Sometimes they seem like stimulus-seeking patients on a universal psych ward.

Behavior of the sort is associated with inordinate use of energy and resources.

Meanwhile, the most important distinctions to be made are more basic. For example,

how does the universe even derive, to begin with? And if it recycles, how do all kinds interdimension within a more timeless continuity? How can a universe possibly exist (in the best way)? Although such questions sound extraneous to some, their implications permeate every aspect of existence. Mega-populations that know no bounds butt up against obstacles that can only be resolved through deeper, more advanced consideration and humility. Ironically, it’s usually the most basic questions that revolutionize human thought, not the most distended. No doubt this is true elsewhere. In other words, the only sustainable regard for others is anything, if not everything BUT self-importance.

And what are the internal dynamics of mega-populations? Do they ally with other megas, then seek to divide lesser domains in order to expand within them, or must they accord within a more advanced ecology and minimize their take in order to help new populations upgrade themselves through better example? On a galactic scale, there are large-scale systems specifications (due to Δt/alt t, for example), and questions about how various networks inter-dimension. Whose standards will prevail? And when there is competition due to the death or depletion of old planets, then who will live where? Who solves cases of predation and conflict? And how do we enforce the necessary conventions:  collectively, or through self-interested presumption? Again, we’re talking about more advanced societies, not environmentally ruinous human precepts.

Within a mega-population, the individual dilemma is to judge whether the community behaves correctly and whether it needs to be changed. Imagine being a Verdant, for example: the pointless brinkmanship in knowing that your population is late for necessary, collective reckonings. Some 229 million years after first contact, they still take too much in order to enjoy themselves (some are stimulus-seeking sexuals). Within their ranks, what recourse is there? Do they speak out, or just shut up and smooth everything over in the name of empire? Aliens of the sort need to see beyond their limited, internal conventions and reassess the whole, then fade down to a more modest state. Then, and only then, will they be able to help others do similarly. In order to evolve into hyper-community, they must ask whether the best ecology is a stasis of pretended greatness, or whether it lies in a receding, greater kind of out-of-body identity? Steady-state ideas about empire degrade into defensive, lying propaganda mills and resource predations.

Meanwhile, more mature populations are humbler, hence more capable within hyper-community. They can interact as mixed community where the question of species isn’t so important. As such, they’re capable of a higher, finer aesthetic—more faintly on a larger scale. They, too, encounter awkward, disturbing situations.

When pondering the nature of mega-populations across the universe, it helps to remember that some large populations (and hyperversals) will risk the sacrifice of entire planets in order to cobble together de-sensitized, obedient aggregates because they’re easier to control. There are structural ironies in doing so, i.e. mega-population individuals who know they’re being watched and succumb to numb, psychotronically-stimulated group rationalizations, in the process.

We’ve even seen hyperversals who play as many ideas as possible into a given situation and, due to their larger brains or a game-like juvenile remniscence, seem to vaguely play at mastery and try to lose you behind the scheme of their objectives. Depending on a given hyperversal’s age and cumulative psychological conditioning, he or she may fade into desensitized withdrawal and rationalize the suffering of recently evolved aliens.

Among mega-populations and independents alike, hyperversals try to cultivate hyper-community and universal citizenship, rather than insular withdrawal. However, you may not hear about this in some cases, depending on the alien who speaks to you. Further confounding the situation are hyperversal pressures to busy certain mega-populations or cut them off in some ways, while also moving them toward hyper-assimilation. Major snafus can arise: “butterfly wing” distortions that magnify a given foul-up, and ailing regime-think.

In the worst cases, a healthy, independent biome may be seen as a direct challenge to a mega-population’s control. Why? Because a healthy, diverse biome allows for long-term micro-evolution of a given people, instead of the cascading crises and manipulations preferred by an aggressive mega. There may be Big Brother pressures in such cases, a compulsion to foul, if not kill numerous species in order to expand a mega-population’s sphere of influence. Common sense suggests that manipulated planet death is the worst possible outcome, but an overgrown, aggressive colonial may want to play god, instead. We’ve heard (Verdant-related) talk about imposing non-physical social identities through mass extinctions, leaving but a shell of the old identity. Fawning acolytes of the IFSP call this “the Earth Changes” strategy, in our case. Destruction of the sort weakens a people, making it easier to control them.

Within a mega-population, we sometimes note a trance-like, resonant quality in those who insist that they aren’t “individuals” but are, instead, solely composed of group mind. Meanwhile, some individuals of the sort are midling characters who hide within amorphous qualities and try define themselves only in spatial terms, a non, in the group sense. Dogmatic rigidity can creep into the equation, a smothering of critique within a given mega-population. Aging characters sometimes assume that they ALREADY DID all of the necessary thinking long ago, hence they need merely resonate and observe coldly, thereafter. Some mega-population aliens may try to obscure their own multiply sourced history and pretend not to notice that their specious rationalizations presume a mastery of insight on others’ pasts.

Some aliens in a mega-population may not be as thoughtful or insightful as were their elders of previous generations. So when doubts and inadequacies arise, they may think they’re fully in touch with a community yet may feel relatively immobilized, given their shortcomings. Meanwhile, more thoughtful communities far exceed them. In one sense, the singular failings of some aliens are strangely gravitic, as though trapped and slowed–way down near an event horizon. We’ve observed this, as was noted previously. But how do we explain that slowed, seemingly trapped quality?

Two physicists, George Chapline of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, and Nobel laureate Robert Laughlin, have a new model of the universe that may offer insights. They suggest that black holes could, instead, be dark energy stars. Because objects falling into a black hole should stretch out so extremely that outside observers would note a freeze of time–which would cause the object to appear to linger at the event horizon forever (they don’t), physicists have searched for alternatives to the standard quantum model. Chapline and Laughlin note that when superconducting crystals go through “quantum critical phase transition,” electron spin doesn’t fluctuate wildly, as the standard model predicts it should. Instead, electron fluctuations slow down–as though time were literally slowed! So, Chapline and Laughlin came up with a startling, new explanation. Working with colleagues, Chapline and Laughlin posit that when large stars end their fusion cycle, instead of forming a “black hole,” a phase transition (a sudden change of state) creates a thin “quantum critical shell,” the size of which depends on a star’s mass. A New Scientist article on the subject says the shell doesn’t contain a space-time singularity…. “Instead, the shell contains a vacuum, just like the energy-containing vacuum of free space…. The team’s calculations show that the vacuum inside the shell has a powerful anti-gravity effect, just like the dark energy that appears to be causing the expansion of the universe to accelerate…. ‘Quantum critical shells are a two-way street,’” says Chapline. He suggests that the energies involved match those of the expected dark energy of the entire universe.

In other words, being a two-way street, black holes may connect outwardly via dark energy, and the universe could be a large, tendentious dark energy object, or cycle. Chapline further suggests that the inside of a black hole may act like a superfluid, i.e. super cold Helium 4, a superfluid that climbs up container walls. It’s a useful model, and seems to agree with alien statements about negative energy and hyperspace (plus aspects of Bearden’s Δt). *In May of 2007, researchers from John Hopkins University and the Space Telescope Science Institute photographed a “dark matter” ring around galaxy cluster Cl 0024+17. In the photo, a huge radial symmetry permeates the space around the galaxy cluster—all of it pointing inward toward the center of aggregate mass in the cluster. It’s the first visual evidence of the sort, and it suggests that dark energy and dark matter are structured collectively, in a sense. In the photo, space itself appears to hold the missing mass. *Physicist Gordon Kane says that dark energy is assumed to be the energy of the vacuum (empty space).

So, how does the Champline/Laughlin dark energy model relate to the slowed, seemingly trapped quality of offending alien mindform? Aliens whose thoughts and deeds collapse in upon narrowly-construed, illusory self-assumptions may linger within a shell, of sorts, due to a failure of construct. Hence we observe a slowed quality, a redundancy that’s best modeled as a destructive enumeration (not so finely and fractionally universal). Ideally, more advanced hyperversals will span across and exceed such constraints to remind such individuals about potentially ghastly ironies and distortions that can arise later in a universe cycle, should they fail to integrate more finely.

Meanwhile, in the best or most advanced human cases, it’s normal to fade in and out of hyper-community due to distractions, human tiredness and the need to rest. It isn’t

so easy to maintain the requisite hyper-attentiveness while attending to daily routines.

Given our various interactions with mega-populations, to date, it’s fairly easy to derive the basic implications of life within such communities. However, we’re relatively new to

such interactions and still have much to learn.

                                   Eliminating the Troublemaker Gene

Not all alien megapopulations are alike. Some, like the Verdants, may be more coldly

controlling than others. Verdants and IFSP aliens say they offer a greater network and benefits, more scientific and genetic aid than is available to small alignments and independents. Meanwhile, independent populations argue that independents who do their own research are more rigorously responsible for their science. Their awareness is simply configured differently. In some cases, independents reportedly trade with other planets in order to meet their needs. Eventually, of course, they’re drawn into larger networks of interaction.

Presumably like other megapopulations, Verdants genetically engineer IFSP populations to have larger brains, better disease and radiation resistance, and so forth. Some IFSP gray aliens have even been fitted with electronic implants in their brains, ostensibly for security and communications reasons. However, using more advanced technology, Verdants can probably track or psychotronically influence implanted grays if they want to, which raises an important question:

Are some genetic and other alterations designed to make a given people easier to manage and control?

The question is especially relevant here, on Earth. The IFSP is now so deeply immersed in an abduction and breeding program here that abductees have been told they can be used for reproductive purposes because they “belong to” the abductors. (Jacobs, Secret Life, p. 128)  Richard Boylan, who considers himself the IFSP’s leading “Councillor of Earth,” wrote me saying that the same aliens did genetic improvements of humankind in

the past, hence they have a right to intervene here because we belong to them. Abductee “Emily” told David Jacobs about how gray aliens see humans in terms of how we can be used. When a hybrid bred by grays to look human argued with a gray about how he wanted a fifteen year-old human abductee to be his sexual assignee, the gray told him that the girl was “a resource, not a resort.” (The Threat, p. 184)

In a similar vein, Whitley Strieber once noted that his abductors’ main fear was human independence. Other abductees cite the abductors’ plan to control Earth after an escalated crisis of some sort. Abductee Reshma Kamal told David Jacobs that a late-stage hybrid (who looks nearly human) explained about his aliens: “And he’s saying all they’re interested in, that no matter what happens at all, is that they control.” (The Threat,

1. 250). But why would a megapopulation want to control other populations?

Control allows them to quickly replace old ideas and conventions with the megapopulation’s preferences. Such people are easier to assimilate and their planet’s resources easier to make use of, afterwards. From the Verdant perspective, populations dispute less among themselves when a more advanced authority is in control. But how much control are we talking about? Reshma Kamal was told that after the aliens get their way here, on Earth, the abductors will have total control and national governments won’t be necessary because there will be “one system” with “one goal.”

Of course, the more drastic a target population’s predicament (i.e. post-apocalyptic grays), the more quickly they can be altered and assimilated, which suggests that some regime-minded megapopulations may actually prefer to provoke escalated disasters on a target planet in order to obliterate its previous identity. (In a different vein, Naomi Klein’s book Shock Doctrine points to the same strategy here by graduates of the University of Chicago, which was founded by a Rockefeller.) It’s a risky strategy because target populations can be sharply critical of alien colonizers. They may be reluctant to give up their independence, irrespective of inducements.

Sometimes, a target people’s own colonial history will have been repressive. So, why would they trust an alien colonizer? Perhaps they don’t, in some cases. Perhaps it’s

desperation that leads some into the fold.

More chilling still, are indications that Verdants may try to eliminate other aliens’ genes for emotion and sensitivity, genes that might otherwise cause them to criticize Verdants or dispute further takeovers. If there were too much empathy and sensitivity in their genetic makeup, IFSP aliens might resent the conflicts and atrocities that Verdant breeding program operatives manipulate on target planets, i.e. those allegedly schemed by the IFSP’s “direct operatives” here on Earth and those that a Verdant told Krapf were manipulated on two other planets. Humans who wonder whether this is actually happening need to remember:  the IFSP is a large aggregate that has a long history of such doings. They admit to it. So, in order to reduce tensions in the IFSP, are the genes for troublemaking simply eliminated?To do so would pose a different kind of danger. On the one hand, if certain genes are eliminated a target population may be less war-like, less violent. They can be more easily controlled. On the other hand, if they’re too easily controlled they may sit passively and watch while wars are provoked among a target people and crises are manipulated for advantage during subsequent takeovers. Some genetically altered populations are easily exploited by aggressive sexuals like the Verdants. Genetically altered aliens may be less capable of the empathy and outspokenness needed to protest manipulated crimes against target peoples. Genetically modified, obedient aliens may feel less need to speak out against Verdant manipulations, both within the IFSP and externally.  Evidence for this is seen in abductee reports about aliens who inflicted great pain as if to condition them and aliens who watched while a dazed adult human was forced to rape an adolescent female abductee, apparently as part of an experiment. (Secret Life, p. 203-4) The IFSP’s reported use of girls as young as age 11 for reproduction purposes is further evidence of emotional disconnect. Non-IFSP aliens allege much worse, i.e. crimes against humanity attributed to the IFSP’s “direct operatives.”  Direct operatives may be cultivated by the IFSP to commit acts of extreme cruelty against humans. Female human abductees told David Jacobs about being raped by human-looking hybrids who then threatened to abuse their children if the women didn’t cooperate. Abductee Beverly said that during an abduction an alien told her that to allow such hybrid cruelty against her while she was in an alien craft was necessary because, as the alien said, “The expression is necessary.” (The Threat, p. 206) In other words, such cruelty may be considered necessary for some aspects of the IFSP intervention.     Of course, IFSP aliens say their work introduces humans to higher order community of mind, a deeper sentience, yet non-IFSP aliens suggest that the IFSP isn’t yet a community of mind but is, instead, a psychotronically-policed empire, of sorts. So, we see the irony of highly intelligent, seemingly peaceful aliens who have been altered so that they can quietly, obediently create and infiltrate direct operatives onto a target planet to orchestrate epic crimes in the name of the alignment’s expansion, which they rationalize as an improvement. Meanwhile, internal IFSP propaganda probably isn’t about takeovers and manipulated conflicts. Instead, a target population is probably first stigmatized as primitive or dangerous, external to the IFSP, before breeding and manipulated conflict programs are begun to pacify them. Internal IFSP discussions about such policies can be made to sound quite wholesome, from such perspective. To a certain extent, lesser IFSP aliens can be selectively bred so that they will say little about atrocities and corruptions caused by IFSP operatives on subusequent target planets. Verdants claim to have eliminated bad genes in order to improve such aliens, yet after more than 100 million years of interventions Verdants know how to locate, identify, and eliminate or alter those «troublemaker» genes that can be so unsettling. The end result can be disastrous in some respects: inwardly repressed and compliant subordinates who don’t quite feel the pain and horror of a target population. And, by keeping the train of genetic «improvements» ever in motion among the IFSP’s dependent populations, when discontent arises Verdants can step in and tinker with troublemaker genes.  Abductee Andrea told Harvard’s Dr. John Mack about the emotional sterility of her abductors. “They’ve lost their home inside themselves… they’ve evolved to something that’s not quite right, that has something lacking. Their heart centers are not as open as they should be. They have a feeling level that they’ve bred out.” (Passport to the Cosmos, p. 249) Other abductees say alien females who work in nurseries raising babies harvested from abductees are coolly mechanical and don’t handle the babies affectionately. The emotional sterility of such aliens is noted in abductee reports.  Some abductees say abducting aliens study them, curious about human feelings that they, themselves, seem to lack. One human-alien hybrid told abductee Reshma Kamal that he feels like a robot. When Reshma asked if the hybrid had at least some feelings, the hybrid said, “Even if I had those emotions, what good are they because nothing will happen? We’re just here to do work…” Looking at his alien superiors, the hybrid said, “We have to do everything they say…. It’s just like they’re in total control of everything.” (The Threat, p. 170)

So how do such aliens rationalize what would, to us, seem to be an oppressive abuse of others’ sensitivities? Since the “three ellipticals” faction of hyperversals and their hybrid intermediaries became more voluble in 2004, in my case, IFSP aliens have communicated less, except when stimulated to do so. They’ve been pre-empted. Aliens of the “three ellipticals” faction say that overly emotional tendencies are eliminated to prevent conflicts and maintain order. Although they try to be subtle about it, their emphasis is clearly on security. They give out other messages about effectively managing various populations in order to prevent violence and enforce the larger ecology. *It’s important to remember that the “three ellipticals” project may be loosely construed and may not yet have gained sway in three large ellipticals because the future Milky Way-Andromeda elliptical doesn’t appear to be a likely prospect, at the moment. The given hyperversal aliens may allow for a more complex design than would the relatively primitive Verdants.

Of course, competing aliens (and some hyperversals) argue that when a population has the requisite science, they may decide to genetically improve themselves and shouldn’t necessarily be compelled to do so. Implicit in the perspective is the assumption that one alien group or another will either help or will provoke an emerging population to get it right. Already, at this early stage in human-alien relations we see a distinct pattern. At some point, technology began to distort some aliens’ social relations. Rather than pace their societies according to planetary ecology, conformity and curiosity plus a desire to compete with other worlds caused some aliens to take the natural ecology for granted. Technology bred a desire for mastery and control. Weapons were developed and large-scale rivalries became troublesome, so various large regimes attempted to exert control over other aliens. There have been varying degrees of this, ranging from more loosely structured associations to seemingly absolutist arrogations on a multi-galactic scale. Aliens conditioned to think they must intervene elsewhere to maintain order won’t ask your permission before they do so.  Technology and regime one-ness of mind have stifled some aliens’ ability to think independently. Like IFSP grays, they may say that they’re only “shells,” in a sense, of the larger sentience. Social identity is certainly more advanced than detachment, but the ability to exercize critical judgement has been impaired in some cases. When opportunities arise, the dominant aliens of an alignment may prefer to eliminate too much emotion in other aliens, rather than too little.   Consequently, there are cascading misjudgements when the regime turns its attentions elsewhere. Emergent populations are hailed as bad examples; some planets are destroyed during psychotronic propaganda-driven interventions. Complicating such situations are larger rivalries and fatal ironies that arise when one rigidly structured misconception compounds another. The result can be a mismatch between the delicate, naturally evolved reality of an emergent biome and the policies of an intervening regime. In some cases, genetic modifications lead to infirmities: elimination of vital genes, greatly extended lifetimes that lead to coldly indifferent geriatric conditions. Alien technology can fix body wounds but can’t repair the withered sensitivities of regime-minded sociopaths. Among misguided hyperversal sections, we’ve seen how easy it is for some to simply ignore the consequences of bad policy. Instead, a doting or indifferent hyperversal may suffer a kind of hyperplexity: the desire to know more, travel more, and do more on a grander scale than other aliens (which is something of an irony, given hyperversals’ need to down-scale). During interventions where independent critique is most needed, there may be nearly none within an aggregate like the IFSP. Instead, epic crimes are easily rationalized in terms of an idealized yet incomplete social whole. Although the most primitive kinds of individuality will long have been replaced by community concerns, a more evolved, next-step kind of critique may have been stifled in the process.  Outwardly, IFSP aliens seem to be immune to doubts and regrets about damage done to humans. According to abductees, grays and other dependents of the IFSP almost never raise objections or protest the IFSP’s manipulated crimes and abductions. Has their ability to do so been genetically marginalized, or is the IFSP so controlling and hierarchical that grays fear to cause trouble, in the first place? In my own case, I’ve noted resonant gray concern about what happened to their original planet and could also happen here, but it’s cautious and minimal, possibly for fear of Verdants.    Finally, did Verdants eliminate certain genes for emotion in themselves, or was that done long ago by yet another population?Hopefully, our native alien neighbors have done a better job of preserving critical judgement and sensitivities. One hyperversal alien noted a kind of «unformed quality» in some IFSP aliens, a lack of rigorous critique, which could be a handicap.  Meanwhile, IFSP aliens say we can neither appreciate their motives nor the life they lead until we’ve actually lived within and have become part of their kind of group identity. In Verdant minds, reportedly, we’re all scheduled to be discontinued, replaced by Verdant and gray-engineered prototypes via their breeding program.  But how do they think to accomplish that? So far, IFSP aliens haven’t divulged specifics. They may fear the response that might elicit from human governments.  The IFSP’s kind of genetic engineering has led to a new category of phenomena that we must now study, new psychodynamics and susceptibilities that may pose obstacles to equal, legally protected order in this part of the universe. Deliberate dulling of alien sensitivities can be dangerous situations in which mass crimes can be committed with little or no resistance. There must be alternatives.  Imagine how it is to be an IFSP alien:  When faced with loss of career, medical and highly technological life-support options for having objected too firmly to abuse of another people, how many IFSP aliens will feel it’s safe to take on the entire Verdant bureaucracy?  Such abuses can only erode democratic rights and equal consideration for all peoples. Situations will arise in which intelligent, technological target populations are regarded as little more than animals. That, in itself, poses a new category of bias and discrimination: a specious disdain analogous to racism.  At present, such issues are germane to informed discussion of human contacts with other worlds. Basic rights and protections must be preserved here before they are drastically compromised, unaware to the human majority. While we’re still able to do so, we need to raise such issues explicitly.   Some aliens regard such concerns as a breath of fresh air in what can, at times, seem to be a stifling and unfair exopolitical environment. Ultimately, our finest contributions may have to do with human creativity, human rights, and the independent critical judgement of our best legal reasoning.                                     Averting an Over-reaction to Aliens In his latest book, Hidden Truth, Steven Greer talks about how humankind will soon be like other cosmic societies. Rather hide the basic evidence for aliens, “in the future, we will not cling to ignorance to feel safe. We will not hide in our ignorance.” (p. 318) When governments and media are more honest about aliens, a weight will be lifted and our standard of comparison will improve dramatically. For the time being, however, we’re highly vulnerable. We’re on the verge of a number of crises that stem from interaction with aliens. Alien-related technologies are now in human hands and as human history has shown, when advanced technology falls into the hands of greedy, self-serving regimes, conflict tends to follow. The first and greatest risk is that “New World Order” elitists will try to use such technologies to oppress the disadvantaged then manipulate crises in order to perpetuate a failed regime and make grandiose claims to deep space terra. Ironically, some of the IFSP’s reported “direct operatives” lead in such efforts.  [Update: in late February, 2007 hyperadvanced aliens went out of their way to help point out an important IFSP “direct operative” case: David Rockefeller. His case had been hinted at for more than a year but was left for human observers to investigate, given brother Nelson’s prime role, years ago, in stealing MJ12 and PI40 committee oversight away from presidential control after Eisenhower asked Nelson to help reorganize his government. Later, Eisenhower bemoaned it as an epic mistake (see “Political Management of the Extraterrestrial Presence” on Michael Salla’s website). MJ12 and PI40 controlled the alien-related programs in US government. Recently, David Rockefeller was under suspicion after cousin “Nick” Rockefeller’s bizarre statements about microchipping all humans caused public alarm. That resulted in concerted, detailed probing of David’s response to various IFSP doings. Being 93 years old and unusually self-centered, David was easy to check on. Here’s how such checking is done: when the case was brought up before a larger human community, it caught David’s attention. How? Aliens who monitored our progress on the case tipped Rockefeller that he was being checked. This set up the perfect situation: David’s worries about Nick’s big mouth and our sudden, concerted investigation allowed us to parade a variety of details about the IFSP and its direct operatives right before David’s nose. While that was done, David’s mood, feelings and thoughts on the subject were inflated outward for us to check on. It was vivid and unmistakeable. It’s a fairly advanced technique reserved for special cases. All of David Rockefeller’s reactions indicated a direct IFSP status. This was repeatedly and explicitly underscored by the attending aliens, who consider the case important for human awareness. Then, once David’s thinking was obvious and reaction began to sink in among the human community, IFSP and “3 ellipticals” aliens tried to do damage control but betrayed their awareness of David’s status in doing so. When the case began to unfold further (i.e. one hyperadvanced alien made graphic what appeared to be Henry Kissinger’s personal memory of walking in a well-lit corridor of the large Verdant ship that Krapf was taken to), IFSP and 3 ellipticals aliens began to make statements about why it was necessary for them to have direct control of Rockefellers. *First, they’d been treated to a list of charges against Rockefeller (this went on for days). Eventually, response was teased out. Explicit admissions about Rockefeller continue to this day.

The case is under continued scrutiny, but since Rockefeller’s Council on Foreign Relations was reportedly given effective control of both MJ12 and PI40 more than fifty years ago, such programs have been infiltrated to an extreme, due to their removal from public control. That would help explain why numerous official sources say Republican presidents after Eisenhower were only given token information about the secret programs (except Bush Sr., who knew much more), while Democratic presidents were excluded. Apparently, owing to the politics of self-interest and Rockefeller’s web of contacts, Republicans are considered easier to control. In my opinion, the crimes commited via direct operative control of alien-related programs are worse than the Intolerable Acts that sparked the American Revolution. It’s a deeper, more dangerous situation. This time it threatens an entire planet. It’s ironic that the IFSP’s direct operatives premise their scheme on the monetarization of all that can be enumerated, while we have yet to hear about an alien society that uses currency for daily exchanges. Some aliens have said they allot energy credits or other apportionment to their citizens, rather than allow the chaos of unlimited wealth because uncontrolled resource use is both ruinous and prone to conflict. In their communications, to date, individual aliens have shown little interest in material “things” and seem to prefer a life of larger involvements, a more equal kind of citizenship (the irony being that they can be collectively acquisitive). All of the alien populations that humans have encountered appear to be social commonalities, beings who share resources more equally than humans. All aliens who interact with humans emphasize this fact. It’s a most important theme–which we’ll revisit shortly. For now, humans with a long history of crimes against humanity have acquired alien technologies that will affect us drastically in the near future: psychotronics (mind-controlled technology), genetics, abduction technology, and more. Even if we choose to delay their introduction, aliens will force such issues upon us.  For example, should we or should we not increase our brain capacity, and if so, through what agency? In the United States, Bible belt Republicans say they oppose human embryo research, while Republican cabal insiders have cut deals with aliens who abductees say do forced impregnation of young human girls. Worse yet, narcotics are trafficked to fund alien-related programs and keep them out of public view. It’s a ghastly contradiction, an open wound that threatens to fester, spawning further extremes of secrecy—which may be the abductors’ plan, of course. *For a timely overview of who controls the global narcotics empire read: www.madcowprod.com/08082006.html

If non-IFSP alien sources are correct, some US and European right-wingers who claim to hate “big government” are actually involved in an Orwellian scheme to misguide human affairs and eventually cede control to the IFSP. It’s an allegation that many, here, would find outlandish, but the possibility should at least be considered, given the strong wording and breakthrough gestures of the story’s sources. Some non-western operatives are reportedly complicit (the name Saud has been mentioned by one or more hyperversals). In other words, a critical situation has reportedly developed, yet most humans remain unaware. Is it as government-trained remote viewers told Jim Marrs: one alien faction is scheming to directly use and rule our planet? A variety of alien sources have corroborated the allegation. If true, it would help to explain why the IFSP’s reported “direct operative” humans refute reports about global warming and endangered ecology while, at the same time, they use economic leverage to deplete Earth’s resources, which could make us dependent on the IFSP for trade. They may want to erode our self-sufficiency.

There’s further irony in such doings. Although the IFSP can be cold and harsh in its control, it isn’t an aristocratic dictatorship. Were the IFSP to gain control here, its human operatives who now live richly would have to be removed or forced to live in austerity in order for IFSP propaganda about equality to gain traction. So we see the spectre of a reported 3000-4000 often wealthy “direct operatives” who may want to delay formal announcement of the IFSP’s presence (and intervention) so that they can continue to indulge in earthly pleasures. According to non-IFSP aliens, the IFSP’s operatives are both aided by, and answer to, an alien colonizer yet may not want to compromise their lush lifestyles anytime soon. Instead, they do epic sabotage and delay all effective solutions. It’s a rapidly deteriorating situation that can only be resolved through greater awareness.

Of course, I’ve raised the issue many times for comment by IFSP aliens and “three ellipticals” hyperversals. Their numerous replies are as follows: They concede that the IFSP has numerous direct operatives in the human line-up, as outlined above, but they say that it’s all according to plan. By gaining effective control of globalist money supplies, i.e. through Rothschild cohorts’ ownership of the Federal Reserve Bank (which prints US money), they say they can steer humankind into a precipitating crisis.

In other words, they say it’s better for them to have actual control over the wealthy economies (and key military-industrial hard-liners) so they can be prevented from veering off into dangerously weaponized, offensive stabs into deep space. Meanwhile,

the IFSP tries to clean up on available planets in our vicinity, and its reported direct operatives deliberately worsen US militarization of outer space. IFSP and “three ellipticals” aliens have said that IFSP operatives are strategically planted so they can influence monetary policies, industry, media, and more. They say that only through such control can humans be engineered toward a relatively benign, non-sexual status, hence they can more easily integrate us into a larger, collective entity.

In short, they say yes, crimes against humanity have been committed through such operatives, and human conflicts have been manipulated to assure that IFSP operatives can wrangle effective control over human assets, but they argue that conflicts would have occurred anyway (i.e. racist attitudes and imperialism were bound to result in war, hence IFSP operatives’ reported tipping of events toward WW II was a matter of course, not preference—the name Thyssen, an old Bush family client in Nazi Germany, has been mentioned by hyperversals). IFSP and “three ellipticals” aliens say that IFSP operatives have merely steered such crises toward a manageable, controlled outcome. They’ve even said that HIV was engineered and deliberately inserted into human populations “for a reason” (to dissuade humans of sexual abandon, to precipitate a crisis that also feeds into their larger strategy). I’ve inquired and have objected about the case repeatedly, with specific reference to Bush Sr. and former CIA chief William Casey, as outlined by whistleblower Cathy O’Brien. IFSP and “three ellipticals” aliens’ responses were as noted above: explicit admissions coupled with corroborating comments by non-IFSP aliens and hyperversals. I’ve made sure that others in the human community have witnessed such remarks. Ironically, massive death in Africa could create space for an IFSP co-habitation plan or yet another “rescue” offer. Along with other humans I’ve remotely probed the HIV case over and over again from different perspectives, repeatedly coming up with a positive reading of what was stated, sadly enough (this was necessary because repeated probing of the same initial context can eventually seem stale, causing some humans to miss the actual significance of what they’re witnessing). So, we’ve expanded the scrutiny to allow for a variety of larger configurations and inputs. In cases of the sort, there is no room for error. *Black budget whistleblower Dr. Michael Wolf also alleged that AIDS was human-created.

To humans, the IFSP’s manipulations may seem cold, but IFSP aliens say their design must be effective. IFSP and “three ellipticals” aliens say that their efforts look further, on a larger scale, and that all populations go through ugly phases over time. They say that crime and crude impulses must be contained and that humans aren’t up to the task, at present. They argue a kind of realpolitik and note that human greed isn’t yet under control. They say it would all have been ugly and brutal had they intervened, or not, hence they argue that the real problem lies in human impulses that can only be changed in a more advanced context. Some of the “three ellipticals” aliens note that on any given day, they turn around and hear about events on billions of planets, if not more. It’s a cool, hard-nosed fact of life, they say, not a bed of soft-petaled flowers. *The debate is ongoing.

As humankind stumbles into various crises involving new technologies, it helps to remember that alien worlds have already experienced and have often resolved such situations long ago, hence the IFSP is poised to take maximum advantage of any mis-steps we make. They’ll probably offer technical aid and advice in order to deepen their involvement here. Given the prep work they’ve reportedly done (abductions/breeding, placement of operatives, plus some exchanges with, if not control over, black budget factions), they may try to precipitate and steer future crises to their advantage. Although competing aliens have given us a good heads-up on exopolitical basics, the internal processes of human government can be compromised, given the politics of greed and secrecy here. When we ponder alternatives to the IFSP scheme of fast-burn resource depletion (*alternatives like population control and conservation, or, failing that, trade with aliens and terra-forming of other planets), the IFSP will offer further inducements in exchange for a deeper role in our vicinity.

Ironically, the IFSP is relatively insignificant in the Milky Way. Nonetheless, a Verdant presence in our galaxy is cause for concern among native aliens because Verdants take 9.1 planets for themselves for every lesser, native population that joins the IFSP. At 2.032 billion Verdants per planet (Krapf’s reported average), this means that 18.491 billion Verdants rush in for every single planet of 5.5 billion (average) that joins the IFSP. It’s a ratio tilted toward Verdant dominance of new member planets, hence the concern, here, about Verdant designs on Earth. Again, an advanced alien source independent of the IFSP says that IFSP-affiliated aliens are “less than .01 percent,” or somewhere between 1/10,000^th and 1/100,000^th of the aliens in our sister galaxy, Andromeda. Extrapolating that ratio to our galaxy, it would seem the IFSP is nearly insignificant in the Milky Way.

One human, who remains anonymous (pending publication) was reportedly taken to a Verdant-occupied planet two weeks travel distance from us in the Milky Way. If we gauge the planet’s distance using information provided several years ago to Phillip Krapf (Verdant «flicker drive» can take Verdants one million light years distance in a year’s time), the planet would be 38,356 light years away. Allowing for navigation out and around different arms of the Milky Way, the distance could be some 20,000 to 30,000 light years, which would place the nearest reported Verdant outpost far from Earth. Since the main visible part of the Milky Way is only 80,000 to 100,000 light years in diameter, a 20,000-30,000 light year distance means that Verdants would be camped on a planet that may be on the far side of a different arm of our galaxy (a Verdant told Krapf that Verdants had been on a Milky Way planet for at least 800 years). In other words, Verdants aren’t significant in our neighboring political environment. There are roughly 150 galaxies of various sizes that are closer to us than is the Verdant home galaxy.

So, we don’t need to rush to arms to ward off IFSP aliens trying to hustle us, at present. Instead, we must be more self-sufficient, better integrated and more humble. We must avert an over-reaction to aliens, despite any harm done to us by alien intervention, to date. If we overreact militarily, Verdants will use that excuse to kill our planet and take the surroundings like they did with the gray planet. It’s sad to think that’s what they’ve been reduced to after so much time, but a regime of 500 trillion can’t get all of its resources in one place. Instead, they look for easy prospects elsewhere. As for us, it’s easy to harden people during an emergency but if we brutalize young people and abuse their sensitivities through fear, it’s difficult to rekindle those sensitivities. They’re the best part of our lives. They form extra dimensions of intelligence. The most advanced aliens always advise that we refrain from violence and fear mongering. Otherwise, we’re unapproachable and will lose out for a long time to come.

Our best option is to expose the facts of human-alien interactions, allow for more transparency, and then move on for the better. Honesty is always the best policy.

Aliens are often faced with similar dilemmas in their own societies. Individual aliens must step back and assess whether their community is correct or whether they need to change it. Aliens in overgrown, predatory populations may feel as though their lives are meaningless and inconsistent. Should they speak out against wrongdoing or simply ignore the underside of off-world policy?

The more advanced and capable a society becomes, the more they see that specious pretensions are barriers to greater involvement. Communication with hyperversals and advanced community of mind requires humility, the ability to step outside of one’s skin and re-assess old assumptions. Hyperversal societies have learned to fade themselves down in order to attend to other populations who lag in various ways. In a finite,

± physical universe, advanced societies must decide whether ecology is merely a stasis, or whether it’s an increasingly capable, yet receding out-of-body existence—a greater community of mind/mindedness.

If we look ahead, we see that technology and inter-stellar travel isn’t an end, in itself. We’ve already witnessed the dilemma of overgrown alien populations who wax defensive about their resource “strategies.” Meanwhile, the larger community must lead such offenders into a more mature kind of humility. They must be readied for deeper involvement in mixed-alien community, a humbler role within a finer ecology.

                                           Crime in Alien Societies

Although we don’t yet have human reporters in alien societies, we do have statements by aliens about crime on other worlds. At various junctures in my interactions (observed by other humans), aliens have stated that crimes and corruption arise in their societies. Concentrations of power and favoritism are said to be a problem, as is resistence to reform of off-world policy. Unlike Earth, where racketeering and theft of government resources centers on certain repeat-offender families (i.e. Du Ponts, Rothschilds, royals, etc.), alien crime can center on those who simply share agendas, disposition, or technocratic coldness. Some of the ugliest crimes are committed within specialized off-world sections that a mainstream alien may hear little about.

There are different psychotronic cultures (mind activated technology) in different locations, hence topics wrapped into psychotronic news and study information can vary. The basic drift of psychotronic information on a home planet or a heavily-populated colony planet may be starkly different from the information culture on a smaller base-planet near the site of an intervention like that on Earth. By way of analogy, the talk in a UN cafeteria is starkly different from what one hears in a Halliburton lunchroom in Iraq.

Aliens who favor expansion and resource predations lead in some of the worst crime categories, yet some argue that they’re only indirectly involved in the doings of their various minions and direct operatives. Genetically-manipulated aliens who no longer sympathise with victims of abusive off-world policies can rationalize destruction in terms of control, evolution, and idealized technological priority. Aliens who’ve shared information with humans have said that aliens occasionally crack up and commit murder, even in extraordinarily advanced societies. However, murder rates are said to be relatively low. One hyper-advanced alien said that the most gentle, non-violent human cities nearly rival the low level of violent crime on at least some alien planets.

In other words, aliens have to reform their worst offenders somehow. They must be monitored and kept out of sensitive positions. In societies where telepathy and psychotronic technology can often discern antisocial attitudes, violent offenders are more easily detected. However, there are complications. Alien criminals may behave subtly to avoid detection or may exercise their animosities in government roles where the “official” excuse provides cover. Worse yet, some alien genotypes and individuals (or other species affiliates) can be identified then tracked or cultivated to do the worst kind of duties.

Psychotronic technology is reportedly used to monitor, and if necessary, isolate alien criminals. Aliens have hinted at the limits of psychotronic conditioning to reform lawbreakers. Some criminals may be genetically defective, incapable of complete reform. In other cases, reportedly, there are mixed varieties of treatment: genetic procedures, psychotronic conditioning, lucid experience psychotronic conditioning, re-sensitization, and rehabilitative work assignments. However, there must be careful oversight because the same kind of conditioning can be used for mind control and cultivation of agent-offenders (this is reportedly now a problem among human elites, as evidenced in MKULTRA, and Monarch crimes against humanity—which provide a non-registered human population the IFSP could abduct without official detection, ironically). See

www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/chronicle/archive/2003/11/09/ING9C2QSKB1.DTL about Rockefeller funding of Auschwitz “Doctor of Death” Mengele’s early eugenics work. US intelligence later seized Mengele’s records about torturing child sex abuse victims to create multiple personality syndrome for covert purposes. Conditioning of the sort was allegedly replicated in the Monarch program associated with various CFR members.

Slavish addiction to technology can go drastically wrong. For example, a corrupt alien bureaucracy will manipulate or commit heinous crimes. Then, in order to mend the mood and outlook of those who do the crimes directly (i.e. an abduction/breeding and manipulated conflicts scheme targeting a planet like Earth), the bureaucracy can set its psychotronic technology so that it gives pleasure (a potentially addictive kind of stimulation) to those same individuals who do the dirty work. This helps keep them going at an industrial clip so that they experience less depression and breakdown due to the disturbing nature of their work. If, for reasons of outward appearance, the bureaucracy doesn’t want to do the psychotronics under official auspices, it can simply make the necessary hardware available to those who do the dirty work so that they can please themselves.

In fact, we sometimes see hybrids and other aliens in the IFSP structure who behave as though slightly addicted, at times. Asuming that narcotics are impolitic within such alien groups, we’ve often questioned just what keeps the dirty workers going, given their marginally addictive-seeming behaviors. Psychotronics seem to fit the bill, at least in part. Psychotronics can be set to create feelings of wonder, awe, beauty, insular grandeur, physical stimulation, social belonging, godliness, false spirituality, color, mood, and more (i.e. fear). Such feelings are only a recording of an event or stimuli that’s artificially replayed later—borrowed from one context for coldly efficient uses elsewhere (or replayed in someone else entirely). Numerous abductees have experienced this as trauma. It’s criminal, yet the worst alien offenders will pose themselves as technologically godly, in a sense, hoping to overwhelm a human.

Propaganda framed in terms of insular one-ness may be used to keep dirty workers

on-task and commited to their work. When one population within a large aggregate

has greatly more advanced technology than do the other populations, technology and information access can be used to motivate lesser populations to obey. Those who do as they are told can be offered work in far-flung places on exotic missions. They can be promised better healthcare, education, even extended lifetimes.

Lest readers think that psychotronics can stimulate total pleasure, I should note their limitations. During the course of my interactions (educational–to be reported), non-IFSP aliens have demonstrated various psychotronics and have actually used others to a limited extent, as part of their daily activity. As a result, I have a basic sense of their usage. Psychotronics can’t completely take over your thoughts, mind, and awareness. They can cloud, slow, or dull them, but a typical human will notice a stark difference between his or her own norm, vs. a psychotronically-induced version. It may be difficult for some aliens raised on a steady stream of psychotronics to sort out their own feelings vs. psychotronically-induced sensation. Alternatively, psychotronics can enhance memory or be used to help with more condensed and efficient learning, or spatial orientations.

Sexual stimulation by psychotronics isn’t remotely like actual sex. Even if there is visual imagery, psychotronic stimulation feels artificial, as though remotely manipulated by a very detectable individual (who isn’t erotic, by the way). It feels like a concentrated, locally irradiative stimulation in the groin area, but is incongruous, incompatible with your mind and your actual erotic experiences. It is used to extract semen, or eggs, and is sometimes used to influence naïve or corrupt people. Normal, consensual sex is many times more physically pleasant, especially if the partner is close and unaware of superficial distractions.

Again, psychotronics are no substitute for human contact. They are jarring, intrusive, and relatively weak, overall. At most, human sexual psychotronics would be a diluted form of masturbation. So, please, don’t wait for it to happen to you. A willing human mate is many times more stimulating. In fact, I know of no intelligent alien’s use of psychotronics to induce orgasm in humans, except to test and study them or take reproductive samples (for a breeding program). Aliens evince a distaste for, if not impatience with humans who think otherwise. It’s a question of who is better and more civilized (the greater standard is non-sexual).

Hyper-advanced aliens can make a criminal revisit the implications of a given crime in order to re-sensitize the individual. He or she can be psychotronically and otherwise made to feel the pain and awareness of the victim and the victims’ associates, the reactions and opinions of his or her own associates, and more. Hyperversal aliens can show the criminal alternate eventualities that would have happened had the crime not been commited, versus the situation resulting from the offense. The extent to which the individual learns from the experience may vary.

Some aliens are reluctant to discuss their criminals, perhaps for fear that human spy

agencies may try to get in touch with and use them somehow (some aliens can ward off human probing). They want to project a sanitary image of themselves, given the crudeness of human elites, at present. However, basic discussions about alien crime arise often, especially in the context of the IFSP’s intervention here.

When extensive, multi-planetary structures rationalize crime in order to gain resources or control over another people, the entire alien society comes into question. The more animal and distant a target people may seem, the more likely it is that crime may be tolerated in the approach to such people. As various aliens have stated over time, all biological beings have needs and tend to detachedly rationalize their ability to dominate and control. The IFSP is but one example.

In other words, the more technologically advanced a population is, the more likely they are to think their society more capable, hence more qualified to determine a given off-world situation. Technology can be civilizing yet may be used to compel obedience. It is no guarantee of good character. Aliens evolve from animal origins, and, like any animal population, there is insularity among large concentrations.

Finer kinds of sentience or spirituality may wither beneath technological regimes concerned with domain. There are different varieties of this in alien societies, which are reportedly almost always structured collectively. The irony, of course, is that advanced societies have a larger awareness, a greater diversity of worlds to study or visit. They see the natural wonders of the universe–black holes, the huge orb-like craft of hyper-advanced aliens, primitive biomes that probably feature dinosaurs–sometimes close-up. But one alien’s spectacle is another alien’s workplace. There’s pressure to conform to meet resource needs. Mass crimes are more easily rationalized from a great distance.

Those who might think that technology is salvation need merely look through a telescope. The natural variety of the cosmos suggests that technology isn’t prime; it’s only useful in limited ways. If hyper-advanced aliens are correct, technology has been abused by various regimes, which has required the sentient majority to moderate them. The most advanced societies live within a shared oneness, on a vast, universal scale, always aware that a categorically more refined order may have preceded them (and may yet be extant!). It’s a multi-dimensional continuity, not a mere singularity, although it relates to deeper, negative/alternate cycling of all singularities. As is evidenced by the most moderate hyperversals, humility is the lesson for all, no matter how advanced they may be. The more sentient and spiritually awake they are, the less numerous they need to be.

Some hyper-advanced kind effectively spread out among, and partly inhabit all who exist. Among the best, species and physicality pose no boundary. Inversely, all who exist partly inhabit the larger order of being. As water seeks its own level, so do the best, shared kind. Some of this connects on the level of feelings, yet sexuals have been advised to set aside desires, wants and individual pretensions. Otherwise, they’ll neither see the larger whole, nor have the patience to tend to it (the “it” in this case is the collective condition in which we all live, how we cohere so very precisely).

Do aliens fear the consequences of violating others? In each case, you must study how they define themselves and their involvements, then you’ll see. Due to negative cycle

re-dimensioning (part of the very premise for this universe), all that we do–every thought, deed and consequence–cycles back to us via that same inward pull and coherence of all quanta, gravity, energy, etc. That same inversion, a bending back of time and events such that higher technology and science can resonate within such curvature, assures that there is no escape from wrongdoing. It’s literally impossible to do so. There’s no escape from a universe/multiverse, nor could there be. All pretensions to do so are but garbage worn as garment—meaningless, temporary. There’s a precise, enduring record and determination in all that we do (the collective “we” is preferred here, being the direction in which we all go). Universality is all-integrated. There are no exceptions.

Physicists note that all quanta seek the lowest energy level, the least action and movement of a stable orbit or configuration. The constant return to lowest energy level is due to a negative cycle that down-steps through the nucleus (alt. depths) while spanning out into space-time at the same time. It cycles back into itself. It binds and integrates everywhere. It helps conserve the universe for a longer duration.

It’s the basis for our continuity of consciousness, and it connects within extra dimensions precisely. *Some humans may try to say they weren’t aware that such precision was possible, but for those who are aware, there is no excuse. (There are finer, alternate cycles of longer duration.)

                                          The Notion of Physicality

For the most part, human science is framed in terms of objects, forces, and vectors. Such concepts date from the time of the Greeks. More recently, quantum physics has teased such concepts into a new light: all atomic particles are “thingless” and non-concrete; there’s a seeming “randomness” of motion among them (a definition that both defines and limits itself), and there’s sometimes a faster-than-light “quantum connectedness” between them. Weirder still, there are seemingly infinite energy fluctuations in quantum interactions. In short, our science is essentially suspended in mid-step with one foot in a primitive past, the other just beginning to test the waters of a profoundly new paradigm.

Meanwhile, alien physics is framed in terms of effects, rather than forces. That may sound like a subtle difference, but it’s not. It’s a major re-framing that allows for greater flexibility and a sometimes subtle, sometimes fateful blending of phenomena on a cosmic scale. Concepts that we take for granted (the seeming unity of an atomic particle, the ability to enumerate particles as though each is separately whole-numbered and individual, the solely forward flow of time) are not accepted by aliens. Aliens begin from a different premise, a different set of assumptions.

For example, we humans have an essentially liquid sense of ourselves. We think of our bodies as substantial, composed of fluids and a solid bone structure. The fears and instincts that move us daily are framed in terms of such concepts: burns, impacts, food energy, and contagion (*sex is for physical pleasure but it’s also about continuity). So, we talk about power (use of force to move objects), and possession (control of objects).

Aliens have a larger and more airy, community sense of themselves (more space than thing). They see themselves as being composed on a sub-quantum level where negative and alternative cycle fluctuations can gently connect on a universal scale. Rather than think of themselves as objects made up of tiny systems of objects (atoms), they see themselves as being hyper-connected to larger universal cycles, of sorts. It’s a categorically smarter kind of concept, and it subsumes atomic chemistry. While humans think of themselves as solid, nothing is solid in the alien view. Nothing.

Instead, aliens define themselves in terms of finer, tighter networks, patterns of resonance among sub-quantum interactions. So they’re composed of fantastically more capable relationships, all of which connect on a larger scale—which allows for shared community/communities of mind. It’s a much more civilized kind of identity, although it poses new challenges. A more complex universe is within you, hence you must learn to accord within a more complex universe. For aliens, evolution is in every term of the equation; it’s always part of their makeup.

Although there are obvious exceptions, less physically pretentious aliens’ lives are ordered in terms of:  equality (within a society, but not always between societies);  the integrity of global and larger ecosystems;  and cosmic connectedness (relations with other aliens, hyperdimensional science, and a finite universal ecology). I’ve both heard, and have been involved in, many discussions about this with a variety of different aliens. I’ve heard them compete in such terms (re who is more consistently so), and I’ve heard them quickly resolve disagreements in terms of the common striving. Such considerations are always extant—at times an alien may depart from equal connectedness, yet must return to it in order to advance his or her awareness. There’s almost always another, more evolved society that a given alien people strive to emulate, hence they must be co-homologous within higher order relationships (the universal ecology, larger understandings, and a higher form of mind). It’s a remarkably peaceful basis.

While humans tend to see from their inside looking out, aliens try to see through themselves in a way that spans more deeply inward, which allows for a seemingly external remote-viewing of both their bodies and their individuality (via the larger social whole, or the universe). This occurs in telepathic interactions and in larger group consciousness. To be able to do so, aliens take the more civilized step of fading themselves down, in a sense, in order to evacuate themselves into larger continuity. Usually, the more largely they interact within a greater shared awareness, the more advanced and capable they are. This involves a kind of remote sensing and it models the universe as all-inclusive, as should be the awareness. A major part of this is only possible because of, and is mediated by, larger pre-existing intelligent relationships (this is most important). Advanced aliens see through themselves and must continually re-examine or redefine certain basic assumptions.

At a minimum, aliens are more studied and scientific than we are. This requires self-control and social purpose. The problem, of course, is that some highly technological aliens aren’t so well versed and sensitive in terms of what we might call “the humanities.” Among aliens, sentience is implicit in all shared consciousness, but a given regime can intrude upon and color it, one way or another. Although their contacts may seem universal, a selective bias can distort their sense of community of mind. Rather than remain open to the larger, more advanced universe, a regime may frame social identity in terms of its own needs and preferences. It may speak as though its citizens are all one singular entity, but the universe is actually more varied than that. It’s not all one singular condition (although hyper-advanced kind may favor a subtle shading of the notion).

This calls into question the very nature of an observation. No matter how smug and dogmatic a regime may be about the one-ness of its connection to the larger universe, if the regime has committed too many crimes it simply won’t connect in certain ways. The larger order of being may be different. Greater, more intelligent dimensions of consciousness can’t be reduced to those of the offenders.

Which brings us back to the notion of physicality. A human might ask, “What am I?” But an alien will ponder “how” he/she or they may be. It’s a more airy, expansive notion of

ever-evolving relationships. It isn’t so physical… Which begs the question:  Are we

actually physical, or do we think we’re physical because that’s the limit of our concept and because we’re physically vulnerable? We’ve heard aliens discuss such notions at intervals. The thinking goes something like this: All aliens are both determined and defined by greater, universal quantities. So in the most advanced form, we interact universally (at least to some extent), hence in our most valid and most capable identity, we’re a hyper-connected community of mind. Individual peculiarities aside, universally valid ideas are, or can be, perpetual. Reportedly, great effort goes into assuring a sustainable re-cycling of the universe. So, in a sense, even though we die, the greater validity, the best of our being, goes on and can conceivably cycle back into other being(s). For example, when we die, do we go to zero, or do we continue to fluctuate within finer, “less than zero” energy dynamics? At the very least, we condition subsequent lives. And the better part of us, an undying higher community of mind, is our striving, hence we must ever be mindful of such. However, a basic question arises:  Do some beings exist in crude form because that was determined by their weakness and limitations in a previous time, or is that but an irony of complex and imperfect inter-relationships that allow for a renewed (seemingly physical) existence?

It’s probably safe to say that most aliens aren’t coldly and mechanically deterministic. They certainly know about evolution and genetics, but sometimes we hear vague drift about how flawed identity essentially groups itself with other flawed identities (i.e. limited ideas). This occurs in conversations about how greater community of mind compares to relatively backward individual cases. The logical response of some aliens is that none of us are complete without the larger whole. Instead, we’re all merely complementary of each other, or fractional in a mathematical sense, and none can exist in complete isolation. The implication is that higher mind is more capable when more of us participate and are consistent with such, hence all backward forms must evolve.

So, where do conversations of this sort arise? In mixed interactions, here. Human contact now involves a variety of observing alien populations. Given that we live near a large, open travel corridor that winds through the galaxy (just beyond the comparatively sparse edge of a Milky Way spiral arm that you see overhead in the night sky), there are various interested populations. Recently evolved aliens (including humans) engage in discussions either with, or about older populations like Verdants, and with the participation of hyperversal aliens of varying duration. For example, along with other humans I raise objections about the IFSP intervention here. You can probably guess which hyperversals defend the idea of like-identities-falling-in-with-similar-others. In part, the argument is a rationalization of an off-world policy toward humans and other aliens. In part, it reflects a certain attitude. Meanwhile, a thoughtful, regenerative mind can always encompass greater consideration, but that requires humility. Ultimately, we’re all merely complimentary.

There’s another kind of conversation that goes on both between aliens and in their thoughts. It centers on the basic question of how a universe was/is derived and can even exist in a stable, orderly way. If it exists, as is obvious, then a basic corollary is that it must all integrate. In order to exist, there must be a larger conservation,

of sorts, checks and balances to prevent excess and violations of the larger ecology. Many aliens expect you to have pondered how that can be done. They expect you to have thought about how the entire universe can seem to be both physical, yet not solid. In other words, if you know that there must be conservation in all relationships of all sorts, then how do you both embody and accord with such? What are you doing to improve both yourself and your kind in such regard?

 

You will be tested in this regard, whether you realize it or not. We’re all transparent, in this sense. If you verge on alien science and seek to interact more largely, do you understand how it all derives, in the first place? It’s as though none of what you do is valid unless you both respect and seek finer integration with other beings and their needs, their basic premise. If you disregard them entirely, then what happens if, being much more capable, they disregard you? What are the consequences?

More specifically, alien science and the politics of their interactions point to a succession of universe cycles, an extended continuity. We’ve heard specific hyperversals’ statements on the subject. That, in turn, suggests that further categories of increasingly more advanced beings both exist and pre-date us, hence we must curtail our energy demands and allow for their Δt/alt t needs, even if such beings don’t immediately appear before us when we want them to. Again, how did they derive and what kinds of relationships can we expect to have developed among them? Do we fit in without harming the basic ecology? For example, is it right to want to travel great distances and sample other aliens’ ways of life? Or, as the aliens in Summers’ books, The Allies of Humanity, reportedly suggest, should we seek larger understandings yet not physically travel in great numbers? In a higher awareness of the universe, you don’t need to physically go there. Meanwhile, you’re expected to know that the use of energy by any and all kinds must be monitored and kept within certain bounds. Any and every system can be clocked in this regard.

You can see how such considerations always return to basic questions of humility, good science and larger consideration. Thoughts about the ultimate derivation of the universe take you through different cycles, in a sense, hopefully improving you each time you “go” there. A further, related question arises. Should all humans and aliens be encouraged toward such considerations, or should they simply be allowed to lapse and receive a deserved physical fate, if they fail to do so? Some advanced aliens say that if we’re too far wrong, we shouldn’t know too much to begin with. It’s a sensitive issue involving life, fate, and nearly tao-like consequences of any behavior. It touches upon the question of whether all people are compatible with higher, finer community of mind. This is much more important than some might think.

The entire, unifying premise for all aliens (including all of the most advanced societies) leaps far beyond the reach of specious wants and pretensions. The two are immutable. To simply enjoy your one small life, or family, is not enough. Both the distant past and the future were/are dominated by greatly more advanced beings, so the defining standards are clear. Such beings only achieved a universal basis (knowledge, communications, and more) through refined, shared mutuality. The most extensive interactions and capabilities are all-inclusive—they leap further out, yet go more deeply inward, everywhere.

Where, within such identity, is there room for hatred and impulses toward violence? We’re talking about actual, existing populations, not abstractions. It’s as though you

walk into a huge stadium and all the others there already know that.

Have no doubt: through a basic, universal hyperdynamic the most advanced inclusion can go anywhere and touch upon any individual. So when you encounter the studied and expansive yet more reserved perspective(s) of such aliens, remember: they must be clear and responsible yet abiding and tolerant of diversity in order to participate.

This raises questions about how aliens test and measure themselves re: their standards, social deviance, and acceptability. How do they all get along, and what do they live for? Are their social controls based on fear, or is it good science and mutually understood principle (the common sense of commonality)? We’ve seen how regimes of fear arise when specious distortion leads to lack of proportionality. The Verdant colonial scheme is but one example. Meanwhile, more humble, considerate aliens and some hyperversals more closely approximate the greater universal premise.

So, back to our main question: Are we physical, or is the notion of physicality, itself, evolving? Quantum physics did away with the notion of concretes. Now we know that nothing is solid. Since 1928 we’ve known that we’re composed of ever-fluctuating energy and elusive quantum packets. Some of it is always leaking out into space, ever moving and enigmatic. None of it is solidly physical. Instead, it’s mostly emptiness.

Once you understand that many aliens see themselves as composed of finer sub-quantum fluctuations conditioned by a larger universal continuity, your basic concepts begin to seem that much less physical (although, in some ways they’re still bounded and finite). Again, it’s a question of how much the typical observer either knows, or understands. In a sense, we aren’t entirely “real” (point-singular, linear numbered), yet we obviously exist.

Generally, the more advanced the aliens, the less concrete is their self-concept. This is due to the humbling effect of large interactions and group identity, plus the need to reduce population numbers. Meanwhile, we see aliens with hyper-advanced technology who seem overly preoccupied with physical security (preventing unwanted snoops, averting primitive upstarts, and securing ideal surroundings). It’s a basic conundrum, especially when their hybrids try to divert you with low-order slop routines when you investigate them.

Some hyper-advanced aliens tell us to remember that even their kind are biological beings with physical needs, not merely spirits. They’ve cautioned us to be observant and scientific in this regard because first contact can easily deceive the most narcissistic and simple minded among us. Predatory aliens know how to manipulate a young population. They know corruption intimately—from their own experience. There are destabilization schemes by large trading collectives and other regimes, interventions in which vulnerable planets are driven to desperation, then takeover. They know an easy prospect when they see one.

Despite statements to the contrary, such doings are premised on very physical designs. Although alien interventions may be framed in terms of ecology and de-weaponization, they tend to seek control of resources. Aliens think in terms of sustainable resource use and a larger Δt/alt t ecology, while humans have been conditioned to think in terms of paper money and an externalized notion of “economy.” *It’s doubtful that money is used on other planets because money can be counterfeited or hoarded then used disproportionately, which can quickly ruin a planet’s ecology.

Although some people can’t bring themselves to admit it, elite economics has proven inadequate on this planet. Unlike alien commonality, it doesn’t work for the common good; it doesn’t complete the circle. Instead, it propagates illusion and superficiality. Self-interested sociopaths are promoted in government, where they work to promote cronies, resulting in extremes of crime and secrecy. It’s killing this planet. The personal attributes that such people regard as strengths (greed, predation, and the willingness to steal public resources) are seen as epic weakness on more advanced planets because such people can easily be used or bent to facilitate an alien takeover. On alien planets, the end of inequality is a watershed event, more stark than the difference, here, between the Roman empire and Christianity. Doors begin to open on a larger scale.

So, by prolonging a failed model of resource use and distribution, humans remain vulnerable to the physical predations of aliens. It’s a simple yet ugly fact of life. We can be manipulated and thwarted via the corruption of a few dozen people! Small wonder that individuals who take hundreds or thousands of times more than the norm for themselves are the same people who work to keep news about aliens and alien science secret. Meanwhile, the IFSP’s ability to manipulate conflict here is premised on secrecy that helps Verdants gain a foothold. Various reports suggest that the IFSP operatives’ strategy is to manipulate economic and religious extremes, making it difficult for humans to even discuss alien science and politics. Instead, we see lies in major media and blanket dismissals of the entire subject—at the worst possible time in human history.

While some in government like to think that they’re working on a defense against aliens, a secret deal was cut behind their backs so that it’s effectively a defense against non-IFSP aliens (our neighbors!). The so-called “joint arrangement” continues, and no policy apparatus makes distinctions between aliens–because there is no policy apparatus. Secrecy and compartmentalization thwart the very discussion of such issues.

It doesn’t take a genius to see where it’s all heading. As long as an infiltrated regime can threaten and de-stablize our entire planet, we fail to evolve as we must in order to survive. Rather than reach competent global accords, we’re saddled with a bizarrely compromised, tiny junta that will try to avert all scientific news about the discovery of inhabited or inhabitable planets. It’s a thousand times worse than the Church’s crimes against Galileo.

And when the IFSP’s operatives can no longer hide the facts, they’ll try to put out

pre-packaged propaganda about how they succeeded in cutting a special deal with a distant alignment of aliens. Their problem, of course, is how to explain abductions, the kidnapping and permanent removal of many thousands of humans for use in breeding a hybrid client regime, the use of humans as slave-breeders, the infiltration of humankind in order to both create and manipulate conflicts to the IFSP’s material advantage, and more. It’s hard to see how humans would agree to that… which poses an even greater danger. The IFSP may simply assume that our opinions don’t matter because we can be riven and driven toward violence then fed superficial half-truths, step-by-step, until we’ve been “pacified,” as Summers’ books allege. In order to feed the Verdant empire and provide it with a base for trading and resource grabs along this arm of the Milky Way galaxy, human freedoms would be ended.

Although the 20^th century saw a decline of colonialism here, the Verdant empire was founded on such impulses–just before our Jurassic period. Again, it’s a very physical design. However, now that humans are aware of aliens, a window of opportunity may be closing for the Verdants (assuming that their interest here isn’t merely diplomatic). Numerous non-IFSP aliens (and my probing) indicate that in order to maximize the IFSP’s chances here, IFSP operatives have accelerated their strategy of tensions. At present, we see a recurrence of old colonial dynamics (domination, subordination, and manipulated conflicts), which seem like a throwback to primitive times. In part, this is due to a regressive lag in Verdant evolution, which has come to affect us directly.

When the Verdant regime was cobbled together, it absorbed the accumulated corruptions of thousands of different worlds. In other words, they aren’t innocent. As is evidenced by Verdant excess, the ruin of the grays’ planet (an IFSP intervention), the grays’ inability to speak on major issues, and the actions of the IFSP’s direct operatives here, the IFSP isn’t held together by democracy and critique. Instead, it was pieced together through cold manipulation. As Verdants admit, some target planets were killed by deliberate design. Then their resources were easy to take. Mindful of such disasters, we must ask whether specious rationalization has spoiled the judgement of some Verdants. Even hyperversals admit that self-interest tends to underly most physical designs on resources. In two-faced fashion, the IFSP has cut secret deals with humans guilty of crimes against humanity while posing as though the IFSP is above such doings elsewhere. Verdants want to be able to say they steered human elites toward transforming crisis, but now that IFSP operatives can be exposed with relative ease, Verdant prospects appear to be diminishing.

Those 500 trillion Verdants living on 246,000 planets are a treaty and policy concern for Milky Way aliens. Milky Way aliens may want to approach us in a less aggressive way so that we can learn by better example. After all, they have to live with us forever. Meanwhile, Verdants dart in at the last moment and tentatively occupy a number of our surrounding star systems, where they’ve reportedly bred hybrid enclaves to suit their design (the Nordics and Semitics of Altair, the tall whites, and gray hybrids who crashed at Roswell fit this pattern).

*The so-called Nordics and Semitics are human-looking aliens discussed by government whistleblower Dr. Michael Wolf and others (see Richard Boylan’s website). Wolf said that Nordics (tall, often blonde aliens who look like humans) and Semitics (long-nosed aliens who look semitic-human) come from the fourth and fifth planets of a star called Altair, which is easily visible from our northern hemisphere. However, Wolf said both groups were bred by another human-looking group from the Pleiades star cluster. In other words, they would all be related. *Swiss contactee Billy Meier’s much-disputed contacts feature “Pleiadians,” although he now calls them Plejarans.

The problem with “Pleidians” is two-fold. One, contactees say the Pleiadians are enemies of the grays, yet that appears to be contradicted by reports that Pleiadians say they’re part of a “galactic federation,” which sounds exactly like the IFSP. Secondly, the Pleiades star group (purported home of “the Pleiadians”) is only 100 million years old, so life couldn’t have evolved there yet (Earth is 4.5 billion years old). Instead, the name of those human-looking aliens should reflect their origin, which certainly isn’t the Pleiades. *If US soldiers were to ride into Africa and say “we’re from Africa because we have a base here,” no one would call them Africans.

Some abductees interviewed by David Jacobs say Nordics were involved in their abductions. As Jacobs writes,” the evidence clearly suggests that the Nordics are most probably adult hybrids of human/alien mating.” (The Threat p. 93) Abductees told Jacobs that Nordics have been seen wearing tight-fitting, one piece uniforms sometimes of a silvery color. Brenda, who was interviewed by Budd Hopkins, said she was abducted and taken to a base where grays and Nordics worked side by side. At an MIT conference on abductions, researcher Jenny Randles said her research showed that in Britain 35% of abductions are by Nordics, 6% of abductions in the United States are by Nordics, and in Europe 25% are by Nordics. (C.D.B. Bryan p. 68) In other words, evidence suggests that “Pleiadians” and Nordics are IFSP aliens.

There are further inconsistencies in “the Pleiadian” story. Given that aliens have diverse kinds of skin, eyes, and other features that derive from various evolutionary conditions, it’s unlikely that aliens who arrive here would just happen to look just like we do. So, when aliens who arrive look exactly like humans and say they just happen to be based in our vicinity, something is wrong with their story. Biological diversity suggests that humans were taken from our planet in order to create the Nordic, Semitic and “Pleiadian” contingents. They appear to be mere props for the IFSP intervention, fallbacks to be used in a multi-pronged IFSP approach to humankind. Given that they look like we do, the IFSP would assume that we might trust them.

So-called “tall white” aliens look so much like humans that if they wear sunglasses, they can mix in a human crowd. After Charles Hall wrote that “tall whites” were allowed a base in Nevada in 1954, the year Eisenhower reportedly met with tall gray aliens (Emenneger, Sandler 1974), Michael Salla suggested that tall whites and tall grays may be related. If that’s true, the fact that sharp-chinned, tall grays reportedly accompany and give orders to shorter grays would further suggest a tall white-IFSP status. (*I don’t agree with all of Salla’s notes on aliens.) There’s evidence to suggest that tall whites and other hybrid enclaves are fed selective versions of IFSP propaganda. As airman Charles Hall wrote in his first book, a “tall white” alien doctor was astounded to learn that humans actually feel love. Apparently, the tall white doctor was told otherwise. In other words, the IFSP may have provided tall whites with anti-human dogma that makes it easier for tall whites to kill troublesome humans, as Hall and other witnesses say they have. In a 2007 interview, Hall said a tall white female asked him, “Do you understand that we love our children more than humans love their children?” (Hall quote from Sweeps Fox show 11-07)

At various junctures, non-IFSP aliens here have described the tall whites as an IFSP dependency. This is alarming news because it would mean that back in 1954 tall whites were allowed a base next to a small Air Force base in Indian Springs, NV under false pretenses (they pretended to be anti-gray). Hall reports that US servicemen were ordered to supply the tall whites with foodstuffs, technological components, and more. Soon, US presidents were eliminated from direct control of such interactions. Worse yet, someone in the US command gave tall whites permission to kill US airmen on foot patrol who frightened them, even though the airmen were never briefed about aliens on base grounds. As Michael Salla writes in his book Exopolitics, Eisenhower felt betrayed by the Rockefeller faction that removed such interactions from basic, consitutional controls in order to keep them secret.

Other former airmen have corroborated Charles Hall’s story about the tall whites, and reported MJ-12 member Dr. Michael Wolf told Chris Stoner that parts of a gray alien craft that crashed in the ocean west of San Diego in 1941 were shipped to the Air Force base at Indian Springs, NV (the tall whites location). Wolf said he worked on the base for a time. Wolf was an alien specialist who said he advised President Bill Clinton about alien matters.

Meanwhile, the tall whites’ status is easy to discern through remote sensing because their energy and communications network appears to bundle into that of the Verdants. This has been checked repeatedly (see how-to chapter) and has been repeatedly underscored by non-IFSP aliens, for obvious reasons. Even IFSP and “three ellipticals” aliens have tacitly admitted it. In their defense, they concede that multiple approaches are needed for the IFSP strategy. They suggest that the total population of the IFSP’s off-world human-hybridized enclaves is relatively small when compared to the human population, yet the scheme is typical of the Verdant resort to spectacle and excess. Rather than ask our permission, they occupied nearby star systems under the pretense of tending to a brief phase of human evolution. No doubt during interventions elsewhere they’ve taken similar planets for themselves.

Now that humans are beginning to openly discuss gray alignment strategy, Verdants are reportedly instructing their operatives to spawn conflict here to make us more vulnerable. Non-IFSP aliens have also pointed this out repeatedly. They say it’s worse than most humans would suspect (specific cases have been cited). We’ve heard Verdants say they’ve spent great time and effort on this planet, as though they deserve a larger role here. They say they’ve monitored us for centuries.

Again, there’s reason to suspect that Verdants want to preserve their home galaxy and use the Δt resources of other galaxies, instead. They may want to spread their negative-cycle network out on a larger scale so that it favors their preferences. So, when a hyperversal alien raised the question, “What do you do when a large elliptical galaxy begins (to tilt) dangerously?” the subtext was clear: Giant ellipticals like M-87 spew vast jets of material from the axes of their central black holes, which can drastically affect surrounding galaxies. Depending on various factors (i.e.Verdant use of Δt?), the way Centaurus A tilts and spews it’s giant plumes of material could affect its entire galaxy group.  *See its giant plumes at www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2008/01/080110150936.htm  Verdants and the “three ellipticals” faction may hope to use our surroundings in order to rig the Δt/alt t gravitic environment in the their favor. But don’t expect them to admit it—they shirk discussion of the subject, while competing aliens have suggested that it’s a valid concern. Centaurus A poses a refugee and energy ecology dilemma that may be used to rationalize “three ellipticals” policy regarding Verdants. Finally, it’s possible that hyperversals, themselves, use energy in a way that directly affects the Δt/alt t ecology, the spatial configuration, and the gravitic orientation of all galaxies in the universe. The topic has been mentioned by hyperversals.

Back to our main topic. When the notion of physicality is discussed during, and in the context of, alien interactions, the basic message is yes, we’re all part of a universal whole, but none of us are equal to it. None of us are solely spirit in that sense. We create waste and have diseases. Some of us take from others in unequal measure. *This certainly doesn’t exclude the possibility of a more enduring realm of energy, or spirit (a pre-scientific human word). Even aliens talk about the subject yet do so in more advanced scientific terms (a hyper-dynamic that only exists or can be observed and seemingly animated collectively).

Another recurring discussion surrounds the subject of ego, specious pretensions, and

the need to ever expand a given community’s considerations. We often hear that vast-scale community interactions are a more advanced premise and require a letting go of physical desires, an end to jockeying for resources. Some might ask, how is that possible? The answer given, if not seemingly embedded in every aspect of the continuum, is that those who pose the question haven’t thought about it carefully enough. The most advanced beings and interactions must set aside and fade out their sense of themselves in order to even know the larger community. The Buddhist notion of selflessness and non-propagation is analogous. The lesson for hyperversal aliens busied by the schemes and impulses of recently evolved aliens is clear:  reduced resource use and reduced population, which requires such beings to spread their awareness and immerse within lesser aliens’ lives in order to teach them similarly. In one sense it’s a more condensed kind of existence, yet in another it’s more expanded and airy, more subtle. *Problem cases arise, nonetheless.

So there’s a built-in conservation. All life can drain or deplete the possibilities of other lifeforms, hence all must learn from increasingly larger interactions. Rather than yearn to travel and enjoy themselves beneath the light of billions of distant stars, as some Verdants prefer, the majority must seek greater knowledge inwardly. Otherwise, this universe is toast, and vast contingents of resource predators will ever grow and contend with each other, ruining the possibilities for others. We have to model it all on a universal scale—over great periods of time, not just our immediate physical wants and impulses. There’s a great tradition of the sort.

Aliens clearly frown on private space ventures because only governments can control excess through policy and because private ventures become a back door for infiltration and takeover by other aliens. The IFSP tries to keep US alien-related programs semi-private, at present, but only to maintain secrecy and influence us without public discussion and expose. As far as we know, no aliens, anywhere–certainly no hyperversals–have yet told humans about “private” alien space ventures, probably because they don’t exist. *Tiny IFSP puppet enclaves may pretend otherwise, but for them it’s just a dog and pony sideshow for human primitives under quarantine.

                                       A Hyperversal Problem Case

Some hyper-advanced aliens and their hybrids occasionally try to blot out, or still and evacuate a certain thought that I may be about to either act upon or elaborate for others. In order to avert the thought, or sometimes just to conspicuously demonstrate the ability to obstruct or thwart the memory, they do so. This can be frustrating: you know they’re doing it (they even resonate about it), yet at the moment you can’t recall a key aspect

of what you were just thinking. The problem, of course, is that they may do this

to themselves, essentially evacuating their own concerns and feelings about certain subjects (a smoothing over of contrary thoughts). *They may think it more competitive, in a sense. Imagine a society that does so…

For example, the most visibly posed “three ellipticals” hyperversal now finds himself facing a rising chorus of objections about the IFSP’s manipulation of conflicts, here, because IFSP direct operatives have committed crimes against humanity. And what’s his response? He says that will spur humankind to evolve. Then, when we say this can be done less destructively, he says the burden is on us. When we reply that Verdants clearly seek resources here, he tends to go quiet, as though he already did his thinking on the subject. A higher-ranking supervisor often appears (or is made to seem to appear–hyperversal’s psychotronics can be used to project different facets, or slants on the same hyperversal) in conjunction with this “three ellipticals” hyperversal—both try to be conspicuous about their sense of rank, yet both betray a kind of insecurity in doing so. The insecurity relates to their fear that humans will seek other affiliations and will evolve independently. Meanwhile, at one juncture in 2006, a seemingly more open-minded hyperversal alien explicitly admitted that Verdants get resources in exchange for their efforts, an incentive for their interventions. In other words, to some extent, the three ellipticals faction agrees with the Verdant strategy. But why? All evidence suggests that they, themselves, were once an expansive mega-population like the Verdants.

The question of sexuality arises in discussions with a “three ellipticals” hyperversal who has a partly supervisory, partly attending role in the situation here. He says Verdants help change sexuals into non-sexuals, but when the subject came up in October of 2006, one of his subordinate aliens asked where, among the IFSP’s populations, do you see sexuals? I pointed out the reported 500,000,000,000,000 Verdants, who are 3.3 times as numerous as all other IFSP aliens.

In other words, the subordinate was so wrapped up in the rationale for IFSP expansion that he forgot that Verdant impulses and behaviors are sexual. Admittedly, Verdants are a second stage of sexuality, yet they’re famous for disproportionality and a desire to exploit lesser aliens. Meanwhile, in order to smooth it all over, the attending “three ellipticals” hyperversal simply evacuates his own thoughts on the subject (he’s reportedly non-sexual). *Some of his population may be sexual in order to preserve genetic hardiness and alternatives. However, given certain propagandistic aspects of “three ellipticals” subculture, it’s hard to imagine them admitting to what we might regard as weakness.

What do more advanced aliens have to say about this? Sometimes greater perspective comes together in a larger, finer context. Our fractional nature in the universe leads to humbling, sometimes awkwardly discomforting realizations. There are moments of scientific acuity when we see it all from aside (alt. all around) in naked, bare bones terms laced with contradictions and existential discomfort. At one such juncture in the summer of 2006, a hyperversal showed a graphic, visual representation of the attending “three ellipticals” hyperversal in order to demonstrate a relationship to the Verdants. The “three ellipticals” hyperversal’s eye structure was like that of the Verdants, as was the general shape of his skullcase. He seemed to have a slightly larger brain, in relation to his eyes, and some of his other features are subtler than are those of a Verdant. His physique appeared to be slightly more sturdy.

It was all quite revealing—we could easily see the case for his group having genetically contributed to the Verdants in the past. This was affirmed by other hyperversals, hence there’s at least some evidence suggesting that the “three ellipticals” faction (or what is outwardly posed as a faction) had a direct genetic role in Verdant history. With this in mind, having heard that “less than .01 percent” of Andromeda (less than 1/10,000^th) is IFSP, we have reason to think that the “three ellipticals’” project in question may be less significant than they pretend it to be. The three elliptical galaxies in question may end up being Centaurus A, N5102 (a small elliptical near Centaurus A that’s 1/5 the apparent size of the Andromeda galaxy), and perhaps another small elliptical, rather than the larger, merged Milky Way-Andromeda elliptical-to-be. *Remember: the first graphic representation of a three ellipticals project (replete with images of hyperversal-hybrid aliens posed above the extended, opposing top and bottom central black hole vortices

of three large galaxies) was intended to inform us about the social and ecological implications of merging galaxies. There were conspicuous prototypical aspects to the graphic, as though we’re seen as a trainer case set against a more complex backdrop (i.e. megapopulations).

So, the question arises: Is an ongoing, consanguine relationship the reason why the given “three ellipticals” hyperversal puts the IFSP’s human casualties out of mind so neatly? It may be why he evacuates his own feelings on the subject, which could handicap his judgement (a smoothing over of contrary thoughts). If, as was stated, his population had a guiding genetic role in Verdant history, then there are material and resource motives in his posture. His faction (or what is posed as his faction) may be incapable of seeing beyond them. Worse yet, there may be a literally animal devotion to spreading their own genes via interventions, a kind of sociobiological speciousness behind their coldness and destructiveness. Again we’re reminded that they’re both fallible and of animal origin.

Which raises another question: Is our planet now the target of an interbred alien expansion scheme? If such is the case, it increases the likelihood that neighboring aliens see the IFSP presence in our vicinity as unwelcome and inherently undemocratic. And if that’s true, then there’s reason to think that the IFSP intervention here can be warded off, as some aliens suggest we need to do to preserve the Milky Way ecology.

One easily overlooked danger of an intervention, here, by IFSP aliens is that some humans may think it provides an excuse to ignore a larger, universally-enforced ban on the use of negative-cycle weapons in space. Although some may say that scalar weapons are needed to defend against the IFSP, there are fail-safe constraints on the use of such weapons in this galaxy. On February 14, 2007 one or more hyperversal aliens suggested that planets that ignored such constraints have perished in this galaxy (perhaps by design). Meanwhile, Verdants take crude advantage of the weapons prohibition by using it as an excuse to trip their human operatives toward destructive, potentially planet-killing excess. By tilting the human economy toward greed and secrecy (via Rothschild, Du Pont and cohorts), they frustrate resolution of human conflicts. And how do such operatives affect the human economy? The French Rothschild is an owner of the Federal Reserve Bank, which issues all US money (his grandparents and a Rockefeller betrayed tradition established by Andrew Jackson, who dissolved the Rothschild-dominated Second Bank of the United States, which Jackson thought was a royalist threat to the nation’s future because it had a monopoly on issuing US money).

**Sometimes, an IFSP direct operative is specified in a way that I find difficult to insert into a book like this. For example, in Feb. of ’08, a hyperversal suggested that Prince Phillip is direct operative. About a year earlier, a hyperversal explicitly stated that Queen Elizabeth knew about the plan to kill Princess Diana beforehand and that she agreed to it. Phillip’s status would cast a different light on reported basing of the TR-3B in England and the question of how Tony Blair was influenced to support Bush Jr.’s Iraq war.

Due to a bias in favor of material gain, Verdants have made mistakes that jeopardize their status here. For example:  their bizarrely overgrown population, the planet-killing failure of their last intervention (the gray planet), the IFSP/grays’ reported use of scalar weapons to kill dozens of US guards while freeing captive grays from an underground US facility (see Clifford Stone’s report), and the materially-motivated scramble of the IFSP’s direct operatives (who are implicated in weapons propagation, crimes against humanity, and the worst organized crime money laundering on Earth)—all such behaviors throw the Verdant rationale about weapons into doubt. As a result, in inter-alien discussions, here, questions arise about how surrounding populations must respond to Verdant expansion.

After two years of often unwelcome interactions with the “three ellipticals” faction and its subordinates, their behavior can be outlined more neatly. The three ellipticals faction is too closely tied to Verdants, which corrupts their perspective. The behavior of aliens posed as “three ellipticals” hyperversals suggests that they, themselves, were once an oversized offender like the Verdants, which may explain their seeming inability to think in ways that non-IFSP aliens consider necessary.

Again, hyperversals pose themselves in more than one single way; they aren’t simple-minded regarding the tendencies of recently evolved aliens. They cultivate and respond to different human and alien perspectives, but there are hard-liners among them who clearly, unmistakably, see the elimination of weapons offenders as a necessary evil. Their staging is so far beyond us that they can do that using a variety of sub-parties. So, please remember, judgements are made and (infiltrated) planets die then refugees are scooped up and sometimes used by an intervening population.

Over time, the most disturbing aspect of (what is posed as) “three ellipticals” faction behavior has been their nauseatingly quick impulse to try to cut off independent thinking. They try to pre-empt human contact with independent, critical aliens. They seem to fear that independent, critical thinking by humans will lead to the conclusion that the “three ellipticals” faction and Verdants commited unnecessary crimes against humanity (hence their mendacious propaganda, which, for me, has been nightmarish, at times in the past). Given the exploitative, sometimes destructive nature of the Verdant empire, some humans are now discreetly exploring preliminary relations with native neighbors rather than the token IFSP enclaves hastily assembled near us by Verdants (i.e. IFSP enclaves like “Pleiadians” who include Semitics and Nordics; gray variants; tall whites and more).

While humans explore contacts with alternative networks of less offensive, actual native neighbors, “three ellipticals” and IFSP aliens try to avert such contacts by resorting to petty, often infantile routines and diversions. Ironically, the diversions are framed with a low-order, often low cultural character—attempts to debase (or cultivate) good human thought by intruding with run-on, nauseating routines (often framed in terms of the worst of human pop culture or the lies and fears of corrupt human subcultures).

Over time, the diversionary behaviors of what are posed as “three ellipticals” hyperversals have become so ridiculous that some humans see a need to make a clean break with them. On the one hand, it’s obvious that what the “three ellipticals” faction may not be up to compelling a change in Verdant behavior, while on the other hand, they seem to be incapable of admitting that such is the case. Their propaganda is too singular, and some of their various dependents seem to lack basic critical thinking skills.

The inadequacies of the three ellipticals faction are so stark and unmistakable that humans and other alien observers are now compelled to seek larger comparison. At present, it appears that the three ellipticals faction is either simply posed as a hard-line aspect of certain hyperversals, or they may be an opportunistic basket case. They try to say they aren’t on our map (when referring to our map of the visible universe), but the assertion appears to be deflectory and partly false. We know that their physics and their way of communicating and configuring their large, artificial craft models the universe as being more condensed and less flatly spacious than a typical human might imagine (hyperversals network more quickly than other aliens), but hyperversals certainly don’t live without reference to our visible map of the universe. In other words, for reasons of pride and insular distinction, the “three ellipticals” faction prefers to act as though they’re independent of nearly all that we see.

It’s a contradictory assertion. They resort to nightmarish extremes of propaganda and diversion in order to discourage us from assimilating with “independent” aliens, yet the three ellipticals faction tries to act as though they, themselves, are independent of our map of the visible universe. It simply doesn’t add up. Again, a counter-posed hyperversal said that one of the “three ellipticals” hyperversals left “his retirement garden” in Centaurus A, a clearly visible galaxy.

“Three ellipticals” and IFSP offenders force us to look deeper into Virgo and elsewhere for better example. From the perspective of other hyperversals and aliens tasked with more challenging galaxy mergers deep within Virgo, the relatively quick screw-up of the “three ellipticals” faction way out here on Virgo’s fringes may look bad. In the short space of 150-200 million years, the three ellipticals faction allowed Verdants to exceed normal population limits by a factor of some 5 to 10-fold. This calls into question the “three ellipticals”’ability to be responsible for the more turbulent yet urbane dynamics of deeper Virgo neighborhoods. Meanwhile, Centaurus A, the focus of the “three ellipticals’” strategy, is a relatively small galaxy when compared to larger ellipticals in Virgo. Centaurus A formed more slowly, and the next big galaxy merger in its vicinity may be that of the Milky Way with Andromeda—some 3.5 billion years hence.

In other words, even if we allow for absorption of another spiral into Centaurus A during the next 3.5 billion years, the Centaurus A neighborhood is relatively tranquil and should be fairly easy to tend to. Nonetheless, Verdants are far beyond safe limits. Their planet-killing tendency to exploit other aliens poses a dilemma for surrounding galaxies. Worse yet, the IFSP is an empire largely controlled by sexuals, unlike some other collectives.

On a larger scale, the “three ellipticals” faction could be regarded as slightly backward  out near the edge of a modest-sized supercluster. Whether they’re regarded as failure-prone or not, the consequences of having allowed Verdants to become so extreme, so quickly, may be that the “three ellipticals” routine poses a threat to the consensus among Virgo’s hyperversals. If what is posed as the “three ellipticals” faction was once a Verdant-like problem case, Virgo’s hyperversals may worry that it might seek divergent alliances for strategic purposes, rather than integrate into an effectively counter-balanced interaction between galaxy superclusters. By failing to control Verdants, “three ellipticals” hyperversals could, by now, have isolated themselves, perhaps assuring that other hyperversal sub-groups won’t separately affiliate with them. In other words, there appear to be tensions between hyperversals, also.

The following is a case study that illustrates just how far the minds of such offenders can degrade after long years of aggressive intervention duty.

                                   An Advanced Alien Case Study

He’s an old alien who oversees IFSP aliens and often comments on their intervention here. Like the rest of his crew, he’s cautious about giving out his name. His comments, although usually framed obliquely, sometimes support the intervention and he tends to distantly rationalize its worst abuses. It’s a detachment based on a larger map of history and daily reports about alien affairs, a perspective posed as distant, given the millions of light years to Centaurus A, reportedly his resident galaxy. He isn’t a so-called “Verdant,” the aliens described in Phillip Krapf’s books about an alien alignment visiting here. Instead, he’s from a group of hyper-advanced aliens who he and other aliens say long pre-date Verdants.

He acknowledges advances in human consciousness due to interaction with extraterrestrials, but he’s quick to try to credit that to the IFSP (and more advanced) intervention. Such subjects come up in conversations that can include a number of different aliens, myself, and a variety of humans. The other humans in this tend to be cautious and subdued, albeit with expanded awareness due to our quickly evolving interactions. The human model for interaction now includes regular hints about community consciousness and hyper-spatial subtleties (i.e. to scale your energy levels way down at least five orders of finer depth/dimension to allow for quiet, studious remove from alien attempts at manipulation and to allow for comparative phenomenal perspective during interactions). Other humans in the interaction tend to be cautious because of controversies that our discourse touches upon.

The old alien’s tone of address can be stiff but conversational. Part of this is due to a multiplicity of distinctions between his population and the various populations of the IFSP that he and cohorts work with. Advanced science frames his thinking, along with administrative duties of his group’s agenda. So, he’s slightly more reserved than other aliens—this is necessary to accommodate the interactions of a variety of mostly younger aliens, but he’s quick to insert his comments and perspectives when he feels a need to.

Like other aliens, he knows when larger perspective or the greater, collective wisdom of open-ended consciousness exceeds his intellectual faculties, but he sometimes tries to reduce even those divergent perspectives to the terms of an IFSP project, here. And like other aliens, he defers to larger considerations, at least in form, as a matter of course, even if he disagrees. When he disagrees, he waits until the subject of discussion has changed to another topic. He sometimes tries to tangentially manipulate a context to change the topic.

He tends to hold his head as would an older person, cocked slightly back as though weighing the thoughts of younger aliens (and humans), but he seems to fix the direction in which he faces in order to listen for salient details. He’s quick to seize upon thought thresholds that provide opportunity for him to reinforce the ideas and assumptions behind the need for an intervention project here. It’s a kind of managerial identity salience that he’s quick to jump into. When remotely interacting with humans, he doesn’t let his gaze leap around the room to look at every other alien in his vicinity. Instead, he seems to pride himself on his (psychotronically assisted) ability to hear their thoughts without having to look their way.

His accent in thought-speech is fairly eclectic, although his English (to the extent that it can be reduced to the merely verbal) is closer to an American version, no doubt because of the “joint interaction,” the way that six or seven supposedly diverse and contrary alien approaches to the US black budget regime are framed to seem as though independent when they actually aren’t (they’re pre-planned IFSP projects). He appears to minimize his physical gestures, like Verdants do. Both populations seem to feel that the appearance of subtlety makes younger IFSP populations feel acknowledged and included. However, like Verdants, when he moves his body he can move very quickly. That same quickness in aliens tends to surprise humans.

When he appears to be in the company of younger, technologically less-capable aliens, he seems to position himself in order to denote the greater extent and longer duration (both as individuals and a society) of his population. If he senses a need to do so, he can instantly retreat to a multi-horizoned kind of energies shell, which is both a warning and a preventative/detecting precaution. Younger-lived populations evidence both a curiosity and an admiration for such technology. The difference between his capabilities and theirs clearly looms as an advantage, although he’s careful not to make it seem too deliberate or conspicuous. In other words, his presence in a room opens a marginally excited curiosity among the younger aliens, which they try not to be too obvious about. He uses that distinction to his advantage.

In various aliens’ comments on the subject, the older alien has been described as part of a project targeting “three elliptical” galaxies in our larger vicinity (the remark was posed as though staged for human newcomers on the larger scene). More specifically, he has been said to be from the large elliptical galaxy Centaurus A, which is some 13-14 million light years from the Milky Way. He verbalizes often yet often appears to be trying to pre-empt other aliens who might remark here. He and his group clearly want to control the agenda here, knowing that there are competitors for influence over humankind. His population has been described as having pre-dated our own by billions of years, and aliens of his group have been described as capable of living up to 11 million years, individually.

He’s apparently over 5 feet tall and has a slim but wiry body frame that resembles those of aliens known as Verdants and some of their affiliated populations. He’s both taller and sturdier than a gray. He doesn’t have gray aliens’ large, wrap-around eyes, judging by a graphic representation that counter-posed aliens made vivid for us, at one point. Instead, he has the same kind of eyes (smaller than grays, only slightly almond shaped) and body frame that Verdants have, reportedly as a result of his population’s contribution to Verdant development at some point in the past. Ostensibly competing (or counter-posed) aliens informed us of his population’s genetic inputs to the Verdants and also provided the graphic. In other words, his population preceded, and may now control, some of the Verdant and gray agenda.

He and cohorts routinely give instructions to and appear to call on Verdants, hybrids and other aliens of the so-called IFSP, the abducting alignment of which grays are reportedly but a small, subordinate part. The fact that he gives instructions so freely is important because it shows that the IFSP agenda here isn’t a loosely coordinated engagement. Instead, it appears to be a hierarchically structured project nominally run by a materially motivated group of aliens who’ve planted human-alien hybrid and other prototype aliens on planets near our solar system (without thinking to ask us, in advance, about doing so).

The old alien could be mistaken for a military figure, yet he says he’s simply part of a “security” structure. He’s coolly distant to the point of rationalizing the IFSP’s abduction and breeding program, which involves the kidnapping and forced breeding of thousands (or more) humans. When ostensibly competing (or counter-posed) counterparts point out that the IFSP’s breeding program “direct operatives” have been inserted into some ranking positions on this planet and then used to orchestrate various crimes against humanity (Fritz Thyssen, the prime early financer of Hitler is but one person cited by such aliens as being “direct operative” of the IFSP), we hear that the old alien’s cohort rationalized the action as necessary to manipulate humankind toward a larger objective (when this difficult subject comes up, it resonates in a larger cohort context, within which the rationalization arose).

What objective? That has been the subject of much discussion. Thyssen is but one case mentioned. Other reported direct operatives are noted in previous chapters, and their crimes cover a broad spectrum of active, ongoing dangers to humankind. The old alien says it’s all done to assure that humankind can be changed to a non-offensive, non-sexual form and to assure that prohibited weapons won’t be carried into space by humans (prohibitions that predate humankind). In other words, the IFSP’s breeding program is intended to almost entirely replace humankind with an IFSP kind of prototype.

What kind of prototype? Recently, the old alien may have let slip just what his group has planned for us.

Over years of interactions that he has tried to dominate, he has at times seemed incapable of thinking in ways that are other than prototypical. He may have shown us a prototype of how he hopes humans will be re-designed, then replaced by the IFSP. The prototype is a human-hybridized-with-grays version, much like the reported Roswell prototypes that Phillip Corso and others described seeing, first-hand. It may initially (for some thousands of years) be a hybrid human/alien form that looks much like the Roswell aliens. Here’s what the old alien showed us:

In October of 2007, while criticizing me for my critiques of the IFSP, he showed how I would look if I was part of that same spectrum of hybridized aliens. There it was: a Roswell-like hybrid with blue human eyes, an angry look on its face (I have red hair and blue eyes) in order to show me as a troublemaker, or a disagreeable alien. In other words, emotion was portrayed as vulnerability (the old alien tries to say only certain kinds of emotion).

It was a strange to see myself as a hybrid prototype, which is typical of the given alien. He clearly has command over many of the ~prototypical lesser aliens of the IFSP, hence a remonstrative gesture of the sort was but a reflexive remark also intended for the

on-board alien crowd where he was, at the time. Rather than react or respond with anger, I simply studied the situation. I’ve found that if you react with anger, they sometimes quickly turn the focus of the interaction (uninvited in this case) to something humanly dangerous, i.e. some other crisis or flashpoint on this planet. It’s better to scale your energy way down (several order of magnitude lower in energy intensity) and essentially make yourself transparent so that you can better assess the aliens’ behaviors.

Given the inflexibility of the old alien’s security work, he sometimes lapses into a dogmatic and coldly detached mindset. He seems to be very aware and in control of it, yet he chooses to present that aspect. He seems to rationalize it all in terms of the distant Centaurus A regime, plus a presumption of superiority—a near-disdain for younger competitor populations. From the perspective of his population’s energy and resource objectives, all human concerns are ancillary, of less importance. His attitude can fluctuate from disdain, to a judgemental externality, at times. His attitude is always dry and distant. *However, due to his old age and the exigencies of hyper-advanced aliens’ interactions with more recently-evolved alien mega-populations, some of his seemingly rigid attitude and behavior could simply be but one hard-line aspect of what may be a more complex alien.

He tries to amend the human perception that he’s coldly ineffectual and prone to rationalize crimes against humanity (if not the death of the original gray planet) as necessary evils needed to achieve his group’s agenda. Suffice it to say, it can sometimes be distressing to be subject to interactions with him. To hear rationalization for numerous crimes against humanity (some ongoing) pains me, both because of how the victims and their families suffered and because of the need for other humans to be aware of this. *A limited human cohort has witnessed his communications, at intervals.

He suggests that humans will inevitably be engineered to be different than we are, and he says that can be done more quickly and efficiently via the IFSP intervention. The statement is loaded with assumptions on his part. First off, his group both mentions and rationalizes a bizarrely oversized Verdant population (reportedly 500 trillion sexuals who’ve taken 246,000 planets for themselves, to date) as part of his group’s basic strategy. Verdants are reportedly sexual aliens with physical anatomy (genitalia) and desires analogous to those of a human. In other words, the whole intervention—abductions, forced breeding and planned replacement of humankind, the death of the grays’ and other planets—is supposedly done to assure the objective of non-sexual, inoffensive populations where encountered. Meanwhile, Verdants exist in drastic disproportion to the manipulated, lesser aliens of their alignment. Verdants reportedly live a pampered, sexual life, changing sexual partners every 4-6 decades or so. In short, it may be safe to say that the IFSP was forcibly compiled in part to serve the needs of an expanding sexual population (the Verdants), which would mean that the old alien’s argument is selectively framed and incomplete.

Worst of all, competing (or counter-posed) aliens who have commented on the subject note that the entire IFSP design fits into the “three ellipticals” faction plan to gain schematic control of all of the energy and resources that the IFSP dominates. The old alien’s blunt, sometimes insensitive outlook may be due to the fact that his own population, although older than Verdants (who reportedly reached our technological level 229 million years ago), was originally like the Verdants—an aggressive, self-rationalizing population that threw caution aside and overpopulated in order to gain resources and domain long ago. In other words, at least some of the same, primitive impulses and assumptions that caused the old alien’s predecessors to exceed ecological proportions still live on in the old alien and his larger group. We see evidence for this in his/their behavior (albeit a typically subdued alien version).

In their conversation (sometimes subtle broadsides) with humans, the old alien and what appear to be IFSP subordinates who defer to his presence tend to be distant and cautious about how much they say. At times, they subtly patronize humans. At other times, they are quick to make you sense some feeling either from them, or their technology. They sometimes do it too deliberately, as though trying to make humans think they’re not so bad because they either have, or are aware of, feelings of the sort.

Their conversational style is framed in terms of a larger social identity. In other words, it’s not an individual expression of how «I» feel. It isn’t an elaboration about how one is or thinks, versus the typical person in their pack. Instead, they assume that the group is either listening in some form, or can monitor the interaction. Indeed, some of the seemingly impolite tone is due to their assumption that you aren’t very evolved if you’re still wrapped up in your individual experience and not sharing.

I’ve conversed much, too much, with the old alien, who is somewhere between two to five categories beyond the grays (his population is billions of years older, as a civilization). It isn’t always casual, unstrained communication but is often due to his attempts to intervene, manipulate and control. I’ve had to probe, test and research his origins. I’ve had to make space for others to comment on his behavior and his background. One problem with the old alien and his peers (at least their old security types who tend to and apparently partly designed the grays we see today) is that they’re frustrated because I disagree with their actions here (manipulation of human conflicts, infiltration of human society by breeding program operatives in order to steer humans toward IFSP objectives) and I’m an active, published critic of their intervention. Part of my concern is that they come not from this galaxy, not even this galaxy group, but from a galaxy group that is further away from us than are the four nearest galaxy groups. In other words, there are 120 or more galaxies of varying size that are closer to us than is the home galaxy of the grays’ alignment.

When frustrated, the old alien can be overbearing—as though entirely convinced that he/they know it all, and we know next to nothing. If I cite the fact that the gray planet was killed during the IFSP intervention there, he says ~but look at how the grays are now (nonsexual, non-offensive). Again, judging from the old alien’s statements and those of competing aliens plus the behavior of IFSP aliens, the old alien’s group may have played a decisive role in designing the current grays.

When I criticize the IFSP intervention, I hear critiques from the old alien like, «So what is

your plan for humankind?» In other words, how do I (believe it or not) plan for us to improve genetically and scale down the crudeness of human sexuality?

It’s a non-starter, of course. I’m not a geneticist and I don’t plan a massive intervention by materially motivated aliens (although I do see how the human future must be). Again, the irony of nonsexual grays is that Phillip Krapf reports they’re led by a huge sexual population who told Krapf they’re called “Verdants.”

In a sense, the very name sounds propagandistic. Verdant means green. In other words, Verdants tout their status, for one reason or another, based on the claim that their planet is green (implicitly not a lifeless ruin like the old gray planet or other planets admittedly killed by IFSP intervention). Stranger still, Marshall Vian Summers wrote a book, The Allies of Humanity, that transcribes his conversations with yet another group of aliens. The aliens reportedly told Summers that the gray-alignment is engaged in a prohibited traffic and sale of biological materials. In other words, after previously manipulating a breeding program/infiltration of the old gray planet, the «Verdants» have the lack of good taste to portray themselves as a native biome success story, while grays and some others are total failures (who now serve the Verdant alignment obediently).

I find that coldly insensitive. I inquire and investigate, as best I can. Imagine it: a third category of advanced aliens who accompany both grays and Verdants yet are older, predating them both. The old alien security figure who I’ve heard from for years sometimes suggests that grays (and apparently some Verdants, also) were more or less designed by his peers. When such statements are made, they are partly informed by the active, adept inputs of other, apparently monitoring aliens who clearly rival the old alien. It’s a strange situation: I’m a human cautious about the dangers of IFSP aliens who try to manipulate human conflicts toward a certain end (they literally admit this!)—I argue with them about damages done to humankind while the old alien goes on about how his group has a better prototype in mind for this planet.

In other words, at times it seems as though he can’t think about us or the lesser aliens of his alignment as much more than prototypes, biological projects to be revised, over and over again. So, although I cite unnecessary human casualties, he’s unmoved and relatively immune to feelings for innocents killed in the process. He rationalizes that as having been due to an uncorrected human context—he sees a prototypical objective. Ironically, he, himself, may be the result of genetic engineering intended to reduce or eliminate what were once considered emotionally reactive tendencies and vulnerabilities. In part, that may have been a mistake, given the crimes now rationalized by his kind. After many years of witnessing such crimes, they may be less capable of comprehending the damage done. Instead, they tend to regard humans as uncorrected and potentially dangerous (as a regime aggregate). All of it—the crimes, Verdant greed, and their own, distant shadings of self-interest—is rationalized in terms of human struggle leading to a final solution. Although his peers have made remarks about how some humans seem to understand the equalitarian social identity of a larger universe, the old alien’s attitude could be complicated by the assumption that our failure could be their gain (Δt/alt t and

the Verdant client population). It seems predatory. Behavioral psychology shows that behavior premised on boosting one population’s genetic spread into another population tends to lapse into primitive impulses and self-centered, singular assumptions.

Suffice it to say, when frustrated–or for reasons of larger staging the old alien begins to patronize us in prototypical terms then tries to monopolize all communication and steer it towards his alignment’s agenda, some counter-posed aliens tend to wait until the air clears. Ironically, some aliens as aged and evolved as the old alien find it trouble-free to criticize or correct him when he looks bad. That’s what’s interesting about his case. There are others who are far more evolved (I don’t mean this in a prototypical sense, mind you) than either the grays or the «Verdants.» *Again, I don’t like that name because it seems to hang the death of target planets around their victims’ necks–as though they could never equal the simple, trademark boast of certain Verdants: a surviving, biologically diverse planet.

Ironically, it appears that some Verdants (and possibly the old alien) don’t want some populations to live on surviving, original planets. Believe it or not, some prefer to see at least some planets ruined because refugees are more vulnerable, more easily led and dependent.

A stable, surviving home planet is a base, a refuge–a place to which natives can retreat to preserve their own, independent identity. That could be a problem for the Verdant alignment. Some Verdants (and possibly some of the old alien’s hard-line cohorts) appear to want ecologically challenged, sometimes desperate servants for the IFSP. They may want to absorb aliens who have no alternatives, aliens who will do what they’re told without causing trouble.

With a reflective quality that’s rationalized as being symmetrically determined by the cause and effect of human impulses, the old alien has threatened me and other people with sown conflict and abduction (sometimes this seems to be staged to cause a human reaction), and he has unconcernedly manipulated hybrids to threaten people of prominent note with death (again, with a deliberately provocative touch of drama–he tries to make it seem as though some ambiguous human schrump makes the remarks, but after years of doing so it can be seen through easily—and he knows it). This has caused concern among some humans, who sense a larger danger.

In one incident of threats and coercions in 2007, the “three ellipticals” alien in question mechanically ordered his subordinate(s) around, then they made statements of the sort as instructed, essentially a kind of good cop, bad cop routine. It was too easily, directly manipulated by the old alien in charge, and it showed that due to my unusual subject-development (exopolitical dynamics, plus critiques encouraged by sympathetic hyperversal aliens), a long-term, possible offender has been drawn in to monitor me. It’s possible that the old alien, himself, may have had a role, on-scene, during the demise of the original gray planet. It’s also possible that his hard-line aspect is posed because he doesn’t want to see a gray-like outcome here. It’s a tricky subject to explore when (subdued) tempers flare and the issue of how humans will judge it all is on the line. *No non-human or non-human-hybrid alien in my experience has yet allowed anger free, visible reign in his or her behavior.

Worse yet, the old alien openly, acknowledgingly, tried to silence discussion of the Thyssen case–it’s extremely sensitive, and he occasionally gruffs at humans, other aliens, and subordinates as if he thinks they’re lessers. Meanwhile, at times he glancingly criticizes those of us with no mass criminal implication as though we’re simply removed from the scope and scale of ugly realities. He tries to suggest his group’s rationale, in defense, but does so murkily at such times. The most disturbing aspect is how, in order to hedge his position (in human eyes) and to abort possibly contrary discussion, he occasionally presumes to psychically land upon, conspicuously threaten or hack at high profile, noted humans. He seems to want to draw their minds in, but not their reactions, by doing so, while other aliens (beyond him) seem to want him to look a certain way in doing so. He also wants to pre-empt dangerous human impulses—he knows the interaction is tracked by other humans. About eight years ago, he was caught up in ambiguous statements about being like a military s.o.b. in getting even for any trouble given to him. In other words, either he or someone else on the scene wanted us to know he has a memory to return to such subjects in order to do so.

He (subtly) tasks other aliens and sometimes says “we” when redressing humans—as though humans don’t qualify in such terms, then he adopts a distant attitude toward us, as a globe. During the late 2007 incident noted two paragraphs above, either he or interposing, contrary hypers (who may be a foil for his venting) ran ramshackle across a number of hideously wronged people (the holocaust, AIDS as planted in Africa—along with a directly racist allusion, and more). I have to admit–it seemed staged and overly deliberate, to me. Rather than behave in similarly prejudicial manner, I simply pointed out the statements and the context to other humans—more a study than counter remark.

His behavior seems to be intended to both elucidate and neatly circumscribe the profile of the large trading collective offered by Marshall Summers’ Allies of Humanity sources—a textbook case of a ruthless, expansionist agenda.

I try to keep the interaction open to alternatives, and I encourage others to study the whole human common more openly, also. We find that the old alien belittles entire nations at times. Other aliens try to further elucidate his behaviors, slightly extending them at intervals in order to make him look a certain way (such is life in an intelligent universe).

In moments of (conspicuous) frustration, he has indirectly threatened me by stating that the IFSP’s operatives can be ordered around variously. Some of his venting appears to anticipate pending implications, i.e. once, he harshly centered on me and another alien compared my predicament to a person standing in center of the round gallery of tiered prison cells in the Marion IL federal penitentiary, forced to listen to a dressing down by ~aliens. Not pleasant, of course, but a good person sees beyond such.

At one juncture, when I cited law and objected to the damage done by abductions,

the old hyperversal alien said that a system or government that doesn’t have a comprehensive, integrated ecology (both technological and planetary) isn’t valid, nor are its laws.

 

I was aghast. It was a very political statement. In short, an old alien who appears to be part of a group that demonstrates both the ability and the intention of directing the Verdant/gray alignment’s intervention here was saying that our legal objections to such violations have no basis in law. Why? Because we haven’t yet achieved a planetary eco and techo premise. He clearly includes planetary responsibility for safe use of scalar technology in that category. In other words, from such perspective, we can be abducted with impunity (and conflicts, elite actors can be manipulated with impunity), as though it bears no legal consequences. Suffice it to say, the debate is ongoing.

My exposes are unusual, some never-before heard or seen, as far as I know. That owes to sympathetic alien help in developing a human exopolitical awareness, plus complex interspecies interactions in which a sometimes contentious and bitter dynamic comes into play. For example, my report about Thyssen could cause tensions among Jewish populations regarding the IFSP intervention and a widely-reported “Semitic” enclave in the Altair star system, yet the report is honest, as stated. I waited months before discussing it further in print. Again, the old alien tried to avert my report about Thyssen. He tried to say that from 1924 (Hitler’s failed beer hall putsch in Munich) until 1939 (Hitler’s invasion of Poland) Europe was due for trouble, anyway. He said that the IFSP’s manipulation of Thyssen hurt Jews in part because Jews were materialistic/elitist traders for advantage. However, he later tried to show how the IFSP now has direct advantage over certain elite Jewish figures (Rothschild included) such that they can be manipulated to aid in wracking humankind while playing on elite Israeli sympathy. *The IFSP plan appears to be to keep Israel a bloody, unresolved mess in order to set the stage for IFSP entrance.

Equally stressful are the times when the old alien gets frustrated by my expose (he describes it as naïve), which causes him to state that he and his cohort can directly manipulate elite actors in the US and elsewhere (i.e. via the Rothschild-Rockefeller-controlled Federal Reserve Bank) to block or sabotage human attempts at expose and independent global order. It’s a recurring theme. The old alien is both aware of, and suggests that he and his cohort can manipulate, the ugliest human subcultures (i.e. child-kidnapping/child-killing pedophile networks in elite economies—crimes seen as both covering for, and offsetting IFSP abductions, IFSP sabotage of human order, and IFSP control of malign human operatives). He’s careful to not seem too direct in doing so. The irony is that there’s some daylight in this, so to speak—the old alien seems as though he’d be content if we were to correct human affairs through sudden, effective expose of those same, human criminal subcultures. However, the spectre of elite/direct operative crimes has revolutionary expose potential that his kind don’t want to see squandered without major, enduring changes. They’ve set up a crisis for us that poses insanely corrupt self-interest against the global commonality. 

 

The old alien often plays to the human crowd, sometimes in equalitarian terms, yet other aliens made him acknowledge direct IFSP operatives’ role in targeting Africa with a sown AIDS epidemic. The old alien says there should be no sympathy for JFK’s murder (due to direct operatives’ prime role in the decision to do the hit) because, after all, JFK was just another rich manipulator and he wasn’t even a direct operative with a clear end goal in sight. Steven Greer’s book Hidden Truth argues that JFK was hit in part to thwart his move toward minimal disclosure about aliens back in 1963-4. *There have been guarded remarks by the old alien’s peers about how “we’re sorry” about some crimes against humanity, along with mention that humans weren’t expected to know this much at this time. Ironically, we wouldn’t know this much without the help of hyper-advanced aliens.

The old alien(s) says that Australian journalist Roland Perry’s thesis–about how Victor Rothschild was both a leading British financier and a leading Soviet spy—is basically correct. Perry’s book on the subject, The Fifth Man, is detailed and compelling. Apparently, the old alien and others want us to think that Rothschilds didn’t merely favor greed and wealth. Instead, he wants us to think that IFSP-operative Rothschilds worked on challenges to such greed. Rothschild may have attempted to manipulate human conflicts toward IFSP advantage (i.e. a flimsy hope that humans will continue to honor the mere paper claims of IFSP operatives). And when critiques arise over a direct operative Rothschild/Rockefeller role in cults and sexual abuse of mind control operatives, the old alien and his cohort sometimes make claims about Jesus—again, playing to the crowd. The behavior of the old alien raises questions about whether a mind that has, in some networked way, had a role in manipulating mass offenses has the sensitivities needed to assure good relations and a real end to conflict (if you raise this critique with him, he flips it to question whether we do). He rationalizes the intervention in terms of our largely uncorrected human nature and his group’s objectives.

 

On the rare occasions when the old alien displays trappings of his command over the second “three ellipticals” alien (a hybrid) and other IFSP aliens, he seems to almost gloat. It isn’t a human kind of gloating, but a dispassionate, hardened-to-routine kind of pride. It coldly rationalizes the fact that, in various ways, he’s tasked to a planet-killing sexuals’ empire. He almost never uses alt-cycle technology as a non-lethal weapon (here, i.e. on me) when his command and integrity is challenged, but he sometimes tries to redirect communications and discussion that faults him. Some of his demonstrations of such technology have been for human education—to let us know their characterization and limits. He appears to be part of a security structure that can be prone to inflexibility, which can lead to failure of analytical and personnel dynamics.

There’s a more disturbing aspect of his, or rather his affiliated group’s behavior—an alien behavior like that in the famous Milgram experiments (an unseen person’s ability to inflict cruel, or potentially fatal harm on a test subject): the ability to coldly escalate dangerous and destructive doings in a stimulus-response way. It’s less marked and more subdued than a human version, of course. Perhaps, as noted in previous pages, it’s better referenced as an alien sort of Munchausen’s syndrome. Appended to an operational scheme that he, himself, admits is premised on maximum, opportunistic corruption at the direct operative level here, he is reluctant to admit that it is both failing and unecological. He prefers to point out the goal: possible takeover/control, and a manipulated conflicts/pacification scheme (while others of his kind leak weak, deeply stifled hints that the IFSP’s direct operatives could be rolled up, yet imply that to do so could bring us into the IFSP orbit).

Some of his associates try to cover their rears by saying there’s a deeper layer that foresees IFSP failure here followed by human awareness of Verdant-like extremes of corruption, but this is also cold and potentially Munchausen-like. Worse yet, the same inflict-harm-then-pretend-to-save-victims pattern may correspond to the larger, affiliated regime’s planet-kill scenarios, i.e. the one now being prepared here by the IFSP’s direct operatives. Once, after I’d elicited a statement that the old alien’s associates (perhaps the old alien, also) had actually witnessed the gray planet-kill while tasked there, the old alien appeared to (or was made to appear to) conspicuously gloat in some subtle way, as though he enjoyed the sense of power and control he had over those who’d heard the remark. It was a deeply disturbing moment. Other old order aliens may have set up and colored the situation for humans to witness. They certainly pointed out that aspect of the old alien, at the time.

We see that individuals in the “three ellipticals” section lack some human sensitivities, which should be expected of aliens working on so crude an assignment. They tend to dismiss the atrocious crimes of the IFSP’s nearly-human operatives as though it isn’t so real to them, as though humans are a lower order in need of correction. So, like “direct operative” Rothschilds/Biderman-Du Pont/Rockefeller/and Bush Sr., they sometimes seem distorted—sometimes mousy and unformed as individuals. They all lean into the coolly distant, judgemental structure that sustains them. Of course, they might say that detachment is necessary. From the old alien’s perspective, however, all of the subordinate aliens and human operatives are easy to manipulate.

The old alien tends to react with subdued scorn and detachment when bothersome

details and reminders of his regime’s dysfunction reach a certain threshold. At such

times, we hear resonance of the group’s bundled and reactive, potentially dangerous responses—scenarios based on previous categorical judgements of humankind. At times this has both resembled and has cited the pampered disdain of human imperialists (frustrated, dysfunctional angst paralleled by scenarios of violence when reminders of others intrude). In the “three ellipticals”/IFSP case it centers on a different set of circumstances and is much more subdued. Again, the old alien’s group sometimes resonates with a reflective quality that’s rationalized as being symmetrically determined by the cause and effect of human impulses (as though the problem is us, not them). Sometimes they note past, categorical judgements that seem corrupt and destructive. Due to deficiencies in various sections of the “three ellipticals”/IFSP regime, there’s a lean—a falling into group agenda that can, at times, only cohere with presumption and extreme detachment.

Some of the weirdest moments for me are when, for the human community, I point out sheltered IFSP hybrids tasked to coordinate the ugliest, most deadly IFSP manipulations of humankind. At such times, I inflate the perspective to allow other humans to see them clearly and check on their doings, and although the hybrids are obvious and unmistakeable to humans, the hybrids just sit there, aware that they’re being monitored yet unconcerned because they think they have it over us and we can’t access them physically. There’s a coldly antisocial kind of glare, a detachment in them that they seem to immerse in—as though it’s supposed to scare us off. They lean into the three ellipticals routine as though we could never get anywhere near them.

Meanwhile, the “three ellipticals”/IFSP regime’s advanced technology provides its aliens

with pleasant psychotronic conditioning to abate, if not obliterate, internal reminders of mass harm done to a target population seen as genetically, technologically, and socially lesser. As a result, within the regime there’s an idealistic remove from conditions that exist outside of the regime, which suggests a lack of critical thinking. This is enforced by psychotronic controls and fear among the regime’s dependents, who sometimes actually see or hear about the harm done to target populations like humankind. Given the removal of troublemaker or emotional genes within the regime, the end result can be a dangerously handicapped group climate. The larger the arrangement grows, the more distanced the internal critique and the more easily its members can rationalize wrongdoing for the regime’s agenda. Again, there are structurally-multiplied ironies that obscure harm done.

When viewed in entirety, the “three ellipticals”/IFSP regime’s policies and behavior appear to be mostly determined by their heavy industrial needs (materials and more workers for expanded production), plus what may be a specious devotion to spreading their elite-idealized gene pool. It’s most disappointing to see that in advanced aliens.

In the Verdant case, “Gina” told Krapf that 9-11 violence had caused the IFSP to think humans unfit for diplomatic relations with the IFSP. That’s most ironic because in late 2004 critical hyperversal alien sources explicitly alleged and partly demonstrated that to some extent the 9-11 attacks were remotely steered, promoted and guided toward completion by IFSP manipulators—we even viewed the two, onboard IFSP individuals (either late-stage hybrids or nearly “human”) tasked to make sure Bin Laden and Zawahiri followed through (this ability to view them was helped and steered by critical hyperversal aliens). The two IFSP individuals were sitting at an alien panel of some sort,

doing their work.

Ironically, when notified that they were being pointed out by other aliens helping humans see it all, they barely budged, as though they felt entirely secure in their environment. One was thin with an angular face, dark skin and hair like that of a Mediterranean human, while the other was slightly more stout and more direct-seeming (also dark haired and dark eyed). To the extent that I could do so, I noted that their skin and health appeared better than most humans, and their attitude was relatively airy—as though not vulnerable to the typical perils of life on this planet. After years of experience with aliens, one notes such characteristics quickly. *The report about an IFSP role in effectively steering such deadly events created a major stir, here, to say the least, and was followed by our repeated checks, counterchecks and testing, which basically supported the hyperversals’ report. In other words, Verdant Gina’s behavior was a prime example of how offenders of the sort can spin on their heels with infantile, regime assumptions, and say, as Gina did, that she thinks humans will “blow up” Earth. Of course, Gina, may not have known about the actions of higher ranking IFSP aliens.

The psychological distortions, the manipulated violence and marginally primitive

behaviors that we see among some “three elliptical” and IFSP aliens are part of a long history of disproportionate rake of resources, epic extremes of travel, indulgence (however “equalitarian” among the Verdant elite) and cold, killer detachment. Some of it is best studied as a kind of animal behavior.

We’ve seen how aberrant, offending character can be spooled out into a nominally social context, hence regarded as correct and transparent even though it tends to collapse into the singular dimensions of personality disorder. We see communitarian psychologies that deny individuality yet are fraught with specious, individual distortions. In the above case, the offenders spew poison into another people’s planet (i.e. HIV-via the direct operatives—again, as helpful hyperversal sources specifically state was done by the IFSP’s operatives. *See also: similar allegations in Cathy O’Brien’s books re a Bush/Cheney conversation about the project at Bohemian Grove;  Dr. Michael Wolf’s allegations about HIV on Richard Boylan’s site;  and Harvard medical professor Len Horowitz’s book, Emerging Viruses).

The old alien listens to human arguments about crimes committed by what appears to be his larger alignment yet suggests that his cohorts still see a need for changes here. Despite coming from a distant location, some in his group see an opportunity here. They appear to have personal genetic motives, or at least their own genetic inputs in mind, when viewing our population. At times, their bias is obvious. By framing much of what they do here in terms of changing human genetic makeup, some can easily rationalize the IFSP’s crimes against humanity. The old alien acts as an overseer, a role that he wants us to think is only indirect and advisory.

It’s easy for a hyper-advanced alien to subtly patronize a younger population like our own. We still suffer the cumulative handicaps of an isolated, classist history. We’re relatively new to larger interactions. However, there’s one obvious yet easily overlooked aspect of the old alien’s population that we shouldn’t forget. His society originated billions of years ago. For various reasons, they decided to embark on a breeding and resource campaign to outnumber competing aliens. We can expect to see other cases of the sort but in the old alien’s case, a long history of corruptions, conflicts, political contortions and arrogations (not the whole story, of course) have made his population almost compulsive about wanting to control others before others become a challenge to them. There’s a faint margin of ecological logic in that (if it’s balanced by competing populations or sections who provide a check on offenders), yet such assumptions can breed extremes of arrogance, i.e. the 500 trillion Verdant sexuals still trying to take more planets for themselves.

When populations like humankind become aware of alien norms and interactions, there are pressures to compete and to study older aliens to see what, if anything, is wrong with them. A population like that of the old alien comes with structurally contradictory baggage, an agenda prone to fixed judgemental assumptions, hence we have to ask: Although they’re highly if not totally reliant on technology, are they in some ways slightly retrograde when compared to more sympathetic, more modestly proportioned aliens? In other words, do we strive to simply emulate some ancient alien past, or do we learn from them in order to create a better, more equal future?

Finally, there’s one grotesque irony in the fact that the old alien can inform us about the crimes of the “three ellipticals”/IFSP intervention here, knowing that for his aliens to tell the truth to a limited number of us while, at the same time, sustaining and supporting monsters in our midst (Rockefeller, Rothschild, etc.) his aliens would later be able to say that we were explicitly informed before the setup killed our planet. His aliens can tell us ugly truths of the intervention in order to prepare the “bad-human, bad sexuals” propaganda so that it will already have been in place, hence seemingly accessible, for a post-planet-kill population of human refugees. In other words, if and when the IFSP moves its operatives to kill the planet via a thinly-disguised “misuse” of scalar technology, the propaganda about primitive, sexual humans who killed the planet will already have spread among us. That way no one can say the planet was sacrificed before we had a chance to know what was happening. It would make it easier to blame us, rather than them.

 

It’s not what aliens say; it’s what they do that counts.

                                            A Test of Higher Mind

In community of mind, one’s physical pretensions must be replaced by studied modesty that allows for larger, collective interaction. This occurs via negative and alternative cycle energy fluctuations that connect subtle varieties of shared thoughts and precedent. The range and depth of such interactions vary, yet some minds mature to where they interact on a scale that some humans would think impossible. Meanwhile, there’s evidence that humans are born with the sensitivities necessary for such interactions yet most of us are either diverted or dulled, over time, by popular misconception. Greater interactions require hyper-fine awareness, gentleness and understanding.

Imagine the complexity of universal mind or mindedness, the breadth and variety of detail interwoven by common assumptions like non-violence, ecology, compassion and generosity. In a sense, it’s similar to our non-whole enumeration of all that can be “observed” within the universe. The greatest and most enduring awareness would subtly reach into, or through, everyone to some extent–yet do so in ways that are finely fluctuating and fractional. In order to know such you must be that way, a relationship that speaks volumes about the implications.

A good analogy for this is our model of multiple dimensions (both large and small at the same time, complex and fluctuating). Large communities of intelligent being are neither fixed, nor singular and lacking in dimension. Instead, they range and cohere within that greater commingled, fractional order of being (not much room for sexuality). Rather than sit dully like some externalized, whole number quantity to the left of a decimal point, they range multiply and fractionally on the right side of the decimal. If we were to model higher order community of mind in mathematical terms in which an individual may, at times, seem to be a separate, whole quantity sitting to the left of a decimal point, the decimal would be but an illusory idea that can have many merged qualities at a given time, or sum of times. In a sense, the decimal could just as easily figure like an empty orb or a kind of horizon, a fleeting but deeply connected = sign or some other alternative relationship. In fact, we see figures suggestive of such relationships in alien writing characters: orb-like horizons that circle around points, subtle curves and diagrams that suggest deeply inter-connected alien physics. Alien writing of the sort may be designed so that it matches the 4-D/5-D projected graphics (inside the mind) of alien psychotronics. Meanwhile, the best perspective from which to think and be is on the right side of the decimal–where community of mind fluctuates within subtly interconnected, deeply fractional inter-relationships of a shared, common sort.

In other words, to the right side of the decimal–that seeming horizon on anyone’s awareness–are a multiplicity of hyper-varieties rarely discerned from the perspective of offenders and singular, concretized concept. Because of their shared, inter-dimensioning nature, fractional hyper-varieties are vastly more capable.

Meanwhile, to the left of the decimal are clunky, old world notions of isolated, separate whole quantities (greed, the idea that you can violate others without experiencing consequences, and bad ecology). It’s a simple fact of life that more advanced communities of mind are characterized by transparency and fleetingly evacuated relationships that range far out, across great distances. They fluctuate both inwardly (via sub-nuclear relationships) and outwardly at the same time (via hyper-fluctuating qualities of space-time). Ironically, aliens suggest that your thoughts don’t necessarily “go” there. Instead, they’re already finely connected, somehow. However, due to misconcept and fear-based social controls, many humans wear blinders to such connectedness. We drown out the finer aspects of mind with primitive noise, in a sense.

Of course, it takes a while to get to know and assimilate the basics of advanced communities. So, aliens must allow us time to get up to speed and make necessary adjustments. Various alien populations have made it clear that there are constraints on the use of weapons in space, overpopulation, and so on in our galaxy and elsewhere. We must negotiate such controls carefully and competently. In order to do so, it helps to remember that larger, more evolved interactions require patience in order to accommodate various minds in agreement. This is how enduring kinds of cosmic citizenship cohere, allowing for diverse but gently interlaced community of mind. Hyper-connections of the sort can fluctuate actively but finely, connecting over great distance.

The thought processes of hyperversal aliens whose societies originated during earlier universe cycles would be similarly analogous. To make sense of finer varieties of thought that range fractionally to the right of the decimal point, human beginners (and alien problem cases) might at first think in terms of M-theory’s so-called “dualities.” M-theory dualities aren’t so much like the antipodes of good and bad or black and white, zero or one. Instead, they’re subtle ironies in mathematical systems that approximate entire models of physics. For example, in a three dimensional model (which includes time as a fourth dimension), “a duality” would be seen in higher dimensions that might at first seem weird or contrary yet actually map into, and through, the three dimensional model. An M-theory duality would be seen in the fact that at the fringes of a three dimensional model are bizarrely active, fleeting qualities of extra dimensions. They pop out unexpectedly. They reach far down into empty space within every atom, and if conditioned correctly they can reach far out across outer space, at the same time. M-theory dualities can have characteristics that arise in places where we might expect the contrary. That unexpected, seemingly contrary quality is a kind of “duality,” an irony of the fact that all extra dimensions converge in ways, much like reciprocals. A further duality is seen in the ability to be in more than one place, or state, at a given time.

So, if we try to think beyond our physical bounds and be part of higher order community, not only do dualities of the sort arise; dualities of the sort evolve into higher order multiplicities (i.e. the alt t, or multiple implications of multiple universe cycles, the alternate cycles of more advanced models). If you’re a good mind, good aliens may hint at this. If you’re not so good and remained trapped close to the surface of a darker, singular horizon, you may not hear much about it. That’s one of the consequences of violating the all-inclusive common good or any other being.

In other words, rather than dwell within your own singular pretensions, it’s better to live humbly within that finely, actively fluctuating multiple order—to the right side of the decimal. Finer, better thoughts and processes approach, spread out and fluctuate from the right side of the decimal. Once you understand that, you, too, can actually do so more and more, with time. There are a variety of subtly shared values there, finer multiple implications that all cohere, somehow. The best minds define themselves in shared, universally integrated terms. Most aliens strive to return to such unity, from which they tend to stray, at times.

            Do Aliens Sleep?

The Haven aliens described by Alec Newald say that they don’t sleep like we do. Instead

they use a wireless, negative-cycle technology that renews their energy, thus avoiding the

need for sleep. Numerous alien populations report the ability to do so. Phillip Krapf writes that Verdants “consider sleep an abbreviated form of death and a waste of time. Through technology, they eliminated the need for sleep millions of years earlier.” Verdants do rest, however. (The Contact Has Begun, p. 99) None of the aliens I’ve interacted with say they sleep, although they rest at intervals.

There are differences between humans who sleep and aliens who don’t. Imagine how it would be to go without dreams, without the softening of attitude and concern that occurs during a sleep cycle. Haven aliens said that they rest for roughly an hour each day, but they don’t slip from waking consciousness. The fact that we sleep raises questions about human psychology.

Because we sleep, part of our awareness may be extra-dimensioned in ways that we don’t consciously recall, due to the fact that we slip into extremely low frequency brain wavelengths (e.l.f) during sleep. E.l.f. frequencies can penetrate seemingly solid objects, so it’s possible that we merge within a kind of psychic commonality when we sleep. If such is the case, sleep may provide a sentient reality check. Deep sleep allows us to start each day with a renewed sense of possibility. On the other hand, sleep makes us forget subjects that aliens might not want to put out of mind.

Given that life without sleep is more efficient, many aliens probably prefer it. From our perspective, alien life without sleep seems strange—an uninterrupted continuous present without rejuvenation. Intrusive psychological conditioning could seem more pervasive. Aliens have suggested that humans tend to end important thoughts and internalize unresolved conflicts during sleep, while aliens are forced to come to terms with similar thoughts. Aliens may think that fear and illusion in dreams pose obstacles to clear-headed understanding and humility.

This same attitudes may apply to life in utero, also. While in utero, humans float in a mother’s loving darkness, while abductees report having seen human and alien hybrids immersed in transparent, fabricated containers for most of the gestation period. Given alien use of psychotronic technology, aliens like those of the IFSP probably begin to psychologically condition embryos during gestation. In other words, the normal human antescedant of sleep—dark immersion in the womb—scarcely exists for some aliens.

Instead, they reportedly float in transparent containers placed in softly lit rooms. They can be conditioned with psychotronic, mind-activating technology before birth. As soon as their eyes form while floating in nutrient fluids, they may begin to see the external environment. To humans, this would seem less loving and personal, yet for aliens it may allow for a more intelligent social identity and could tend to prevent a sense of elite identity (within a given population, but not between populations). And, while human growth in utero allows the foetus to feel a mother’s love and emotion, an alien version gestation may condition the foetus to avoid anger and hostility.

Among non-sexual aliens, babies aren’t the parents’ personal progeny. They are cloned. Mass produced offspring tend to look similar and, in the Haven aliens’ case, are reportedly raised in special hospitals during the first year of life. Special treatments are necessary. So, when parents receive a child, various aliens have already provided care. The relationship is less personal, which some aliens say is preferable, more conducive to social identity. Hyperversals of the “three ellipticals” faction stress that they prefer such upbringing. They’ve stated this many times, as though it’s their intention for us, also.

If we want to eliminate the need for sleep, we may have to research finer, micro-scale uses of electrogravity and magnetogravity. Scientists say the food energy that keeps us going spins a tiny rotor, of sorts, on an ATP molecule in our cells. If we were to use carefully adjusted pulses of electrogravity and magnetogravity to spin the ATP rotor, we might not have to eat. This might also allow us to forego sleep cycles. However, in order to do so we might have to introduce genes that boost our resistence to high-energy fields associated with electrogravity and magnetogravity.

                                        Are Aliens Religious?

Although some contactees are convinced that aliens abduct humans for “spiritual” reasons in order to bring us into a larger kind of one-ness, many aliens would probably differ. For example, how do we define spirit? Most humans define it as enduring yet tend to see it in terms of their own, unique character. Aliens don’t dwell on unique character in that sense. Instead, they define what we call “spirit” as that of a greater, universal whole, which is highly scientific, not simply a glowing quality of a primitive sort. However, a given regime or collective may try to selectively categorize the universal whole as they choose, so the alien notion of spirit and sentience is biased, in some cases.

While some humans think of spirit as their higher individual consciousness, aliens think otherwise–if they even use the word “spirit,” at all. We usually don’t hear their internal discussions on the subject because they’re too subtle. Aliens think of (the notion of) spirit in a collective sense. In other words, only the part of you that’s universal could endure.

Do aliens believe in God or a Creator? The question assumes that there’s a single, individual entity, a kind of superbeing with singular character. Aliens usually don’t think in such terms. Instead, they talk about a multiplicity of intelligences that can converge in a collective community of mind (which you participate in and are part of). Our idea of a Creator assumes that there was a first cause. Meanwhile, in various statments aliens have said the universe is, or can be, infinitely re-cycled, provided certain ecological conservations are respected. In other words, there probably isn’t a single character, a single-voiced deity that was first, in a linear sense of causation. To reduce universal mind to one single personage would exclude great awareness that can collectively dimension into and through any moment. So when aliens tell humans about a “Creator,” they’re probably just couching the subject in terms that a non-scientific human can relate to.

If I’m not mistaken, aliens see the notion of a single creator as immature. In our case, rather than collective social consciousness, we get drunken kings and wannabe upstarts posing the singular and elevating themselves, in the process. So, we see bad presidents and feeble-minded aristocrats all hiding behind the illusion, which is convenient for them because any literate gofer can simply mouth the idea as though equal to it.

Meanwhile, when the universe cycles or folds into itself, time cycles back into itself also—in either great leaps of context or in tiny increments, depending on the mind of the observer. That’s why remote sensing is (or can be) as it is. That’s how the best minds cohere within a higher, finer order. In other words, by simply deciding to do so, you can step out of your old identity—your old science and limitations—and be part of a better kind.

Of course it’s possible that before recent universe cycles peopled by aliens, a nascent earlier kind of universe could have existed, one with more subtle singular vs. non-singular shadings—a darker energy continuum in which intelligence only evolved as a kind of order within order, a shared kind of hyper-mind. Maybe such were the precursors of our more «physically» detached, if not distended-from-darkness, bodily kind. Science suggests that complexity increases with time, making a more darkly interconnected precursor universe possible, theoretically.

The irony would be that a darker precursor cycle would have begun as what we’re still striving to become: peacefully mingled and composed of disembodied, thoughtful order. Such precursors could then have evolved in complexity and knowledge with every later cycle of the universe, although we might think them primitive. Meanwhile, by now “they” would be hyper-intelligent, a nearly all-knowing community of mind cycling within or beyond dark states nearly instantaneously. We could, conceivably, have borrowed from them to even exist in the first place. In such a scenario, we would only be beginning to understand their precedent.

Again, our zero moment of the universe coming into being isn’t a typical alien’s idea, at all. Aliens point to the same kind of mathematically balanced conservations of energy that human scientists discuss, but aliens discuss them in terms of negative and alternate cycles, not linear waveform. More importantly, aliens talk about and strive to be part of all mind that ever was, is now, or ever will be. That corresponds to a human idea of God but is different. It’s more scientific.

The best alien understanding is scientific and all-inclusive with a complex, inter-dimensioned multi-character—the many dimensions of all existence. And just where are those extra dimensions of mind and spirit? In every aspect of existence, everywhere. Unlike humans who tend to wax authoritative and recite dogma, i.e. do this and that,

or else, aliens walk you toward a more deeply scientific understanding in a larger sense. The (western) human version of religion tends to be passive, externalized and is thus used by “authorities” to tell others what to do. It’s rather slave-like, isn’t it?

The typical alien understanding is better. Everyone must think and behave accordingly because mind and consciousness are ultimately collective, overall. The alien version requires that you be actively responsible for the highest understandings, actively included in such, not just an outsider appealing to “God” to give me this or that, or allow me such. To aliens, no single book is adequate to embody it all—better to read the whole library yet still not know it all.

We can say with certainty that no gray, Verdant or any other advanced alien believes in a masculine god. Why not? Because there’s no gender in the sum total of universal consciousness. Gender is peculiar to an individual’s body, and some aliens aren’t even sexual. Some clone or reproduce otherwise. Some aliens are feminine and would be offended by an attempt to portray universal mind as masculine. So it can’t be done.

Meanwhile, abductees report that some aliens view humans as an uncorrected species,

a population that’s scientifically backward and easy to take advantage of. Given the human tendency to think that alien intervention is a God-sent revelation, aliens have long known that they could manipulate humans by staging technologically simple phenomena framed in religious terms. In one sense, this poses a problem for human governments because any attempt to expose basic facts about aliens and alien intervention may, in some way, have to touch upon the history of religious phenomenology. Failure to do so could leave the door open for alien manipulation of religious prejudice, which would allow IFSP aliens to propagate conflict here in order to take crude advantage of us.

Believe it or not, military intelligence sources have reported that the IFSP claims to have had a role in the lives of “three human prophets.” If true, this poses an obstacle to public disclosure about aliens because if human governments announce the presence of aliens, that might invite the IFSP to step in and exaggerate its role in three related religions (presumably Judaism, Christianity and Islam). Summers’ books warn about a similar scenario.

We’re vulnerable when governments deny that aliens exist because that retards normal scientific inquiry. The situation is complicated by economic disparities, plus the fact that 3.4 billion humans affiliate with the three, above-noted religions. Although only a few hundred million believers would be naïve enough to be swayed by such aliens, there are potentially destructive strains among that fraction. The problem isn’t their religion, of course. It’s the manipulation of religion by corrupt authority.

Various aliens, including IFSP aliens, have challenged humans to think rather than simply accept what others tell us. Such aliens see life as a process of active, thoughtful discovery, a lifelong inquiry. They know that more advanced aliens exist, as does larger community of mind. It challenges them to think. Thoughtful inquiry leads to fantastic possibilities and successively more evolved kinds of being. So, good aliens see a need to purify themselves, in a sense, in order to advance their awareness.

When we discuss alien thought we encounter limitations. No matter what we think at at given time, we’re always learning more. So, in a sense, a book like this is always being written and re-written. It will never be complete.

                                              Ultimate Implications

Ultimately, the way we define alien mind depends on the parameter that we consider. Now that we know that faster-than-light physics are a given among aliens, a much larger part of the universe can be in touch with us, and vice versa. Aliens say they travel faster than light to get here from distant places. Although their fastest travel is reportedly

at a rate one million times the speed of light (hyperversals may go faster), their communications are reportedly nearly instantaneous across vast distances. And if technology can do that, so can mind. Aliens have said so, and human remote sensing suggests the same.

When mind and communications tunnel down into deeper fluctuations of space-time while also expanding outward faster-than-light, the connection doesn’t proceed in a straight line. Instead, it folds or curves around inwardly while leaping outward as fractional waveform (larger yet finer, reverse-streaming and leaping out across great distances ever so subtly). That same in-folding while also expanding allows numerous e.t.’s to communicate together at the same time, and it allows for community of mind—larger group interactions.

So, community of mind is no longer a science fiction abstraction. Instead, it’s a daily part of extraterrestrial life. It defines how many e.t.’s think about themselves and their societies. Now, in the 21^st century the science of other worlds is partly known and shared by millions of humans. We don’t yet prevail, but we’re gaining in number.

Like previous scientific revolutions, the influence of extraterrestrial thought and science is known by just a fraction of humankind at first but will soon be the prevailing paradigm. We’ll continue to argue about the details, but there’s no going back. Alien science is better than human science. The sooner and more honestly we discuss it, the better this planet will be.

As reports by physicist Mark Comings and ret. Navy Col. Tom Bearden prove, there’s already a system of “scalar energy” detectors in place as a safeguard against violent uses of alien-like technology against the human majority. The most commonly perceived threat of the sort arises from old, relatively primitive ideas about life and mind in the universe. However, once the governments of Europe, Japan, Russia, Brazil, China, India and the United States are honest about aliens, the misconceptions that violent provocateurs hide behind will become transparent to the human majority. Then we’ll be ready to isolate what may be the worst threat to this planet: the use of scalar weapons against this planet by the IFSP’s direct operatives and their proxies. *In 2008, journalist Benjamin Fulford reported that David Rockefeller’s subordinates used scalar weaponry to cause an earthquake that killed people in Japan—just to prove that he could do it. Like Bush Sr’s reported threat to destroy the planet, Fulford’s report alleges misuse of scalar weapons hidden in black budget facilities removed from elected official control by Nelson Rockefeller in 1953. **See Dr. Sue Arrigo’s story about worse crimes by Rockefeller.

When the most basic scientific questions are reconsidered in view of new evidence, human mind and identity will be reinterpreted in better, more enduring terms. Ironically, some of our older, less technological societies had ideas about expanded consciousness and alien visitations long before the 20^th century.

Now that we know that e.t.’s and faster-than-light technology exist throughout the universe, we must ask whether the pre-existing, off-world majority is best described as “alien” — as though distance makes them entirely different. We now share significant consciousness with a variety of different extraterrestrials. This was demonstrated during human telepathic interactions with e.t.’s at Roswell in 1947 and has continued with a greater diversity of e.t.’s since then.

If our best and most detailed reports are correct, explicit human interaction with e.t.’s began on a basis that bridged different galaxies, right from the start. That means we either begin with a large-scale, multi-galactic analysis of other populations and their interactions or we fail to understand who is moving across our skies on a regular basis.

Faster-than-light physics mean that we can get to know our nearest neighbors right now, rather than wait for permission from the grays’ alignment. So we must be honest and careful. We shouldn’t jump into “alliance” with the first e.t.’s who offer us token tidbits of technology in exchange for exclusive relations with humankind. We know enough

to proceed safely and ecologically, as the people of other worlds have done before us.

Extraterrestrials and physics two-slit experiments have demonstrated that time doesn’t flow in a linear direction. The negative and alternate cycles that e.t.’s describe show that time expands outwardly while also folding and cycling inwardly. So, as physicist Jack Sarfatti writes, time must be measured in terms of volume, or extra dimension. Better yet, if hyperversals are correct, time is multiversal because earlier universe cycles can’t really be separate universes. Instead, they would cycle through each other with faded yet clear and exotic potentials.

We’re left to wonder whether there was ever a beginning to the universe. Does a multiversal definition prohibit a single beginning because it’s multiple? If such is the case, it suggests that universe cycles tend to echo and almost musically resonate with each other. However, when they connect, energy or seeming movement occurs.

Safe, coherent re-cycling of the universe would require that there be a fading quality to all perceived order and information in the universe. We would see that as change or as time. We may soon find that the universe is connected by physics in which other perceived qualities have merged, elastic flexibility in a way that’s similar to time. For example, space would be elastic, gravity also. Existence, itself, and other perceived notions should have elastic characteristics. The main themes and ideas of mind would know no species bounds, nor would love, sensitivity and beauty.

That fading quality allows mature, peaceful mindform to move through and fade around the crude forms of human or e.t. offenders. That much is easy because mind can be in more than one place at a given time (or sum of times). Ultimately, existence wouldn’t even be individual. Some beings could decide that they want to fade into and become the background thought basis for life yet to come. It’s always there, despite the illusion that it’s not.

And if we choose to refine our use of the kind of technology that e.t.’s have, the further we go out into space, the more advanced will be the challenges. On a greater scale, when we venture into other galaxies and superclusters, encounters with advanced e.t.’s who monitor such traffic will be like going backward in time to a more evolved, previous phase of advanced extraterrestrials. For now, if we travel beyond our solar system toward the edge of the Milky Way or to another galaxy, we might be stopped and asked why we venture out when, instead, we should concentrate on correcting the resonant ecology of our home planet.

According to hyperversals there are more advanced precursor populations back in the past, and there are obviously more advanced populations (including future humans) in the future. So, going both backward and forward in time, as we think of it, are more advanced implications. Better yet, right now, all around us are more advanced populations. So, in every direction—backward and forward in time, and all around us now—are more advanced beings. That means less conflict, more literate technological interactions, and a pre-existing order of treaties and prohibitions against crude violators.

We can already see that the inward-moving yet expanding cycles of the universe show that hyperversals inhabit a greater kind of spatiality. However, their technology makes the entire universe seem more condensed yet airy to them, closer together and more easily accessible.

The implication is that as we go further out, we leave behind Earth’s more backward and limited definitions. In the space between galaxies and between galaxy superclusters there is more than meets the eye:  travel routes, advanced communities and other inter-connectedness. In each further location is a different context—and you’re only as good as you would have to be to even get there, in the first place. Meanwhile, there, already, are hyperversals and other e.t.’s tending to numerous populations. Advanced e.t.’s and hyperversals will meet us and challenge us to consider a larger context, so the old viewpoint back on Earth where we originated won’t be as definitive as it will have seemed when we were back there. Ironically, now that a human community of mind has expanded its awareness far outward, the memory of our old circumstance both looks and feels similarly outdated.

Finally, when we look back at the old forms of human mind that existed before our interaction with extraterrestrials, we’re looking back from the perspective of multiple categories of e.t.’s—some advanced, some hyper-advanced. To know and understand the greater capabilities of those multiple categories, we must observe and respect the subtle conservations that come with them. *This is the subject of my next book.

So, please remember:  extension of a universe cycle can become increasingly gentle, if not more beautiful, if humans and other newcomers merely listen to, and think about, the cosmic insight embedded in every aspect of being. It need not be a rat race or a coldly Darwinian scramble to steal more time and dominion. Instead, all populations are composed of shared ideas and a similar, educated basis. So genius lies within, and one small life is but a window on a vastly more complex and rewarding continuity.

All the doors remain open–for those who are kind and considerate enough to «be» there.

APPENDIX     How to Contend With Aliens During Direct Interactions

Although the heading above suggests that aliens are still snapping at each other’s heels, there’s cooperation on a great scale. As previous chapters suggest, the universal ecology requires it. Nonetheless, some technologically advantaged aliens will take advantage of unwary populations. It’s in their animal nature to do so. So, it’s up to us to do a global disclosure about aliens as soon as possible in order to avert a resource takeover scheme. If we don’t, we’re easy prey.

In order to protect ourselves and be more competent, we need to soften the processes of human government and educate the public about aliens. We need to share more equally so that borders make little difference, as is the case with borders in present day Europe.

A recent UN study suggested that if each human family has but two children, the world’s population will fall to 2.3 billion by the year 2100, allowing all to live at the standard of Europe, Japan, the US and Canada.

At the moment, we’re burdened by the illusion of perpetual growth: burgeoning population that provides cheap labor for elite enterprise, which furthers elite detachment, leading to depletion of resources, desperation, and vulnerability to a destructive intervention. Instead, we need to reduce population and replace the ruinous habits of (whole-numbered) money greed with the fractional, integrated habits of advanced societies, i.e. allotment based on sustainable resources rather than primitive impulses. Otherwise, we aren’t competent as a planet, and human culture may be obliterated.

In the meantime, we need to teach humans how to contend with aliens. Should we fail to do so, we risk open intervention by the grays’ alignment, which may try to gain sway via their reported claim to have had a role in the lives of “three human prophets,” their claim to be able to correct our ecology (if given control), the influence of their pre-positioned breeding program operatives, their secret deals with black budget elites, and their offer of otherworldly technology in exchange for a presence here. Judging by outward indications, their strategy hinges on infiltration, competing tensions, and human naivete.

So, it’s a tricky situation. As Michael Salla writes, we need to raise public awareness of off-world politics because black budget elites in Europe and North America got in over their heads with the gray alignment and now find themselves dangerously compromised. On the one hand, they depend on an alien colonizer for a trickle of technology and infor-mation. On the other hand, they can be blackmailed and manipulated for having sneaked behind the public’s back to allow an (uncontrollable) alien presence on this planet.

With that in mind, here are some tips about how to recognize manipulative alien strategies, how to contend with their mind-controlled psychotronic technology, and how to remotely probe aliens, in return. Although some readers may not interact with aliens anytime soon, those who do so will find the following helpful.

The first step toward competency is to recognize that you already have the necessary brain physiology. You don’t need to be implanted to telepathically communicate with, or remotely sense and probe aliens. However, you do need to be mindful of alien/cosmic norms (or, better yet, embody them).

Remember, your mind’s awareness can be in more than one place at a given time—smeared far, far out while it also negotiates an inward, negative cycle. This allows you to do remote sensing. It also allows for the next step in human consciousness: global identity over national identity. This may not sound like much, but it’s a liberation. From the moment when you first define yourself as a citizen of the planet more than a citizen of a given country, you’re less vulnerable to being misled or cowed into the insular scams of a single nation state. If a leader or cabal intends wrong to the planet, your larger, smeared-out global/universal consciousness resists; it simply doesn’t recognize them.

Instead, your status as a citizen of the globe takes priority. It sorts out right vs. wrong and poses the only comprehensive solution: global agreement. Nations cease to be potential weapons. Instead, they’re simply states within a larger commonality. To take this one, simple step in your mind makes the world a more pleasant, single village. It also spreads your consciousness out into a more advanced kind of mindform, a faint but more finely, tightly fluctuating awareness.

Any two good humans interacting as such are more of a match for a troublesome alien. When we begin to interact as a globe or community of mind—when we see past individuality and share thoughts telepathically, any two or more of us are greater than a Verdant or a gray. As a telepathic group/social entity we spread out across time and space, which allows for new capabilities. This is due to greater extension (alt-cycle potentials), and the greater consideration of more minds. *Ironically, the higher intelligence of large brains may partly be due to their extension across more space-time.

When we spread out over the globe and collectively return to pick up sentient investigative threads that we last shared while interacting, we’re part of a hyper-dynamic that some aliens find it difficult to compete with. Because we lack psychotronics to cue us about what we last discussed, aliens think that we tend to forget what we were doing, previously. We tend to slack off and repeat our errors.

Community mindform with good, independent critique is highly regarded by aliens

and is often their aspiration. In our case, knowledge of other languages helps, but

in the meantime, the language of ideas and relationships is universal. It’s already there

(and is ± faster).

Again here’s a three-day exercise to get you up to speed on remotely sensing aliens.

   DAY ONE

Remember, scientists write that human brainwave frequencies normally range from 5 to 30 hertz (they can go lower and higher). Brain waves of your resting, tranquil states are called extremely low frequency waveform, or e.l.f.’s that range from 5 to 11 hertz and can pass through solids easily. So, telepathy is easily possible in such ranges [remote sensing is probably partly “scalar,” because it fluctuates more deeply inward in that resting state (it cycles “negatively,” as such), while it also connects far outward at the same time].

Here’s a beginning exercise that I suggest often. Close your eyes and just relax. Clear your mind of all concerns. Make it a dark blank. Then raise your hand up and hold it near your head (eyes closed). Using the structure of the nerves in your brain (and elsewhere) try to sense that hand, not visually, but its energy fluctuations. In both e.l.f. and negative cycle terms, it will register faintly. Once it registers, move it slightly. You’ll be doing a kind of remote sensing of it (not visual, not through the arm’s wetware), and the movement vivifies the awareness. It’s as though every movement pulls on a deeper, more elastic sense of time, and fluctuations. *A more vivid example is to have someone hold a baby close to you when you have your eyes closed. Using the same methods, you’ll feel the baby’s radiant innocence. It’s one of the most vivid experiences of the sort.
What you’re actually doing is called «toh shi,» in the traditional Japanese sense of the word. *Russel Targ, PhD, taught hundreds in the CIA how to do this.

   DAY TWO

Step 2: Find a place near a wall or part of your house where there’s window glass, plus

metal and some wood or drywall (a kind of chalky stucco-like material in interior

walls). Now stand or sit nearby, and, using the nerves in your brain (not your eyes), «feel» the different areas, taking time to concentrate on one (i.e. the wood), then another (i.e. glass), then others. What you’re doing is like tasting the elemental energy of each different material. If this is the first time you do it, you may not notice much of a difference today because it’s your first «taste» of each.

However, tomorrow, after you have a memory for how each «feels» in that sense, you should begin to notice that different kinds of materials feel different to remote sensing of the sort. (Japanese call this toh shi). Different atoms in each material have a different spectrum and emit different kinds of energy, hence your ability to feel a kind of difference. Again, be sure to do this with your eyes closed so that you don’t confuse it with visual information.

You have to be able to make your mind a dark blank before trying to feel different materials in this way. Try it on different days, preferably later in the evening when you’re more settled and your brain can calm into those low frequency ranges. You’ll especially notice the contrasts between two different materials in your immediate scan. Then, when you begin to notice that you can sense the feel of different materials (stick to basics like wood, metal, plastic, etc.), you can move up to bigger tasks.

For example, pick a neighbor’s house and close your eyes, then feel inside to sense what materials are there. You’ll then sense their shape. Don’t try to guess or deduce; just let whatever you sense come into your mind. Try this at intervals later, with different enclosures or such. It’s effective over distances, ironically.

And finally, remember—remote sensing of the sort takes you into a more condensed kind of physics in which minds can meet and share, communicate and form agreements.

So, go with a very social sense of the larger continuum, and be on your best behavior.

Before you begin on day three, you should allow a day for your first «taste» sensing, then

try it again the next day. An extra day helps.

  PART THREE –a whole different category

Part 3: If you’ve proceeded through the first two parts, this part is important. Again, psychologists note that when you begin to do remote sensing of the sort (or even if you merely think about an extra-sensory capacity), new dendrite connections grow in your brain between cells. Like when you learn a foreign language, it enhances intelligence.

If you’re comfortable with the previous exercises, now you should try sensing into buildings in order to do preliminary whole-body sensing of humans (their whole bodies). Also, try sensing animals’ thoughts (fast but subtle imagery, feelings—birds are best to study because their fast, subtle movements and impulses are more akin to an alien’s idea of desired mind-impulse speed). To different sensers, humans will appear to have different energy features. Some sensers will immediately shift into a telepathic awareness of the individuals’ consciousness. Others will note a seeming collective awareness quality in the people in a given location. You can essentially stretch and change your focus/resolution when sensing people. All nerve structure has energy that «bleeds» into the environment, however subtly. If you’ve been doing the above exercises, you know how it appears. Some sensers may look for a seeming light, or glowing quality to the whole human body (which will be starkly more pronounced in the cranial area). You may also notice that different people can be connected, in various ways. *They may not notice that you’re remotely sensing. As one contact told Phillip Krapf, to do telepathy, begin with another person’s extremities, then work up to their head.

Of course, the same basic considerations are important: non-violation, gentleness, and no sexual manipulative impulses (they would tend to backfire, anyway). Better yet, there’s a very subtle, almost elusive collective awareness, almost like a soft, soft floating microwhisper of the shared, deepest concerns, feelings, and more–common to most of the people you’ll pick up on. You can tease this out, but remember: it’s part of a larger social identity that other species, off-world and withal have kept close track of–probably since we evolved intelligence. So, this aspect of human awareness comes replete with highly evolved, albeit finely textured safeguards. When you sense consciousness, you participate in it. Please, don’t ever tutor a violent or criminal person in your developing awareness. Unlike some other individuals, I would advise against trying to financially gain from your developing awareness because the highest forms, the more vastly, deeply connected of all human⁺ sensitivities branch out into equalitarian societies (and a much more equal human future, believe it or not). I’m not even religious, but this aspect is so much like g–o–d that, well…  (no gender, of course, and not singularly individual, but broadly, finely social).

You can see how quickly remote sensing develops into profoundly long-term questions, possibilities, and more. In your sensing of others, you can tease out details but there’s a larger, vastly more evolved kind of continuum/sentience which, owing to the ironies of condensed, inter-dimensioning physics, is, in some ways, essentially looking back when we look out.

Here’s an advanced exercise: try to see yourself from above. You may–if you’re doing this all correctly–actually see exact, real-time details. However, such vividness isn’t so important, nor usually something that your body energy can sustain for long. You can also begin to see entire locations from above (this may not go well if you aren’t a good, non-violating person, I must caution—they aren’t so welcome withal.)

Finally, and this is important: this same capacity for sensing humans is how you can sense aliens. But remember: they often have psychotronic systems that can detect who is probing. In my case, I’m integrated into a larger, non-violating, fairly ordinary native and interested observers’ context, hence my probing is studious and I report on it for larger human readership. You can get a nearly instant sense of other humans: their feelings, moods, concerns, underlying considerations, but it’s a kind of snap, or flash sensing of such (not a visual flash, not in the way that you want to be too noticeable about). With aliens, you get a sense of whether or not they are secretive about a potentially harmful agenda, or whether they lack material motives here and are simply studying us.

Know how to not violate aliens and know how to pull back, yet keep your sensitivity alive in the surrounding continuum if you encounter a problem case (think about telling someone you can trust if complications arise, and try to get word into internet circles). If you’re doing the above exercises, you’re developing a second depth of awareness. You might want to think about the weird science of it—it helps you advance your awareness.

I’ve helped a variety of people in this regard, and the awareness can be variously begun upon. I can’t begin to state all the implications of such awareness in this brief space (they are astounding and involve a process of discovery, plus a very agreeable kind of humbling, a transparency in which no human can continue to violate others without losing out in a major, all-of-time way). Indeed, the all-of-time implications will help you lose your fear of death and may help you commit to necessary, ongoing human improvements. Finally, and perhaps most importantly, part of this kind of sensing will allow humankind to isolate and locate human offenders of the worst and most brutal sort.

(*end of 3 day exercise)

If and when you interact with aliens, they will have mind-activated technology that both accompanies and assists in the interaction. Electronic and electrogravitic/magnetogravitic technology of the sort can sense brain waves, and in the alien case, can compare them to recorded data in order to translate explicit, verbally framed strands of thought into computer or alternately networked signals. In addition, thoughts can be read from a remote location or can be amplified for projection to another location. This allows aliens to coordinate their technology and make it respond more quickly so that they can check on finely structured, multi-contextual data and get reminders without having to use their fingers. Psychotronic technology is also used to amplify the thoughts of aliens in a network so that they can be aware of each other in order to get their thoughts across.

To give you an example of how that feels, here’s how “three ellipticals” hyperversals set their network for use in interacting with humans and IFSP aliens. When you’re included in their focus of communications (or monitoring), you feel as though the time-space surrounding your thoughts is sharply inflated outward. It feels as though the structure of space-time there is stretched far out (in every direction) to where the given aliens are. One the one hand, it makes communication easier and allows for more vivid communication of mind graphics, but on the other hand it doesn’t allow for privacy. It allows a number of such aliens to essentially hover around your thoughts and comment, or try to divert you if they choose. During a row with a “three ellipticals” hyperversal (after I worked on David Rockefeller’s case), I was harassed and targeted with some unusually demeaning remarks on their part, plus their typical dose of infantile, pop cultural handicaps. After one particularly nasty episode (threats on their part), I worked to cleanly cut myself off from any exposure to them, whereupon one of the supervising “three ellipticals” hyperversals tried to say that if I cut them off, the inflated, threshold amplifying effect of their psychotronics would also go (*which sounded good to me, given that the structure of hyperspace in our vicinity already allows for a finer, more expansive networking of the sort).

Mind-activated “psychotronic” technology can record thoughts and information, allowing an alien to coordinate his or her thoughts with previous data to boost memory and allow more vivid recall. In other words, an alien’s seemingly phenomenal memory isn’t always internally generated. Part of it may be psychotronic. This sometimes leads to scripted, almost chart-like recapitulations by some aliens. When interacting with an alien, you may notice this because some of the information teases out into space-time.

So, what does alien psychotronic technology look like? Some versions may have monitors and displays like a human computer but are more compact and durable. Other versions are built into the very structure of an alien craft and its materials. Since the craft and/or site are built to respond to marginally faster-than-light negative energy (and alternate cycle) impulses, the materials in a craft’s walls and other structures must be made of specially designed metals and other hybrid materials capable of nearly instantaneous energy transitions. Some of the materials may be part living, and part inorganic. *You’ll rarely see right-angle corners in alien craft. Instead, the structures are curved and bent to resonate with and respond to, or be integrated within, the waveform and alternate cycle interactions of advanced technology. Curved Tesla structure that can roundly amplify or channel energy is built into them, as are hyper-fast, integrated membranes that can appear or disappear to allow for focusing, antennae, and instant relocations or reconfigurations of such craft.

The fine-scale structure of a craft’s wall materials is capable of storing and retrieving condensed-state waveform (fractional waveform that tunnels down through a deeper fluctuations in space-time). It’s also integrated into a larger network of faster-than-light technology. This doesn’t mean that it can’t sometimes lose signal connectedness with other craft and sites. A yet more advanced kind of alien technology is capable of resonating within, and storing information inside of, the very atomic structure of its surroundings. This isn’t as weird as it sounds because such technology can loop its communications into deeper fluctuations that tie the inward, negative energy fluctuations of atomic nuclei to the simultaneous outward fluctuations of larger-scale cosmic cycles (as noted in earlier pages). As is seen in what humans call “quantum computers” where tiny bits of mass can store vast amounts of information, networks of the sort are extraordinarily capable (as is so much of this universe, by the way). In other words, with his or her eyes, a human may note little outward indication of electronic circuitry in an alien craft because the craft is mostly wireless (using electrogravity/magnetogravity fractional waveform that’s integrated into a larger network of remote “absorbers”) and because materials capable of fast energy transitions are built into all parts of the craft. However, a human who has learned to be sensitive to negative/alternate cycle fluctuations will detect high-energy streaming both within the fine-scale structure of the craft’s materials and also out, about the craft. It’s fairly easy to detect, in part because such energy is full of information, due to its psychotronic aspect. As you pull your perspective away from the craft, you notice a markedly accentuated high energy streaming to the alien’s larger network (assuming that you’re up to speed on remote sensing).

Owing to the dynamics of advanced social interactions, the more gentle and civilized a person is, the more he or she may have in common with networks of the sort, given that such networks are transparent to successively more advanced societies. David Adair’s story about touching what he described as an alien “electromagnetic fusion reactor” is but one example (it seemed to sense him, in return). It’s a simple fact of life: alien networks prefer non-violent, ecological people, as does their (smart) technology. Again, we don’t merely live in an intelligent universe (the ability to manipulate intelligently); we live in a hyper-intelligent universe (pre-existing networks of intelligence within intelligence) where wrong-headed ideas about power and control or elite privilege are their own kind of prison. It’s best to be on the right side of that decimal, so to speak, integrated into a finer kind of fractional hyperdynamic.

So, how do you detect an abusive use of alien psychotronics? If you’re one of those

2.3-12 million or more humans involved in alien interactions, you may note an extra resonance to such interactions, a technological kind of damping of thought, on your end. This may be due to an alien’s psychotronic security setting, an electrogravity/ magnetogravity-induced slowing, or localization of your thought processes (due to Δt/alt t). It’s fairly subtle and you might simply attribute it to a kind of thickness, a dull feeling on a given day. However, if it’s alien psychotronics, there’s something about you or your future potential that’s regarded with caution, hence the deliberately set slowing tactic. You may also note seemingly stereotypical, uncharacteristic thoughts popping into your head in a way that you find bothersome or distracting. They won’t feel like your norm and are intended to divert you from a given course of consideration. Here’s an example of how such a system can affect you: on a given day, you approach a task (i.e. alien-related) with a good, conscientious overview of your project, but with a psychotronic damper directed toward you, you would approach the same project without the same overview. Your thoughts would be limited in scale. (I experienced the US military’s version of scalar technology late one night 1978 when a convoy of plutonium-carrying helicopters passed over a family member’s house in Paducah, KY, site of a plutonium plant. It emitted a broadly dispersed scalar field that made us all feel slowed and gummy, apparently in order to dampen awareness of the low-flying convoy. Compared to alien psychotronics, it was primitive.)

In our current situation (an intervention by materially motivated aliens), you could be targeted psychotronically because you’re either too conscientious, too likely to detect the subtle indicators of the given aliens, or you’re likely to report your observations of the sort to other humans—again, assuming an awareness of alien interactions, to begin with. In my case, I’ve experienced such, but I’m unusual in that my reports exceed the human norm. If you’ve had any interactions with aliens, whatsoever, chances are you already have an awareness of, and can characterize, the feel and larger connectedness of their high-energy streaming and psychotronics (which is the norm, not the exception, among aliens). With a little thought or coaching, you can revisit that network and its implications. Contactees tend to find that they develop an extra-sensory awareness of unusual phenomena around them. They may have a second depth of awareness that defies the old, linear sense of time and physics, which is why aliens of the IFSP intervention may try to dampen that awareness.

Again, when challenged or stressed, some aliens resort to thought-disruptive, or even brain damaging patterns of behavior (encouraging a human to dive into habits like substance abuse, primitive notions of whole numbered quantities everywhere, misplaced sexuality, and other diversions that may seem simple-minded). If an alien uses such tactics on you, you may notice that it’s an alien, due to the stark physiological and behavioral differences between you and an alien. However, it’s possible that a subordinate human-alien hybrid may be assigned to your case. If such occurs, your attempt to remotely probe the “alien” at the other end will be frustrating because instead of an alien, it may seem to be a human. The giveaway in such a case is the culprit’s ability to almost seamlessly avert detection of his or her physical characteristics and environment. In other words, a human-seeming hybrid is there but has advanced psychotronic technology that’s used to thwart your remote probing.

On the other hand, if you’re a person of good character and are committed to a more honest and transparent human community, sympathetic aliens from neighboring systems may try to help you exceed the IFSP’s intervention. So, listen to sympathetic aliens, if you will (much of this primer derives from sympathetic alien interaction). The thinking is that humans need to get up to basic speed in order to be responsible for the local ecology and to ward off a sharply disproportionate aggressor. There are value-based judgements involved in this, of course, basic issues of right vs. wrong and commitment to the common good. *All societies have minimum standards.

So, how can you safely study aliens during interactions with them? First off, try to learn, as best you can, who they are, where they originate from, and what other aliens they affiliate with. They may be reluctant to state such information at the outset, but, please, have patience. Information of the sort invariably arises, however obliquely. Be careful to check to see whether the alien is honest about who they represent, and whether, in superficial terms, they try to feign some other ambiguous status. The more experience you have, the less they’ll be able to mislead you.

And, please, try to glean whether or not the alien is materially interested in this planet or its environs. This is crucial because an immediate material interest tends to corrupt their judgement. You may want to lead the alien through an ongoing series of considerations about the current human situation. In other words, test the alien’s attitude and disposition about human corruption, the compromising of human elites, and various (realistic) scenarios for committing human society to the common good. If you’re too direct in this, you may be deceived, but if you’re fine and subtle and you continue to pursue such considerations over time, you should begin to note whether the alien is at ease with good human priorities. If the alien tends to clam up as though afraid to betray an attitude or agenda that might disturb you—if that silence is too cold and thick, too singularly detached, be careful.

There are advanced remote sensing techniques for checking on a given alien group’s entire context, methods that are extraordinarily reliable, but in order to do so you’ll first need to tease out some of the basic characteristics of such aliens. Finer, better minds can always prevail in such context (*they tend to be more subtle). As a human, you must be able to suspend or eliminate violent impulses, explosive metaphors, killer lingo, and so on. Otherwise, you may be too crude for extended interaction (instead, you may find yourself shunned or taken advantage of). A good alien may allow you some time to eliminate crude tendencies in your outlook, knowing that you may be new to advanced interactions. But once they know that you’re aware of advanced standards, they’ll check to make sure you’ve become more civilized, in the universal sense of the word.

You’ll do better to remove or discard misplaced clichés in your thought and expression. For example, when interacting with aliens, it isn’t wise to use much first person, singular reference or to talk about what is “appropriate” (implies acquisitiveness). Don’t use shooting metaphors. Don’t use language that has any gender bias, whatsoever, and, please, don’t pretend to be entirely unique. It’s best to think in terms of social identity and to use, clear, clean logic. Otherwise, there may be question as to your competency, in the off-world sense.

When interacting with aliens, try, as best you can, to let your mind go further than is normal on this planet. Keep your mind clear and unbiased so that unexpected images and thoughts or metaphors can register in your consciousness (they’re definitely there, if you’re interacting with aliens). Allow for greater breadth of consideration than you’d expect in a typical, Earth-based conversation (this can be refreshing, to say the least). And remember, there are minds (and models of mind) that can monitor all such interactions, i.e. through unusual structuring of time. So, neither you nor the alien act alone, or in isolation (especially in situations as dynamic as that of Earth, now—which occur relatively infrequently, on a galaxy scale). You may hear critiques that make you uncomfortable, which is good, because that means the alien is being honest. And whatever you do, don’t speak from an elitist perspective because if you do, you’ll be seen as simple-minded or one who is easily duped, given the ecologically ruinous and immature nature of elitist perspective.

The best aliens value each and every person, irrespective of his/her job—however menial, because that’s the nature of commonality. Again, within hyper-community, the best you could ever be is equal (also honest, sharing, and thoughtful). Outside of Earth, oppressive subcultures fail to integrate as community of mind. Instead, they’re merely telepathic/psychotronic. Meanwhile, community of mind is informed and respectful, an equal commonality by nature. Community of the sort inspires a special kind of genius.

Psychologists have found that when we think verbal thoughts, our vocal chords vibrate slightly. In other words, your body physiology resonates in relation to such thoughts. The same is true of aliens, which means that if you’re attentive you’ll get at least some sense of the physiology, the verbal (and thought) tenor of the alien. This helps you distinguish one from another. It also helps you distinguish between a relatively harmless alien and an IFSP predator.

While on the subject, how can you ward off or defeat an abductor? You best defense is to informed about them, especially their technology. Know how to do remote sensing (see above) because whenever they’re in your vicinity, even if they numb you out, you can later re-visit their mindspace to tease out their intentions plus details about their craft and their technology. Personally, I don’t want to encourage human sapping of alien technology, but in cases of abduction you have legitimate reason to probe in return. You can even probe their network, their locations and their doings long after you’ve been abducted because abductees are exposed to the psychotronics and have a lifelong memory (however repressed) of how it feels, how it networks, and its basic settings. This is most important because IFSP abductors don’t want you to know what they’re doing and how their technology works. The more you know, the more you report back to other humans and probe with a vengeance if the aliens have harmed you, the less they’ll want to have anything to do with you. So, if you know someone whose life has been harmed or distorted by an abductor, please coach them in how to defend against it. Tell them to look for all the details they can absorb and then re-visit them later—tease them out (inflate them out) for a better reading. And remember, it isn’t wrong to do so. If our neighbor aliens were here, they’d tell us the same. Who wants IFSP abuses in their vicinity? If the IFSP isn’t exposed and sent packing, it will target them, too, in succession.

Here are some other manipulative alien tactics we need to be aware of. First off, if I’m not mistaken, the IFSP has deliberately seeded the Rockefeller/DuPont black budget mafia with the IFSP’s low-end psychotronic technology (mind controlled and also mind-monitoring). This was done so that they can monitor, try to control and thwart humankind in various ways—first, to maintain security and secrecy at all “joint arrangement” sites, and secondly, to protect repressive IFSP basing and other gains here. Ugly as it may sound, IFSP aliens can tip off direct operatives’ goon squads whenever big secrets are leaking, or are about to leak here. Worse yet, the IFSP can be expected to use psychotronics on a global scale (in the way that the NSA taps all phones) to protect their foothold here. Verdants’ disproportional rake of other peoples’ environments and

Verdant desire to dominate has led them to do the same to junior partners in the IFSP. *Seeding corrupt human elements with electrogravity weapons technology and psychotronics parallels the way that Verdants have manipulated planet kills previously. They flush crude technologies in, then wait for them to be misused. It allows them to expand, although they may be cut off from neighboring galaxies and a more advanced majority.

The seeded version of psychotronics on Earth can track human targets, pick up on thought keywords, then alert intervention-controlled or human military and intelligence suborns to unwanted developments. However, there are limitations. Human technicians sit at the monitors, sometimes coarse individuals who send out crude language and gestures to targeted human invividuals. *A friend of mine has experienced this for years after having worked for the Parsons Corp. (where he saw secret documents about government contracts for psychotronic technology, ironically).

We can assume that IFSP technology was first seeded here under a paper-thin guise: offered as though it would help secure “joint arrangement” sites from whistleblowers

or “foreign” investigation. Then it was used by, or in conjunction with, corporate goons and by “direct operative” IFSP families. Again, it’s a low-end version of psychotronic technology (colonizers don’t give out their best). Humans who avoid ensnarement in the IFSP web–humans who prefer to assimiliate within a more diverse alien community can easily exceed and slip beneath low-end psychotronic radar. Here’s how you can do so.

Remember our earlier discussion about “negative energy?” Well, it certainly isn’t the limit but it sure helps to go negative when a psychotronic offender is in your midst. And how do you “go negative?” Avoid linear, forward-streaming verbal thoughts when you probe into a psychotronic network (or when they’re trying to pick up on you). More importantly, be sure to dim your mind’s energy levels way, way down. Drop it down for what seems like five orders of magnitude (you can do this immediately). Make your thoughts more softly, finely textured so that it isn’t just one, single thought but is a finer, blended (condensed) overlap of many faint considerations (a rested state that’s more spread out, using more of your brain, by the way). That’s “going negative” because when you’re like that, your thoughts can fluctuate into a “less than zero” energy level, and this allows you to move far beyond most human and IFSP capability. It also allows you to participate in a smeared out kind of non-locality that can exceed what you once thought possible. Of course IFSP aliens knows about negative energy but they often can’t think like you do. Many of them lack critical thinking skills. They’ve been cowed and herded into conformity and obedience (you may not hear a single IFSP alien speak out against their regime).

In other words, your most hopeful advantage over them is to be of better character. For example, are your associates (and related operatives) working to ruin the ecology and social order of millions of people? Are your associates kidnapping people and trying to maximize corruption among them in order to make them more vulnerable? For most of us, the answer is no. Meanwhile, that’s what IFSP aliens are doing to your people. See the difference? Better character is more highly regarded in this universe, even if you don’t have advanced technology.

A people under direct IFSP assault must work to improve their character and must communicate among themselves accordingly. Communications of the sort must be on a global scale, lest they be ineffective. With practice, time and fine, non-destructive character you can literally step off of the oppressor’s scale. The better and less violent you are, the more you can do so.

Alien psychotronics in corrupt alien hands are fraught with error. Due to bad assumptions, intellectual defects and deformities of character among some IFSP aliens, they can’t be where your finest mind network is (more spread out, increasingly more shared, in a sense). So, they’ll try to sit mug-like and too close then get you to repeatedly run a thought through your head in low-order, easily detectable verbal terms. All thought has verbal aspects, but IFSP aliens will try to get you to think as though your slowed, speaking voice is the norm in your head. How do you get around that? Learn to recognize uncharacteristic, low-order internal dialogue that comes from outside of you. Simply shut it off and probe the offender using finer methods, or remotely inflate their thought outward so that you and others can get a better reading of who it is. You can be creative about this, given that each of us has different sensitivities. It helps to wrap an IFSP alien’s pattern of thoughts around in a subtle, non-visible way while also spanning it inward (negatively) as you inflate it outward into a configuration that you can flash-read from. *Don’t let them monkey you with low-order diversions (a favorite IFSP tactic). You’re competing with some planet-killing colonizers, so be bold and don’t give up.

Another alien tactic to watch for is the use of remote voicing. This can be tricky and is sometimes used to dazzle and impress human naifs in order to make them feel disadvantaged. Here’s how it’s done:  relatively advanced aliens (i.e. the IFSP-associated “three ellipticals” subculture) use their psychotronics to inflate your mindspace and thoughts outward. They do this for two purposes:  1) they can monitor you in detail,

and,  2) they can set up a series of energy shells around you for security purposes. With their energy shells in the time-space around you they can stump you at a low shell level if you try to probe them in return. When they set up psychotronic energy shells around you, you usually only notice two energy shells in the space around you—your first, inflated mindspace, and then their second hyper-space that technologically monitors your attempts to feel outward (and inward via a negative energy dynamic). If you try to probe them, in return, their system will try to contain your awareness, but it can only do so within limitations. If you’re adept and you assimilate within higher order, non-violating awareness, you can immediately inflate (and alt-cycle inwardly) beyond them. Rather than be trapped within their exploitative limitations, you need merely think in terms of universal equality (hopefully forever). It’s the best way to avoid ensnarement in alien Big Brother schemes (they exist and are many).

Using psychotronic energy shells, remote voicing is easy to effect. An alien of the sort can set the energy shells so that his or her remarks resonate out in the second shell, which makes it seem as though the alien’s remarks all come toward you from your surrounding environment. Comments can be set so that you “hear” them (telepathically) only when an external noise level occurs in your environment. In other words, you “hear” a remark when a bird chirps or a noise arises near you. That simultaneous overlap can make a naif think that it’s almost godly, surely a higher order of mind. Sometimes, there’s a kind of gravity filter in such cases. For example, a corrupt (i.e.“three ellipticals” subculture) alien’s remarks will register only in resonance and sounds that come from the lower elevations of your immediate environment (beneath the level of your cerebrum), while a more advanced, attending alien can resonate from higher up–in relation to your head. This is also due to the fact that like humans, an alien’s low-order, dishonest impulses stem from lower brain physiology (down toward the spine). Dishonesty is more physical in that sense. Your best guide for distinguishing between aliens is their character: non-offensive vs. exploitative aliens like the “three ellipticals” subculture. *Remote voicing shouldn’t be confused with a reported phenomena known as synchronicity, which is a possible bending back of time into, and through itself.

Most readers haven’t interacted with such aliens, just yet. However, you may encounter multi-shell psychotronics in the future because human contacts increase and evolve with time. *Verdant psychotronic systems are primitive, in comparison, and are mostly done with a simple outwardly-scaled setting (it only inflates outward), which reflects the exploitative nature of Verdant society, at present. The difference between a Verdant system and a more advanced hyperversal’s psychotronics is vivid and unmistakable.

Some aliens of the IFSP and “three ellipticals” subculture will try to bait a human into clunky, often erroneous assumptions and will then assert the contrary. This allows them to interpose as though the human were clueless. Bait and switch tactics continue until you call them on it or cut off all interaction. The same aliens often preach to the crowd by floating stereotypical, low-cultural ideas into human telepathic interactions—especially if such interactions involve competing aliens. It’s not that they, themselves, think that way. Instead, they’re simply trying to fob it off on humans. If you manage a good critique of IFSP-related aliens, they sometimes intrude with lucid dream sequences (often frightening) or repeatedly wake you at night in order to fatigue you so that you can’t argue effectively the next day. They may wake you before you’ve had a good night’s sleep and then keep you awake by psychotronically stimulating the part of the brain that controls wakefulness.

One of their favorite tactics is to intrude so that when you wake up, a running train of their ideas averts all other considerations. This can be most annoying. It’s as though you’ve been crowded into the back of your head—where you simply watch what’s going on. When this occurs, your thoughts aren’t as roundly global within your brain as they would otherwise be. Instead, you feel perturbations from outside, and the thoughts aren’t your own. If this ever happens to you, be careful if the intruder’s thoughts cause a drop down into lower brain-stem areas (the lower parts of your brain near the spinal cord). Those are the primitive part of a brain where anger and frustration may arise. This kind of drop down into lower brain function disrupts thought and makes you more prone to react. The solution is to relax and ignore the tactic. Remember that you’re free of their regime, and do as you normally would.

If a corrupt alien uses alt-cycle technology to bounce verbal messages into non-cranial parts of your anatomy (you hear it, inside and out), don’t encourage them to continue. Don’t respond favorably because technology of the sort can age human tissue, and, according to astronaut Gordon Cooper’s scientist friend who encountered an alien disk, an alien said it may be bad for the human liver. (See Cooper, Leap of Faith, p. 286)

The most manipulative aliens lack a sense of boundaries. They ignore basic protocols in order to gain advantage over others and their resources. When intruded upon, a human may think the aliens are more advanced and must certainly know better. However, some live under a psychotronically-policed regime that has abused its denizens for so long that basic distinctions about right vs. wrong may have withered, as have their sensitivities. Some “three ellipticals” and IFSP aliens are notorious in this regard. They intervene in human telepathic interactions to disrupt good, honest critiques. We see intrusive, often infantile assumptions about the one-ness of their regime and its inability to make mistakes.

It can seem Orwellian. They constantly try to avert criticism of their methods. They (and their minions) wrap themselves in a compulsively chatty cocoon of insular diversions and will sit and lie, misrepresent and babble on, often projecting lower-brain, physiological noise in order to dismiss contrary viewpoints. When others in their immediate environment are watching, this can be worse, due to conformist pressures among such aliens. It can degrade into conspicuous exercise of authority. “Three ellipticals”/IFSP aliens sometimes take this to ridiculous extremes:  they try to make humans think that their alignment originated important human thoughts, even though evidence indicates otherwise. They sometimes dribble trivial tidbits of info our way, after the fact, in order to prevent us from feeling responsible for a discovery or a scientific development in human thought.

They seem to feel most comfortable about cocoon-like chatter when a few of them float in low-gravity settings—perhaps because the physiological pressure of seats and hardware could betray specifics about their work environment, and because they sometimes prefer to obliterate ugly thoughts and floatingly replace them with smoothly idealized groupthink. This raises an interesting question: how does diminution of sensory inputs (i.e. zero g) affect the behavior of aliens? Does it make them more suggestible and compliant? The above-noted attempts to obliterate ugly thoughts are most noticeable when human or human-alien discussions of IFSP operatives’ crimes arise, although the given aliens tend to wait until human discussion of the subject has abated. They prefer to appear subtle, even if they sometimes aren’t.

As one feminist writer noted (in a different vein), such behavior is typical of colonizers who try to truncate a target population’s identity in order to impose their own, preferred model. As part of the scheme, the target population is made to feel ashamed for simply being as they are. It also appears to be a hustle by materially motivated aliens, an attempt to squeeze out mention of competitors who would allow us more space and consideration.

“Three ellipticals” aliens tend to do the talking, apparently in order to pre-empt IFSP aliens and maintain an image of total control. They seem to want us to think they’re the only aliens in our vicinity. It’s clearly an attempt to pre-empt human interaction with native neighbors. Should humans give IFSP aliens the boot, “three ellipticals” aliens will say that they tried to prevent us from lurching out into neighboring space with weapons. They’ll try to say that by having had our first brush with non-native, IFSP aliens, we got up to speed on alien basics and avoided making mistakes with our closer neighbors. To date, they’ve made such remarks only after being pressed for an explanation of damage done to humankind by the intervention.

When communicating with aliens, if you notice a strange, seemingly frozen silence regarding a subject, they may be trying to hide something from you. They can use psychotronic technology to further diminish what you detect about them. So, listen for a pregnant silence—it may be an important indicator.

One manipulative alien tactic often goes unnoticed. Some aliens try to dominate and control the thought agenda during interactions. They try to manipulate the context in ways that box you in and limit your consideration. They don’t want you to question or label their behavior.

In such cases, an alien may presume that he can scan out all of the intelligent implications in the space-time surrounding a situation like that of Earth. [Actually, aliens don’t think in terms of space-time, the old Einstein-Minkowski concept. Instead, aliens frame it in terms of deeper negative energy fluctuations and negative/alternate cycles that can connect through hyperspace (a multiversal model). Theirs is a more flexible idea of how flat space-time can be flipped into and across a kind of time-space—with much deeper potentials.] Because you may not agree with his agenda, an alien may be reluctant to concede that you have valid, independent ideas. So, in order to avert you, he may use psychotronics to make you think that bothersome, projected thoughts are your own. This is done to limit your awareness and bog you down in archaic, pre-quantum perspective (solids, concretes, and local considerations, only). He may try to get you to frame your thoughts from an adolescent perspective, i.e. women as objects, selfishness and fearful anonymity.

On the one hand, it’s an attempt to limit you to an unevolving sense of yourself, an impossible fullness of a sort (as if the alien can fill in all the blanks around you). On the other hand, it shows that the alien thinks he can instantly encompass and master, if not control, all of the human context—the thoughts, the space-time and the information content embedded in that space-time (human concepts). Remember: aliens think in terms of larger, often shared consciousness that’s more spread out in the environment.

So humans limited to a sense of straight lines and the speed-of-light seem primitive to them. Imagine how you’d feel if you saw a caveman baffled by his reflection in a

mirror—that’s how aliens feel around some humans.

Meanwhile, aliens generally think their own minds are capable of a categorically larger, almost instanteous information capacity. Underlying the assumption are helpful alien psychotronics and the further assumption that ideas and higher orders of mind are fractionally embedded in the larger continuum. So, if an alien tries to stump you with run-on, low-order chatter it may be an attempt to keep you down and prevent you from independently assimilating within a finer, possibly competing order.

**This appendix (not included in the pending print edition) will have more material      added to it, soon—please check back, later.

 

See Reference list on next page.

                                                     REFERENCES

Arrigo, Sue 2007. Secrets of the CIA’s Global Sex Slave Industry. www.illuminati-news.com/2007/ 

      0617a.htm

Bearden, Tom 1995. Chasing the Wild Dragon: Foundation of a New Science. The Virtual Times (website)

Bearden, Tom 2002.  Fer de Lance. Santa Barbara: Cheniere Press

Bearden, Tom  Confirmation of electrogravity summary in email to the author. 9-6-02.

Bergmann, Peter G. 1974. Hamilton-Jacobi Theory with Mixed Constraints. (topology) Annals New York

      Academy of Sciences 172, p. 572-579

Black, Edwin 2003. “Eugenics and the Nazis—the California Connection.” sfgate.com 11-9-03

Boylan, Richard PhD 2005. “Classified Advanced Antigravity Aerospace Craft Utilizing Back-engineered

      Extraterrestrial Technology” www.drboylan.com/xplanes2.html

Bryan C.D.B. 1995. Close Encounters of the Fourth Kind. New York: Knopf

Chapline, George 2004. “Dark Energy Stars” in Proceedings of Texas Conference on Relativistic

      Astrophysics, Stanford CA 12/12-17/04 p. 1-4

CNN/Time poll Je 15 1997. 80 % think US government hiding evidence of aliens.

      www.cnn.com/US/9706/15/ufo.poll/

COMETA Report 1999. “UFOs and Defense: What must we be prepared for?” See an English version at:     

      www.ufoevidence.org/newsite/files/COMETA_part1.pdf  and

      www.ufoevidence.org/newsite/files/COMETA_part2.pdf

Cook, Nick 2001. The Hunt for Zero Point. New York: Broadway Books

Cooper, Gordon 1997. Leap of Faith: An Astronaut’s Journey into the Unknown. New York: HarperCollins

Corso, Col. Philip J. 1997. The Day After Roswell. New York: Pocket Books

Dolan, Richard M. 2002. UFO’s and the National Security State. Charlottesville: Hampton Roads

Emenegger, Robert 1974. UFO’s Past, Present and Future. New York: Ballantine

Ford, Lawrence H., and Roman, Thomas A. 2000. Negative Energy, Wormholes and Warp Drive. Scientific

      American Jan: 46-53

Fouche, Edgar Rothschild, and Steiger, Brad 1998. Alien Rapture. Lakeville, MN: Galde Press

Good, Timothy, 1993. Alien Contact. New York: Morrow

Greer, Steven M. M.D. 2001. Disclosure. Crozet, VA: Crossing Point

Greer, Steven M. M.D. 2006. Hidden Truth: Forbidden Knowledge. Crozet, VA: Crossing Point

Hall, Charles James 2002-7 Millenial Hospitality (books I-IV).  1^st Books Library

Hawking, Stephen W. 1988. A Brief History of Time. New York: Bantam

Hawking, Stephen W. 1993. Black Holes and Baby Universes. New York: Bantam

Herbert, Nick 1993. elemental mind: Human Consciousness and the New Physics. New York: Plume

Herbert, Nick PhD 1988. Faster Than Light: Superluminal Loopholes in Physics. New York: Plume

Hopkins, Budd 1987. Intruders. New York: Random House

Hopkins, Budd 1981. Missing Time. New York: Penguin

Hopkins, Budd, and Rainey, Carol 2003. Sight Unseen. New York: Atria Books

Hopsicker, Daniel 2006. ‘Cocaine One’ Bust Lifts Veil on Global Narcotics Network.

      www.madcowprod.com/08082006.html

Jacobs, David, PhD 1992. Secret Life: Firsthand Accounts of UFO Abductions. New York: Fireside

Jacobs, David, PhD 1998. The Threat: Revealing the Secret Alien Agenda. New York: Fireside

Kaku, Michio 1994. Hyperspace. New York: Anchor

Kaku, Michio 2005. Parallel Worlds. New York: Anchor

Kaku, Michio 2005. “Escape from the Universe.” Prospect Feb: 107

Krapf, Phillip H. 2001. The Challenge of Contact. Novato, CA: Origin Press

Krapf, Phillip H. 1998. The Contact Has Begun. Carlsbad, CA: Hay House

Krapf, Phillip H. 2008. Meetings with Paul. Novato, CA: Origin Press

Krauss, Lawrence M. 1993 Fear of Physics: A Guide for the Perplexed. New York: Basic Books

Lloyd, Seth, and Ng, Y. Jack 2004. “Black Hole Computers.” Scientific American November

Mack, John 1994 Abduction. New York: Scribner’s

Mack, John 1999. Passport to the Cosmos. New York: Crown

Marrs, J. 1997. Alien Agenda. New York: Harper

Marrs, J. 2000. Psi Spies. Phoenix: AlienZoo Publishing

Newald, Alec 1997. CoEvolution. Mapleton, Queensland: NEXUS Publishing

O’Brien, Cathy and Phillips, Mark 2004. Access Denied. Reality Marketing

Perry, Roland 1994. The Fifth Man. London: Pan Books. Online: 

      http://users.cyberone.com.au/myers/perry.html

Powell, Richard 2006. An Atlas of the Universe. Website: www.atlasoftheuniverse.com/galgrps.html

Roper Poll 2002. Majority think aliens exist. www.scifi.com/ufo/roper/

Salla, Michael E. PhD 2004. Exopolitics. Tempe: Dandelion Books

ScienceDaily 2001-8. Science news website at www.sciencedaily.com

Stoner, Chris 2000. “The Revelations of Dr. Michael Wolf on the UFO Cover up and ET Reality.”

      Interview: www.exopolitics.org.uk/ark%11hive/docs/chris-stoner-inteviews-dr-michael-wolf-%11-

      former-nsa-consultant/

Summers, Marshall Vian 2005. The Allies of Humanity, bk.2. Boulder: The Society for the Greater Way

      of Knowledge

Targ, Russell 2001. Presentation for SHIFT in San Jose, CA

Talbot, Michael 1991. The Holographic Universe. New York: HarperPerennial

Velasco, Dr. Jean Jacques 2004. UFO’s: the Evidence. Versailles: Carnot